256~1January-February~2000-49~Feature~Beyond the Call of Duty~~~~Escaping the trappings of Western medicine—if only for a few weeks each year—
thousands of doctors volunteer their services overseas with medical relief organizations. The work is difficult. Yet, most agree it’s immensely rewarding. Little, if no bureaucracy, politics or paperwork. Just the chance to practice
pure medicine.
Roaming the streets of Sobral, Brazil, a loudspeaker perched on its back, the truck makes its way around the coastal city, spreading the word about a group of U.S. volunteer surgeons coming to open a temporary clinic. Television and radio stations broadcast the reports over the airwaves. Local newspapers publish advertisements. Patients are recruited from all over the area—many travel hundreds of miles, sometimes by foot or horseback, to see plastic and reconstructive surgeon Dr. Jack Demos and his Pittsburgh-based Surgi-Corps International crew.
To parents of disfigured children, the surgeons are little-miracle workers, repairing a cleft lip in a matter of hours. To an adult with severe burn scarring, left untreated for years, the visiting team makes an unspoken wish come true. For a couple of weeks, from dawn until way past dusk, the physicians consult, operate and care.
Depending on where they go, Demos and his team—which might include a general surgeon, a urologist, an anesthesiologist and some assistants—usually consult with a couple hundred patients and operate on 50. The conditions the physicians attend to are rarely life-threatening. Now and then they’ll come across a patient with a serious infection, but the team usually corrects “horrible deformities” that would have been tended to earlier had the patients had access to care, Demos says.
Demos founded Surgi-Corps International in the mid-1990s with the intention of creating a “hometown” medical relief organization. With help from friends and a few overseas contacts, he pretty much runs the group himself. Demos organizes local fund-raisers, collects supplies and equipment from regional businesses, and takes his family with him on many of the trips. He even speaks about his medical relief efforts at Pittsburgh-area high schools and has invited several students to travel with him so they can witness for themselves how other people live.
“I’ve always been interested in going overseas and doing charitable work like this,” Demos says. It’s a passion that has gradually developed as he has become more successful and secure with his own career. Half of the surgeries Demos performs at Pittsburgh-area hospitals are cosmetic. “I make a good living here, so this is a way of saying ‘thank you,’” he says.
Surgi-Corps is a tiny enterprise compared with Interplast, a large humanitarian organization also specializing in reconstructive surgery. Demos has no desire to, and couldn’t possibly, compete with larger groups. He says more doctors should be chiseling away at the boulder that blocks individuals from accessing decent health care.
Demos’ success with Surgi-Corps leads him to conclude, “Anyone can do this if they make the proper arrangements.”
They’d just need a little initiative, lots of interest, and oh, yeah, some cash. Like many well-established physicians who volunteer overseas, Demos can afford to spend the time and money. Travel costs for Surgi-Corps volunteers range from $2,500 to $4,000 per person, depending on the destination and recreational activity that gets tacked on at the end. The destination never really matters, though, because no matter where Surgi-Corps goes, the goal remains the same: to provide services where none or few are available.
Altruism is well and good, but it’s not as if there’s nothing in these missions for Demos and other volunteers like him. They love this work. In fact, it enriches their lives like nothing else. “This is what medicine is all about,” Demos says.
DR. FEELGOOD
What a great escape it is for physicians to practice the best medicine they know and not have to worry about lawsuits, paperwork, health management organizations, time constraints and patients’ fees. Physicians are the primary volunteer source for medical relief agencies, but sometimes medical students are able to create their own opportunities. (See “Dreaming of Kenya,” p. 34.) Working as part of a medical relief project, these doctors are liberated and savoring every minute of it.
“I just feel the best when I’m there,” says Dr. Peter Egbert, an ophthalmologist at Stanford University who has been traveling to Ghana, West Africa, with Christian Eye Ministry (CEM) for the past 12 years. CEM is a program of a Michigan-based non-profit, non-denominational Christian relief organization called International Aid (IA), which was established in 1980.
“I’m using my talents to do what I want to do. The lifestyle is simple.
There’s no paperwork or politics,” he says.
Unlike Demos, Egbert began his medical relief volunteer work early on in his career, when Yale University School of Medicine required him to do a residency in Haiti in 1972. “I just thought it was fascinating and wonderful,” he says. This fascination continued years after that with trips to Afghanistan, China, Honduras and Saudi Arabia.
All of Egbert’s journeys required a measure of initiative on his part. He learned of an Afghanistan hospital in need of assistance by asking his colleagues about opportunities abroad. On another occasion, Egbert wrote to the Western Samoan government, in the South Pacific, to inquire whether they needed his skills. It took them three months to respond, but the answer was “yes.” So off he went. Other medical relief efforts were the result of finding listings in a resource book the American Academy of Ophthalmology publishes for physicians seeking to go overseas.
Egbert didn’t have to take action to begin his work with CEM, though. The ministry approached him. Dr. Frank Winter, who founded the program in 1983, asked for Egbert’s help, and it has been a beautiful partnership ever since, Egbert says.
Egbert enjoys giving his time and skills, and Ghanaians have access to a type of care that is rarely found in Africa. On average, Africa has one ophthalmologist per 1 million people. Volunteers like Egbert have allowed Ghana to enjoy better care.
The country has three CEM clinics, with 50 local staff spread among them. “The clinics came during a time of regrowth in the country,” Egbert says, referring to the late 1980s. About 20 eye specialists travel to Ghana each year. A typical two-week trip costs volunteers around $2,500. “Some go only once and never go back,” Egbert says. “Others return, like me.”
Dr. Milton B. Amayun, IA’s vice president for international programs and a public health physician, concludes that physicians like Egbert keep coming back because “they have a life-changing experience. They come back to [the United States] much more thankful for what they have.” And, Amayun explains, volunteers like Egbert are being exposed to an entirely new culture. “The [volunteers] are establishing relationships with people that they had never known before and are making long-term contacts.”
It usually takes Egbert three to four months to prepare for the journey, spending much of this time obtaining medical supplies and equipment from pharmaceutical and ophthalmology companies.
For each trip, Egbert and his wife stay one month in Ghana, living in a small cinder-block guesthouse. He works at each of the clinics, treating patients and performing surgery. CEM and its volunteers have worked hard to equip the clinics with the proper tools necessary to Egbert’s line of work—a luxury few medical relief workers experience. “We can offer quite good medical care,” he says.
And the work is steady—to say the least. “Patients are lined up in the morning and don’t go away until night,” Egbert says. “It’s impossible to turn people away.”
At the clinic, patients pay what they can afford. A typical Ghanaian family’s two-months’ salary is about $70. Requiring some form of payment is common in several areas of the medical relief world, especially where groups are trying to turn their clinics into independent facilities. “You have to have an economic base,” Egbert explains. Still, care is never denied. The emphasis on payment only exists as a way to strengthen a community’s reliance on their own health care.
PASSING THE TORCH
Along with treating patients, Egbert spends a lot of time training Ghanaian physicians to eventually take over the clinics’ practice.
“It usually takes two to three years to teach the physicians the specialty,” Egbert says. He has already seen the training begin to pay off. “One of our clinics is self-sustaining now, with only minimal support from Christian Eye Ministry.”
The transferring of skills is an important component to many medical relief organizations. It requires a longer commitment, however, and not all groups have the resources to do it.
Dr. Michael Rich, an internist pursuing a master’s degree in public health at Harvard University, spent six months with the 1999 Nobel Prize–winning Doctors Without Borders (DWB) specifically to train physicians in Karakalpakstan, an autonomous republic of Uzbekistan. It was his first medical relief mission.
“There’s a lot of illness [in Karakalpakstan],” Rich says. It’s an area that suffers from some severe environmental problems. The shrinking Aral Sea—called a “disaster zone” by the World Bank because of its polluted and evaporating waters—has contaminated the drinking water. When people drink from the area’s ground water, they’re consuming a liquid that has as much salt as a can of soup. As a result, there are a lot of sanitation problems, kidney diseases and hypertension, Rich says.
But one of the biggest threats to public health is tuberculosis (TB). “It’s at epidemic proportions,” says Rich. “TB is such a problem there, because with the lack of government resources, people were only given partial treatments.” And this made TB more resistant to drugs, making it incredibly difficult to fight, he says.
Rich, who had been in the Peace Corps before attending medical school, was the DWB physician in charge of training the volunteers. He did very little clinical work. “That can be disappointing for some people,” Rich says. “But, to me, I really liked the public-health aspects.”
Five DWB volunteers comprised Rich’s project team—a nurse, a trainer, a logistician, a lab technician and an epidemiologist. The team’s primary objective was to teach physicians how to recognize TB and treat it effectively. Team members also taught Karakalpakstan physicians about treatments for diarrheal diseases. Rich says the medical relief effort is aimed at giving Karakalpakstan physicians the knowledge and skills to take care of these illnesses on their own.
The republic had many TB hospitals, so project teams used their labs to conduct the training. This gave Rich the opportunity to tour the wards and witness what a lack of resources and space, combined with an epidemic, can do to a care facility.
“The hospitals are very crowded. There are eight or nine [patients] to a room,” Rich says. These packed facilities exceed Uzbekistan’s maximum occupancy codes, and the government fined many physicians for the conditions. “Ridiculous,” Rich says. The government was responsible for providing more space, and since none existed, “What were the doctors to do?”
The frustrations that came with these conditions didn’t stop Rich from enjoying the experience. “What I did in those six months—I had more impact on people than what I did in my years working in the U.S.,” he says.
WORKING FROM WITHIN
DWB isn’t the only organization focused on health and training that earned notable recognition last year. The African Medical and Research Foundation (AMREF) Inc., based in Nairobi, Kenya, won the 1999 $1 million Conrad N. Hilton Humanitarian Award.
AMREF specializes in bringing health education and medical care to some of the continent’s most vulnerable people. It is an example of an operation that began primarily as a voluntary medical relief group, called The Flying Doctors, and developed into a full-fledged organization focusing on health policy and education work as well.
In the 1950s, The Flying Doctors flew to remote African locations, performing reconstructive surgery and conducting health clinics. After some time, the founders recognized that “the solution really is in getting communities more informed and more involved in managing their own health care,” says John Batten, Ph.D., AMREF’s director general, who has been working in developing nations for more than 25 years.
Now with programs in more than 10 African countries, AMREF has broadened its work to include public policy debates, improving water and sanitation facilities, training indigenous health professionals, publishing health education manuals, conducting disease research—all the while continuing to provide health-care services to nomadic African populations. With such a heavy program load, Batten says, “We can always use directed, skilled volunteers.”
“The conflicts that are around, in the Third World in particular, are really a result of large numbers of very vulnerable people. And they’re vulnerable because they’re not informed. They’re sick. They’re not well educated and so on. So, we believe that it’s not just good health that we’re actually facilitating here. We’re providing a process that empowers people to be stronger actors in their own development,” Batten says. Pushing communities toward self-reliance is the only way to improve conditions, he adds. “The solution for Africa is to produce more skilled people at home.”
‘MACGYVERS’ IN THE BUSH
The rule of thumb for physicians volunteering overseas is to “bring all of the appropriate technology,” CEM’s Egbert says, emphasizing the word appropriate. “The Third World is littered with expensive equipment that no one knows how to repair,” he says.
Then there’s the added challenge of dealing with frequent power outages and bad plumbing. It might also be very hot and dusty or extremely cold and damp. All of these difficulties could make an impatient and inflexible person incredibly frustrated. But veteran relievers like Egbert aren’t phased. “I like [the challenge] actually,” he says. “It tests my wits.”
Encountering new forms of illnesses is another obstacle faced by U.S. physicians abroad. Demos and his Surgi-Corps crew frequently encounter diseases they’ve never seen before. “We try to figure out the best way to treat them,” he says. But in many cases, Demos admits, “You kind of fly by the seat of your pants.”
The ability to go head to head against a variety of challenges often leads a physician toward greater and faster skill development, AMREF’s Batten says. “[These doctors] are thrust into an environment where… there’s no other doctor around, and they have to deal with everything right off the bat.”
Batten’s colleague Dr. Pat Youri, a native Ghanaian who has been a physician for the past 27 years, agrees. “In Africa…because of the lack of laboratory and other support services, a doctor’s clinical acumen is relatively much more developed than many counterparts’ elsewhere who have access to supportive services,” he says. “Improvisation is the name of the game here.”
OFF THE BEATEN PATH
Dr. Heather Papowitz, an emergency physician, has volunteered her skills all over the world and now works at becoming a medical relief expert as part of Johns Hopkins University’s international health graduate program. She understands the need for creative thinking.
Papowitz’s craving for this work began in medical school with an international health elective in Belize, Central America. She did a rotation in a rural clinic. Armed with only her stethoscope and drugs like aspirin and penicillin, Papowitz had to rely on herself. “It was a relief, in some cases, because you didn’t have 100 drugs to choose from, and you could learn how to use basic treatments better.”
Papowitz says her experience “sparked me to think that there [were] other avenues out there for doctors.”
After completing medical school at Tulane University and a residency at Mt. Sinai Hospital in New York City, Papowitz dusted off her passport again. First she headed to a city hospital in Bangkok, Thailand. Next, she flew to India to volunteer in a rural clinic. Papowitz says that this experience led her to understand-
ing the connections between her patients’ illnesses and the environment in which they lived. But treating the same diseases over and over again—malaria, hepatitis, tuberculosis, leprosy—sometimes made her feel helpless. “They need educational and development programs, and that would take years,” she says.
CARING IN A CRISIS
Papowitz’s most life-changing experience came from a two-month stint with Doctors of the World (DOW) in the spring of 1999, when she cared for refugees at a camp in Senekos, Macedonia. “It just opened up my world,” she says.
DOW has been in the Balkans since 1992—vaccinating children against polio, combating the rising TB problem and promoting health education—so when the Kosovo crisis broke, they were one of the first organizations to arrive on the scene.
Not normally an emergency medicine relief agency, like DWB is, DOW quickly learned how to provide care in a crisis, Papowitz says.
And in the process, it became the “Cadillac of refugee camps,” says Dr. Drew Fuller, an emergency physician who also volunteered in the camp that spring and was a little wary, at first, of what he would encounter on his first medical relief operation. Plus, everything happened so fast.
“I only had a week to get things together,” Fuller says, “and [the trip] wasn’t confirmed [by DOW] until two days before I left.” Fuller’s first glimpse of where he would be spending the next month was surreal. “As we’re driving up to the camp, I look at the wire fence and the tent-city and think of the people trapped inside. It was strange. I asked myself, ‘Am I going to be able to handle what’s going to come at me?’” he says.
Surprisingly, even during this emergency situation, Fuller ended up playing the role of the village doctor and wishing he had more primary care experience. The problems Fuller treated were routine—colds, lacerations, upper respiratory tract infections, gastrointestinal ailments. He had a few special medical concerns to look for, like the spread of infectious diseases, but otherwise his work was back to the basics.
And the “basics” are what the 3,000 refugees needed. Forced out of their homes, separated from family and friends, they looked to these foreigners for strength and security.
Fuller made “tent calls” on the elderly and fragile in the predominantly Albanian camp population. He became close to several families. “They’re a very warm group of people,” he says, surprised at how well they were holding up during their time in the camp.
“I felt more like a physician than I had in a long time. You didn’t have all of these distractions that you have in Western medicine,” Fuller says.
Surgi-Corps’ Demos agrees. “Overseas medicine is pure medicine,” he says.
DEVELOPMENTS IN MEDICAL RELIEF
According to experts, attention to the mental and emotional health of a vulnerable population constitutes a new element in medical relief work. Treating psychosocial disorders is one challenge medical relief organizations must tackle in the 21st century, says IA’s Amayun, who, for the past 30 years, has worked all over the world.
When Amayun was in Cambodia in the late 1970s, mental health problems “were not an issue,” he says. But by the time the Bosnia crisis erupted in the early 1990s, psychosocial disorders “were like a gaping hole that wasn’t looked at properly by medical relief organizations.”
Now many organizations are focusing on how to address mental health issues and what sort of policies they’ll need to help these populations, Amayun says.
Developing practice protocols have become necessary as well—marking another change in the medical relief sector’s development, Amayun says. “Physicians can no longer go with their regular work styles.” They have to operate within specific ethical and practice guidelines developed by a consortium of organizations, he says.
And, as the number and size of organizations grow, the competition increases, says AMREF’s Batten.
“Ten years ago, [the competition] wasn’t that great. Organizations in Third World countries would work together,” Batten says. But today, many medical relief groups compete for such resources as grant and project funding. And, through their work, some organizations may actually be stealing resources from the very groups they are trying to help, he says. “They only work from the outside, occupying space that prevents local growth.”
Another change in the medical relief field is the growth of violent attacks on organizations and its volunteers. When Amayun began practicing medicine, medical relief groups maintained an existence of neutrality and were relatively safe in volatile environments. “Now, in Bosnia and other areas, [United Nations] workers and [non-governmental organizations] are targets of violence. Health workers are murdered in their homes,” he says.
Amayun has survived his fair share of dangers. “I have been the victim of a kidnapping attempt in the Sahara Desert,” he says, declining to go into the details.
Hazardous situations are common. Surgi-Corps’ Demos was accused of being a “military spy” when he was stopped by a military blockade while heading to a Nigerian airport to return home. He narrowly escaped arrest. “I thought I was going to die,” he says, still remembering the rifle pointed at his face.
DOW’s Papowitz realized she was in the middle of a war when she worked the night shift at the refugee camp. “I could see the missiles in the sky,” she says. Although Papowitz wasn’t exactly the specific target of an attack, she says the tension between the various political powers and the one she represented was still very alarming. “Macedonians hated NATO. It was never really comfortable.”
Politics can be dangerous. AMREF’s Youri says that when the organization’s workers provide health care to both sides of a warring nation, some governments accuse them of being rebel allies.
Bombs, military men and epidemics pose serious threats to medical relievers and their patients, but these dangers won’t keep the volunteer physicians away. Both Demos and CEM’s Egbert plan to do more volunteer work after retirement. “Yes, there are risks,” Demos says. “But does that mean we stay at home? Life is meant to be lived.”
~DREAMING OF KENYA
It is 1995 and the idea had been nagging medical student Benson S. Bonyo for years. A little voice in his head, whispering in his Luo tribal language, “Wadok Kenya. Wangaya dwaro jothieth.” It was telling him to “return to Kenya. Wangaya needs doctors.”
Wangaya is Bonyo’s home—a small farming village in Kenya located near Lake Victoria on the country’s southwestern border. The area is part of the Nyanza (the Swahili word for lake) province, one of the poorest and unhealthiest in the country. The nearest medical clinic is seven miles from his village. The closest hospital is a half-hour drive, or about a half-day’s walk, to the city of Kisumu.
When Bonyo was 8 years old and his baby sister was dying of dehydration, he wasn’t aware of either of these care facilities. The memory of her death and what doctors could have done to save her life—feed her intravenous fluids and antibiotics—troubles him to this day.
So in the late 1980s when Bonyo made his journey to the United States to pursue a career in medicine, his thoughts were of the 100 people in his village—all of whom he considers to be his extended family—and their needs. “This thing has always been in my mind,” he says.
The responsibility weighed heavily on his shoulders. So to make the task appear a little less daunting, he approached it all with a bit of jest.
“Let’s go to Kenya,” he jokingly said to three friends during the 10-minute class breaks at the Ohio University College of Osteopathic Medicine (OUCOM). And surprisingly his friends said, “That’s not a bad idea.”
Soon after that, classmates, some of them complete strangers, approached Bonyo in the halls. “I hear you’re planning a trip to Kenya,” they’d say.
“How did you find out about that?” he’d ask.
They would tell him of a friend who had told a friend who told a friend, and how they all thought it seemed like a great idea. Several months later, Bonyo found himself organizing a team of medical students and several physicians to head back to his homeland.
At first, says Bonyo, “It was horrible. I kept thinking, ‘What the hell have I gotten myself into?’” He was only a second-year medical student, with no idea what the team would be doing once they set foot in Africa. And everyone had already purchased their tickets to Kenya and committed their time. “I can’t [back out]. I’ve got to do it,” he remembers thinking.
With that resolve and only a few weeks remaining before the trip, Bonyo flew to his homeland to do some prep work.
First, he told his family (none of whom had ever been educated past the sixth grade or visited the United States…many of whom had never seen a white person…and all of whom had great hopes for Bonyo). “They didn’t know what to think,” he says, but they welcomed the visitors all the same.
Next, Bonyo went to Ahero, the local health clinic serving the rural Kisumu area and its thousands of patients. “We shall work with you any way you want,” clinic physicians and nurses told Bonyo. Then he traveled to two city hospitals, and people there said the same.
So the trip was set. Bonyo returned to Ohio with renewed confidence. A few weeks later, he led the 14-member team to Kenya.
“It was just amazing,” Bonyo says of the experience. “These people,” he says, referring to his fellow travelers, “were very prepared, very mature.”
The Kenya trip sparked something Bonyo had never imagined. “Kenya has now become an international medicine rotation [at OUCOM],” says Gary Snyder, OUCOM’s associate director of communication, who has traveled to Kenya twice.
The multidisciplinary program is now called S.H.A.R.E. (Students Health Assistance/Rural Experience) Kenya, and it sends medical students and professionals, along with an OUCOM-affiliated research team, to the country for three weeks every two years. Last November, 30 people participated in the program’s third trip to Kenya.
S.H.A.R.E. Kenya volunteers live in Kisumu and commute to city hospitals and the Ahero clinic. They bring donated supplies and equipment and allow the facilities to care for many more patients than the clinics would otherwise be able to handle on their own. Students receive credit for the program, and all participants pay their own travel and accommodation expenses.
A program such as this is essential to medical students, Snyder says, because “it pushes them out of the comfort zone and gives them an appreciation for access to care.” There is a connection, he says, between experiencing medicine in Kenya and practicing rural medicine in impoverished areas of the United States. “For poor folks in Appalachia…to drive 20 miles is a barrier to care,” Snyder says. Students see the lack of adequate care issues they witnessed in Kenya reflected in areas of Ohio and Appalachia and understand them better, he says. “Development of that perspective is important.”
As for Bonyo, he’s now a second-year family medicine resident at Akron City Hospital in Ohio and continues to travel with S.H.A.R.E. Kenya, hoping to one day open a hospital closer to his village. “I dream about that all of the time,” he says.
For more information about S.H.A.R.E. Kenya, contact Gary Snyder at OUCOM’s communication office at (740) 593-2199; e-mail gsnyder1@ohiou.edu; mailing address 323 TEB/The Ridges, Athens, OH, 45701. —R.S.
-------------------------
Using internist Dr. Michael Rich’s experience with Doctors Without Borders (DWB) as an example, here is an overview of how the medical relief matching process usually works. Unlike volunteers of smaller organizations, or those who travel independently, DWB and Doctors of the World medical relievers don’t pay anything for their trips, and they typically receive a monthly stipend (around $750).
If you’re interested in volunteering overseas once you’ve become a physician, you first need to contact the medical relief organization with which you wish to serve and fill out an application. Next you will undergo a strict screening process. If the agency selects you to volunteer, an orientation usually follows. Then it’s a waiting game for the perfect match to come along.
When a volunteer position opens up, DWB, for example, will call you with the details (location, date and time frame) and ask if you’re interested. If the answer is “yes,” then DWB will forward your application to that country’s DWB director. If the director thinks it’s a match, a DWB representative will contact you to finalize plans for your medical relief
mission. —R.S.
----------------------
IN PRINT
- Witness to War: An American Doctor in El Salvador, Charles Clements, M.D. (Bantam Books, 1984).
- Recounts Dr. Charles Clements’ experiences providing medical relief in El Salvador in the early 1980s. (Note: Clements will moderate an international health and human rights panel at the American Medical Student Association’s Annual Convention in March. (See page 14.)
- Where There Is No Doctor:
A Village Health Care Handbook, David Werner, with Carol Thuman and
Jane Maxwell (The Hesperian Foundation, 1992).
- A health-care manual used all over the world in developing countries. (Visit www.amsa.org/resource/amsarc/bs.html for more information about this text.)
- Monday Developments, published by InterAction, a coalition of international development, disaster relief and refugee assistance agencies.
- A biweekly newsletter reporting news on international developments and current events—also lists job and volunteer opportunities with their member organizations.
On the Web
~~~Rebecca Sernett is an associate editor of The New Physician.~Community and Public Health,International Health~
257~1January-February~2000-49~Feature~Safeguarding Your Future~A PRIMER ON LIFE AND DISABILITY INSURANCE.~Anthony J. Leahy~~Right now, as a busy, time-crunched medical student, you may not have even stopped to consider your need for life or disability insurance. But perhaps you should. Along with buying a home, paying for your education and saving for retirement, purchasing insurance is one of the most significant economic decisions you’ll make and here’s why.
THE LOWDOWN ON LIFE INSURANCE
Most people purchase life insurance to meet the future needs of a spouse, child or elderly parent. Some buy life insurance to build up cash reserves for the future when retirement or college tuition expenses loom.
To take out a life insurance policy, you need to be in reasonably good health. You may have difficulty getting coverage if you’re in poor health, or if you work in a high-risk occupation. But you may still be able to obtain insurance, though at a higher cost, even if your occupation or health condition makes you a less-than-perfect risk to insurers.
Insurance companies determine your risk level by reviewing personal information about you. Applications are reviewed for health factors (smoking, weight, heart disease, etc.), family history, occupation, gender, as well as a person’s financial situation.
Insurance should be part of an overall financial plan. It’s worth taking the time to assess your net worth, review your spending habits, determine how much you need to save for retirement and estimate how you’ll pay for your children’s education before you determine how much life insurance you need.
You should save about 5 percent to 15 percent of your gross income to meet financial needs over the long term.
Make sure your savings plan includes buying life insurance that’s equivalent to about five to eight times your current wages. So, if you earn $50,000 a year, you should have between $250,000 and $400,000 of coverage.
A well-drawn insurance plan looks at the assets you need to take care of your spouse, children and, in some cases, your parents. This amount may decrease over the years.
Ideally, your goal is to buy or adjust your amount of insurance to cover any shortfall between your family’s estimated income and expenses after your death. If we assume that the policy death benefit could be invested at 6 percent annually, the general rule of thumb is that you buy $100,000 in insurance for every $6,000 shortfall in annual income.
DO YOU REALLY NEED DISABILITY INSURANCE
As a physician-in-training, you’ve already committed considerable time, energy and money to building your career. In the not-too-distant future, working as a physician will provide you with an important source of income to maintain a certain standard of living. In a way, your ability to work is your most important financial asset.
No one wants to consider the possibility of becoming so sick or injured that they can’t work for a living. But if you were to become disabled, you would have several options to maintain your lifestyle. You could live off savings and investments. A liquidation of your assets also would be possible. Other options include getting a loan or obtaining eligibility for Social Security benefits. A final option could be relying on other family members or relatives as a source for financial help.
For most people, these alternatives are undesirable. Becoming dependent on others or relying on a final cash source could put you in an extremely uncomfortable, if not vulnerable position, especially if you have a long-term disability.
Disability income insurance helps you and your family cover the period of time when you’re disabled and unable to earn an income. This type of insurance can help provide a monthly benefit to replace your lost income while you’re ill or injured and unable to work.
So how do you decide how much insurance you need? Disability policies can be complex and difficult to compare. The key is finding a package that provides you with the greatest amount of financial protection for the most reasonable cost. Generally, there are three primary considerations you’ll want to take into account before choosing a policy.
Replacing your lost income. This is the most important function of disability coverage; and the most fundamental element of your protection plan is the definition of disability. It tells you under what conditions you’ll receive benefits to replace lost earnings.
A good policy should consider you disabled and eligible for your full monthly benefit if you are unable to work in your own occupation and choose not to work in another. Some of the better policies will even pay you a proportionate benefit while you’re working until you’re earning at least 85 percent of your former income.
Protecting your future insurability. Because your income will probably increase throughout your career, you’ll need additional disability protection. To purchase more coverage, however, you must be in good health—and that doesn’t always continue throughout your prime working years. A policy that provides future insurability benefits, allowing you to increase your coverage as income increases without providing medical information, can solve this problem.
Look for flexibility in choosing future insurability benefits. If you expect your income will grow gradually over time, then an indexing feature, which gradually increases the benefit in line with your rising income, will work best for you. On the other hand, if you expect rapid growth in income, you’ll want the flexibility to purchase additional amounts of coverage when your income increases occur.
Inflation protection. Inflation can have a devastating effect on the value of your monthly benefit if you’re disabled for a long period of time. Most policies offer an inflation protection or cost-of-living agreement that helps you maintain the purchasing power of your benefits throughout your disability.
When comparing inflation protection options, select a policy that provides “real” inflation protection—such as those that offer increases based on the Consumer Price Index, not an artificial percentage chosen by the insurance company. Choose increases calculated on a compounded, rather than simple, basis. Finally, make sure the inflation protection option doesn’t have a limit that caps increases in the benefit once your monthly benefit has doubled or tripled.
In the short term, yes, there are a lot of factors to weigh before purchasing life and disability insurance. But in the long run, the right policies will provide you and your family peace of mind.
~~~~Anthony J. Leahy is a manager with the Minnesota Life Insurance Company, which has provided AMSA members with group term life insurance for more than 30 years.
This column is sponsored by the Educational Finance Group, which offers the AMSA Advantage Educational Loan program.
~Medical Student Debt~
258~1January-February~2000-49~Feature~Student, Interrupted ~~CHRISTOPHER KLIMEK~~Getting into one medical school is difficult enough. Students forced by circumstance to
transfer and repeat the ordeal often face even tougher obstacles.
Alison Ambrose never wanted to split her education in medicine among two schools. Her two years at a mid-sized medical college in the Northeast had been happy ones, and she looked forward to completing her rotations at hospitals in the region. But when her fiancé found a good job in a city hundreds of miles away, Ambrose (not her real name) decided her commitment to her future husband outweighed any sense of obligation she felt to her medical school.
Her dean of students disagreed. The school she was trying to leave did not accept applications from transfer students, and they were no more eager to help someone find the exit. When Ambrose requested that her transcript and records be forwarded to another institution, her school demanded $500 for a service that most medical schools provide to students for free or at a nominal cost. Ambrose was stunned.
“I already paid $30,000 a year to go to school there,” she says. “I was at school on loans.” When Ambrose asked why the fee was so high, school officials were blunt: “They said, ‘We’re trying to deter students from doing this,’” Ambrose recalls. She protested, but ultimately chose to pay the fine rather than jeopardize her chances of admission at another school.
Fortunately, sympathetic professors stepped in and provided the recommendations Ambrose’s dean of students would not. After a four-week delay while she waited for her U.S. Medical Licensing Exam (USMLE) Step 1 scores to arrive, a school in the same Midwestern city as her future husband’s new workplace accepted Ambrose as a third-year student. She made friends quickly through her rotations, made up for her late start during her fourth-year vacation period, and yes, got married. Now in the midst of interviewing for residency, she has no regrets about her decision to transfer.
But Ambrose still fears the ire of her first school when she must again request transcripts or other documents, which is why she won’t allow the name of her old school to be published. And the number of students who transfer medical schools each year is small enough that to identify either her first school or the one she will graduate from in May would be to identify her.
Although Ambrose’s story may not be that of a typical transfer student in medical school, it isn’t an uncommon one, either. Several students contacted for this story refused to share their transfer experiences even under the protection of anonymity. Some cite the fear of reprisals from administrators at their former schools, while others simply say the experience was too personal, too painful or too wearying to talk about for publication.
These students are not alone in their reluctance to talk about transferring. The Association of American Medical Colleges (AAMC) says transfer admissions data are currently unavailable. But the organization’s Web site states that admissions officials should submit a form to the AAMC when they accept transfer students, and that the AAMC periodically distributes lists of all acceptances to medical school admissions officers around the country. Admissions officials at Brown University, Temple University and Baylor medical schools, among others, confirm that they regularly receive this list from the AAMC.
What is clear is that the number of medical students who transfer every year must be relatively small, given that no medical school contacted for this story reported granting more than 15 students “advanced standing” in any academic year, and most accepted fewer than five.
Most medical students who transfer appear to do so to remain close to a spouse or family member. In fact, most medical schools who consider transfers require applicants to show “hardship” or “a compelling reason” along with their transcript, recommendations and other materials.
As Audrey Uknis, assistant dean for admissions at the Temple University School of Medicine, puts it, “‘Hardship’ means we’ll entertain the transfer. Then we look at your grades and your scores.”
Nearly all schools that accept transfers share other requirements, too: The student must be in good standing at an accredited U.S. medical school. Most colleges allow students to transfer between years two and three only, although a handful of schools, such as Temple, permit transfers after the first year. Many allopathic schools won’t accept transfer applications from students at osteopathic schools. And if you’ve been dismissed from your school, well, don’t hold your breath until you’re accepted at another one.
Even if an applicant meets all requirements, acceptance with advanced standing is always contingent upon the number of spaces available, if any. Beth Bailey, director of admissions for the University of Virginia School of Medicine (UVa), says that while UVa does consider third-year transfers for admission, no spaces have been available since 1995. Prior to that, Bailey says, no more than two third-year slots have ever been available in any given year. And Patricia Fero, an admissions officer at the University of Washington School of Medicine, says Washington has accepted a total of two transfer students in the past 10 years.
Is it any surprise, then, that with these kinds of odds, transfer in medical school is not the path to an upgraded academic pedigree that an undergraduate transfer can be?
Rob Chisholm, a third-year student at the University of Texas Health Science Center at San Antonio (UT–San Antonio) who transferred there from Philadelphia’s MCP Hahnemann University puts it succinctly. “There’s the whole line of thought that if you transfer laterally, it’s possible,” he says. “But if you try to transfer up—if I would have tried to go to a Yale or a Harvard, that would probably have been impossible.”
Dr. Leighton Hill, senior associate dean for admissions at Baylor College of Medicine in Houston, which accepted approximately 15 percent of total applicants in 1999, confirms Chisholm’s suspicion. “One of the things we look at is whether [a transfer applicant] would have been admitted to our first-year class,” he says. And Temple’s Uknis says her school “almost never” considers a transfer applicant who wouldn’t have gotten in a year or two earlier.
While few schools appear to be as open in their efforts to discourage students from leaving as Ambrose’s, a random, unscientific poll of deans at medical colleges and universities around the country uncovers some who are eager to aid the process.
“We certainly don’t encourage transfers,” confirms Dr. Dennis Nadler, associate dean for undergraduate medical education at the State University of New York (SUNY) at Buffalo School of Medicine and Biomedical Sciences. “We believe that if someone has signed up to be educated with us, they’ve made a commitment, just as we’ve made a commitment to them.” But Nadler is no hard-liner, preferring to handle transfer requests on a case-by-case basis.
“We try to be human about it,” Nadler says. “We don’t write letters of recommendation for transfer. We don’t ever recommend that someone transfer.” But SUNY–Buffalo will verify a student’s good standing and forward a transcript without levying an additional charge, Nadler says. Like many other deans, he will usually accept marriage as a compelling reason to transfer, but not necessarily engagement.
“If you are in the Navy, there are times when for six to nine months out of the year, you’re on a ship someplace,” Nadler explains. “To us, just the idea of ‘I’m lonely’ does not constitute a compelling reason to transfer. [But] we won’t obstruct it.”
Dr. Peter J. Katsufrakis, associate dean for student affairs at the University of Southern California School of Medicine (USC), takes a more sympathetic view. Though he says he receives requests from students for his help leaving USC for another school less than once a year, he is always receptive.
“My practice has been to support the student,” Katsufrakis says. “I realize that when they come to me, they are usually in a difficult situation already.” He believes that administrators who take a purely dollars-and-cents view when a student asks for help applying to another school show a lack of sympathy unbecoming a good physician. “The loss of income to our school cannot compare with the pain of being separated from a spouse or missing the last six months of a parent’s life,” he says.
But he cautions that transferring for reasons less serious than these probably isn’t worth the cost, both monetary and emotional, to the student. “You’re giving up your social support network and immersing yourself in a new environment,” he says. “You don’t know anyone.” Along with the burdensome rotations every third-year student endures—and the difficulty of completing one’s academic program out of sequence because of the delay awaiting Step 1 scores, as Ambrose did—this added sense of isolation will be a cross too heavy for many students to bear, Katsufrakis warns.
Despite these difficulties, many students appear ready to take extravagant measures to transfer to be near a loved one. As the requirement for students to present a compelling reason for their transfer request has become commonplace, so has the potential for students to lie about it, says Kara Johnson, who works in the admissions office at USC. “I’m not saying it does happen, but I’m saying it can happen,” Johnson says. But she says USC’s admissions committee relies on the honor system when students present their reasons for transfer. “We expect them to tell us the truth,” Johnson says.
Johnson isn’t the only one wondering how many applicants are truthful about their motives. One third-year medical student among the 59 who tried unsuccessfully to transfer to USC this year had high hopes that she might finally be able to move in with her husband, a lawyer in Los Angeles. She was ranked “in the middle” of her class and scored “above average” on Step 1 of the USMLE. She is doubtful that all 11 of the transfer applicants USC accepted had more compelling reasons for seeking transfer than she did.
“It seemed fishy to me,” the third-year says. “I don’t know what their applicant pool was, but I can’t imagine that all of them had parents dying in Los Angeles.”
USC’s Katsufrakis responds that while compelling circumstances are the primary consideration when evaluating a transfer application, the school’s usual academic standards remain in place.
Nadler, meanwhile, recalls a case wherein a couple moved up their wedding date by more than a year after another New York medical school refused the groom-to-be’s request for transfer. The couple returned to the school’s admissions committee with their new marriage license in hand and asked them to reconsider. When an admissions officer called Nadler to discuss the case, Nadler gave his reluctant blessing, and the student was admitted.
Chisholm says that both marriage and a friendly relationship with the deans of both colleges were integral to his successful effort to enroll at UT–San Antonio in his second year.
“I had met all of the deans there from working [as the American Medical Student Association’s (AMSA) legislative affairs director for the 1997–98 academic year],” Chisholm says. “So I had face-to-face knowledge of all of the folks that I wanted to talk to about transferring, and they knew me as a person, so I think that helped. They also knew my wife. So they knew we weren’t trying to buck the system, or something weird like that. They knew that we were serious, and that I wanted to go to school down there.”
The fact that MCP Hahnemann declared bankruptcy during the year Chisholm left to work at AMSA’s national office in Reston, Virginia, made the decision to transfer even easier once he met his fiancée, then a third-year medical student at UT–San Antonio also on leave to work for AMSA. Because Chisholm knew well in advance that he intended to transfer—and because he had the uncommon luxury of a year off while he laid the groundwork for his transfer—he was able to conduct a subtle but persistent lobbying campaign on his own behalf, speaking frequently with the deans at both MCP Hahnemann and UT–San Antonio.
“It’s crucial to have a very strong relationship not [just] with the dean, but with the dean’s assistant,” Chisholm says, “because they’re always in the know.”
By pure chance, Chisholm also benefited from what he calls a “simpatico curriculum” among the two schools: Both MCP Hahnemann and UT–San Antonio teach immunology, traditionally a second-year course, in the first year. Even then, Chisholm had to wait for a second-year student at UT–San Antonio to drop out before he could enroll. He gambled and moved to Texas with his new wife, learning of his acceptance only “a week or two” before classes began.
Unlike Ambrose, Chisholm encountered no administrative resistance to his request. Indeed, Chisholm has nothing but praise for the way MCP Hahnemann officials dealt with him throughout the transfer process. He ascribes this fact to polite determination.
“You don’t go to them with questions. You say, ‘I need your help, and you need to help me,’” Chisholm says. “If you go there with an agenda and a plan, and you are very polite and serious about it, they will respond.”
~~~~Christopher Klimek is an associate editor of The New Physician.~Medical Education~
259~2March~2000-49~Feature~Panning for Positives~WHEN ARE SCREENING TESTS WORTH THE RISKS?~RICK STAHLHUT, M.D., M.S.~~Pyrite, also known as “fool’s gold,” is a very attractive rock. New World explorers sometimes loaded their ships with it, returning to Europe with false hopes and worthless cargo. If you toss your pan into any old stream, you’re more likely to find pyrite than real gold. But the experienced prospector knows that, expects that, and knows how to tell the difference.
There’s a lot of pyrite in medicine too. It’s the misleading test result—the one that threatens to send us down the wrong path. And like the prospector, we find it most often when we pan the streams where gold is especially rare. But if you know how to tell the difference, you won’t be fooled—or at least you’ll be properly suspicious when you find a bright, shiny rock.
You must understand such subtleties of testing to make sense of the screening debate surrounding breast and prostate cancer, HIV and illicit drug use. Unfortunately, this topic is often taught with equations that don’t give you an intuitive sense of what is going on in this most unintuitive of topics. So let’s skip the equations this time, briefly lay the groundwork, and then go directly to an example that I hope will make screening tests more clear.
Introduction to Testing. Physicians use medical tests to help classify their individual patients. If the test result is X, the patient is healthy. If the result is Y, the patient is diseased. To really understand testing, however, we need some altitude.
Looking down from 10,000 feet, we no longer have individual patients, but populations of patients, diseased and healthy. The ideal test would allow us to perfectly separate the diseased patients from the healthy ones. But tests aren’t perfect. The test results of the healthy people and the diseased people usually overlap (see Figure 1).
This means the “normal range” for a test is actually a compromise designed to balance the consequences of mislabeling healthy people as abnormal (“false positives”) with the consequences of missing people who really have the disease (“false negatives”). Incidentally, the other patients are either “true negative” (healthy and tested negative) or “true positive” (diseased and tested positive).
The ability of a test to separate the healthy and diseased groups is generally described by two somewhat confusing terms: “sensitivity” and “specificity.”
Sensitivity, or the True Positive Rate, describes the ability of the test to correctly classify the diseased population. If you have 100 diseased patients and the test sensitivity is .95, the test will be positive in 95 of them. The other five patients are “false negatives.”
Specificity, or the True Negative Rate, does the same for the healthy population. If you have 100 healthy patients, and the specificity is .97, the test will correctly classify 97 of them as normal. The other three will be “false positives.”
In Figure 1, notice how the sensitivity and specificity can be changed by moving the line that marks the edge of the “normal range.” Moving it left reduces the number of false negatives and will increase your sensitivity. But also notice that by doing this, you’ll increase the number of false positives and reduce your specificity. Moving it right reduces the number of false positives, but increases the false negatives. Whether it’s better to reduce false negatives or false positives depends upon the situation.
The discussion thus far has only focused on the characteristics of the test itself. Don’t forget that there are many other places where things can go wrong. The sample can be improperly drawn, labeled, transported, stored, processed or reported. Usually the system works, but mistakes can happen.
The Perils of Screening. Here’s an example of what could go wrong. A nervous Caucasian couple and their apparently healthy newborn arrive in your office and say, “Our best friends’ new baby was just diagnosed with cystic fibrosis [CF]. We understand you can do a cheap screening test to ensure our baby is OK. Would you please do it?”
You calmly explain that the baby seems fine. And since there is no family history of CF, their baby doesn’t need the test. The parents plead some more and convince you to order the test. The result comes back “positive.” What is the likelihood the baby actually has CF?
The prevalence of CF in the Caucasian population is 1 in 3,400. The CF screening test has a sensitivity of .85 and a specificity of .9985. You can plug these values into an equation, but you won’t really understand the answer when you’re done. So instead, let’s use Figure 2, the “2 x 2” table.
Pick a convenient number of newborns for this hypothetical experiment. How about 34,000? Plug that number into the lower right corner of the table. Then use the prevalence to fill in the bottom totals (divide 34,000 by 3,400). In your sample of 34,000 kids, 10 will have CF, and 33,990 are healthy.
Next, use the sensitivity to fill in the “Diseased” column. To find the number of diseased newborns testing positive (true positives) multiply the sensitivity by the total number of diseased in this example (.85 x 10). Subtract this figure from the total number of diseased patients (10 – 8.5 = 1.5). This number (1.5) represents the number of false negatives.
Use the specificity to complete the “Healthy” column. Put the number of healthy children who test negative for CF (.9985 x 33,990) in the true negative box. Subtract this figure from the total number of healthy children (33,990 – 33,939 = 51). This gives you the number of false positives (51). Total the rows.
Now you can answer the question: What is the likelihood that the baby really has CF? Or, in statistical language, what is the “predictive value of a positive test?” Simply look at the number of true positives (8.5) and divide that by the total number of positives (59.5). The likelihood is 14 percent.
To figure out what happened, look at the table. The low prevalence of CF in Caucasians caused the number of false positives (51) to greatly outnumber the true positives (8.5), even though the specificity was extremely high (.9985).
But suppose the situation was different. What if the newborn had a sibling with CF? The prevalence would be 25 percent instead of 1 in 3,400 (CF is autosomal recessive). Run the table again and you’ll find, if the screen is positive, the chances are better than 99 percent that the child has CF. Same test, different prevalence, different predictive value. Not intuitive, until you work through the 2 x 2s.
Usually, when a test is ordered by a physician, a positive result means something. That’s because an experienced physician doesn’t order a test without a good reason. The “good reason” ordinarily means that the patient is in a higher risk group. He may have symptoms of CF or a family history. The prevalence is higher in those selected patients, and the test works.
Calculating the Cost of Screening. When talking about a single newborn patient, the cost of screening is only the cost of the screening test. But how much does it cost to screen a population?
For this example, start with 3,400 newborns and screen them all at $4 each (total cost = $13,600). Now take the 5.85 newborns that test positive and give them the confirmatory test at $60 each ($351). That’s $13,951 per .85 CF patients found, or $16,413 per one CF patient found.
Next look at the cost (both financial and human) of not finding the patients early and decide whether it makes sense to do the screening. For CF perhaps it doesn’t, although it may make sense to screen the parents before the child is even conceived, but that’s a different story.
Take-Home Messages. There are several morals to this story. First, remember that the “normal range” for a test is a somewhat arbitrary compromise between creating false negatives and false positives. It is not etched in stone. If your patient and the test result don’t seem to make sense together, take some time to think. If the patient looks hyperthyroid, but the test is “high normal,” maybe the patient is a false negative.
Remember the old adage: Treat the patient, not the test.
Second, mass screening for rare conditions invariably results in many false positives. Be sure you and the patient understand the potential for false positives and what risks could be involved if you get a positive. Patients who screen positive for HIV may attempt suicide if they don’t understand the possibility that the test result could be in error. And there are other risks. Insurance companies may attempt to deny that individual coverage. Positive drug screens cause employment and legal problems. This doesn’t mean you shouldn’t do the test, but it certainly shows you need to take great care with the results.
Finally, remember that the cost of screening for rare conditions is not just the small individual cost to the patient, but also the much larger cost to society.
Panning for medical gold is sometimes a useful endeavor. The nuggets found could be valuable—or a risky, costly distraction. These issues will come up again and again as the medical community continues to work out what role screening plays in maintaining public health.
Next Time: Medical privacy—the struggle continues. As our data become computerized, the questions intensify. Who has access to our medical data? Under what circumstances? Do we have any control at all? What is the government doing about it? What can you do?
~Looking for new Web sites to point your browser to? Try these.
- Genetic Terms
- Baffled by genetic mumbo-jumbo? Visit the National Institutes of Health’s Division of Intramural Research’s glossary of genetic terms. The site has an effective keyword or phrase search engine, along with an alphabetical listing of terms.
- MedEthEx Online
- MCP Hahnemann University School of Medicine developed this site—complete with interactive case scenarios—to help physicians and students improve their communication skills and knowledge of
medical ethics.
- Positive Profiles
- If it’s the physician–patient relationship that floats your boat, visit Pfizer Inc.’s Positive Profiles Web site. This stop in cyberspace guides you through the lives of physicians who add new meaning to the word “caregiver.” After reading these stories, your commitment to medicine will be recharged —guaranteed! The site also lists medical scholarship resources.
-----------------------
FURTHER READING
- “Who should be screened for HIV infection? A cost-effectiveness analysis” (Archives of Internal Medicine 1993; 153.9: 1107–16), by B.D. McCarthy, J.B. Wong, et al. Despite the changes in AIDS therapy, this article from 1993 is still a very worthwhile read and a great example of the type of thinking needed in mass screening efforts.
- “Ethical aspects of workplace urine screening for drug abuse” (Journal of Medical Ethics 1997; 23.1: 12–17), by A.R. Forrest. This article will introduce you to screening’s ethical debate.
- “The acceptability of voluntary HIV antibody testing in the United States: a decade of lessons learned” (AIDS 1996; 10.14: 1707–17), by K.L. Irwin, R.O. Valdiserri and S.D. Holmberg. This article looks at the practical hurdles that must be overcome to create a voluntary screening effort.
- “Application of DNA analysis in a population-screening program for neonatal diagnosis of cystic fibrosis (CF): comparison of screening protocols” (American Journal of Human Genetics 1993; 52.3: 616–26, by R.G. Gregg, B.S. Wilfond, et al. This article contains the detailed data needed for the CF example.
—Rebecca Sernett
~~~New Physician contributing editor Rick Stahlhut is a medical informatics writer and consultant. Contact him with questions or suggestions for column topics at stahlhut@net-link.net, or check out his Web site, at web.net-link.net/~stahlhut/.
~Learning Tools and Technology~
261~2March~2000-49~Feature~Time Has Come Today~~Nancy Hood~~Physician–leaders identify humanism, diversity and activism as themes that have emerged during medical
education’s past 50 years. But what does the future hold?
“My most shocking experience in medical school involved dealing with death. It began with my first patient who died. I was at the foot of her bed when she passed away. She had an extraordinarily happy look on her face. This was a very important moment for me—almost a transcendental experience.
“Two weeks later, another one of my patients died. Someone told me, ‘Mr. So-and-so just died—let’s go look at the boxcarring effect of the retinal veins.’ I literally ran down the stairs into this cubicle where this guy in his late 40s had just died, and I held back his eyelid and looked into his retina. I don’t recall seeing the boxcarring, but I recall thinking ‘What the hell am I doing?’ Here was a tragic situation—the patient was the head of the fire station and everyone knew him—and I was looking for boxcarring.”
—DR. ROGER BULGER
A KINDER, GENTLER PHYSICIAN
Although it could be an excerpt from the life of a medical student today, Dr. Roger Bulger’s experience occurred in the late 1950s. Throughout his training, Bulger—now president of the Washington, D.C.–based Association of Academic Health Centers—found himself having to continually readjust the balance between respect for patients and what he needed to learn as a student.
Today, medical education is still often criticized for training the humanism out of students. The grind and demands of medical school may eat away at one’s spirit, idealism and capacity for kindness. Additionally, a lack of curricular time for developing students’ humanistic qualities may contribute to their decline.
Mounting evidence indicates that medical schools are addressing these issues. However, the accounts of many former medical students (in other words, today’s physicians) suggest that educators have been slow to recognize the dehumanizing effects of medical training. When Dr. Barbara Ross-Lee, dean of the Ohio University College of Osteopathic Medicine, attended medical school in the early 1970s, she underestimated the challenges, both academic and emotional. “There were challenges to integrity, judgment, maturity, social perceptions and everything that makes up a part of your character,” she recalls. What she doesn’t remember is her school identifying these issues.
As dean, Ross-Lee hopes to move students away from persevering to actually enjoying the educational process and retaining and advancing their humanistic qualities. “Whether or not they get an A or B in biochemistry does not affect the type of physician they become,” she says. “The real issues are whether or not they have the personality and character necessary to be a good physician.” Ross-Lee believes that small-group interactions, self-directed learning and a lessening of the competitiveness of the admissions process will all contribute to training competent, humanistic physicians.
For Dr. Deborah Danoff, assistant vice president of the Division of Medical Education at the Association of American Medical Colleges (AAMC), the sheer volume of work and the intensity of medical school in the early 1970s were overwhelming. “Deciding on a balance between what I needed to do to be a doctor and to be a good person was an issue,” she says. Still, a certain transformation must happen during medical school that Danoff compares to the time between a baby’s birth and when it first speaks. “You go from an unformed person to someone who is capable of medicine,” she says. This should ideally be a positive conversion, not a rite of passage.
To their credit, schools today do have less lecture time, more elective time and varied teaching strategies compared to the medical schools of the 1950s. Allowing students to maintain lives outside of school contributes to training well-rounded, humanistic physicians.
In addition to minimizing the burden of medical school, educators can design courses to provide insight and training in the humanistic side of medicine. Even 50 years ago, however, the fast pace of scientific discoveries dictated the content of medical education. Bulger remembers being told on his first day of medical school, “The wonderful thing about medical school is that science progresses so fast that half of what we teach you will be disproved within three years of your graduation—the problem is that we don’t know which half!” The pressure to keep students up-to-date with current science and technology has increased exponentially since the 1950s. Often, little time, money or energy is left for developing the humanistic aspect of the curriculum.
How has medical education evolved in the last 50 years toward consciously training humanism into physicians? Dr. Jo Ivey Boufford, dean of the Robert Wagner Graduate School of Public Service, harbors doubts about students’ ability to sustain their idealism and basic humanity in the onslaught of science and medicine that schools deem necessary. “Students believe they have to unlearn the things that their grandmothers taught them in order to become a doctor,” she concludes.
Boufford thinks that today’s educators are at least struggling with the right issues—such as doctor–patient relationships and teaching outside the hospital. “These issues, however, were around in the 1970s,” Boufford notes. But they have “remained… demonstrations or models [that have not been] mainstreamed or sustained.”
What are the major stumbling blocks to improvements? According to Boufford, “People think American medical education is the best in the world, and they’re hesitant to change.”
However, some physicians think that medical educators are recognizing the trauma associated with medical school and are working to help students balance their educational commitment and their larger responsibility to themselves and their communities. The AAMC’s Medical School Objectives Project, for example, details how to train altruistic, knowledgeable, skillful and dutiful physicians. Among other topics, this project promotes the doctor–patient relationship, end-of-life care, spirituality and communication skills. Questions remain, however, over the exact competencies that make for humanistic physicians. Additionally, can these qualities be learned? Should they be admissions requirements? How can they be measured? Each answer results in many new inquiries.
•••
“Every day I was in medical school, I knew I was black and female because people let me know. People thought they were helping, but there were lowered expectations for women and minorities. When I was on a clerkship, I finally was able to pass a urinary catheter in a male. They had avoided giving me this task for a while because I was the only female. My supervising physician praised me to high heaven when he found out that I had done it. In reality, almost anyone could accomplish this task—other students did it on a daily basis. I learned to set my own standards because I couldn’t trust the external environment to give me honest clues about how I was doing.”
—DR. BARBARA ROSS-LEE
TWO STEPS FORWARD, THREE STEPS BACK
Issues of equality in medical education for women and minority students are not new. When Dr. Walter Shervington, president of the National Medical Association (NMA), entered the University of Maryland in 1959, the medical school had just graduated its first African American. There were only one or two African-American students in each class, and the hospital wards were segregated. Shervington recalls that his father—only the second African American to serve on the faculty at Johns Hopkins University—wasn’t allowed to admit his own patients for 25 years.
It wasn’t until 1969 that the American Medical Association (AMA) even began requiring medical schools to report minority data. At the time, African-American students comprised 1.5 percent of all medical students, excluding the traditionally black medical schools, Meharry Medical College and Howard University. An article that same year in the New England Journal of Medicine stated that the door to medical education for minorities “is carefully labeled ‘Disadvantaged Students,’ but it is open.”
Women in medicine have faced similar discrimination. Boufford remembers the first day of medical school when her class of 250 students was greeted with, “Gentlemen, welcome to the University of Michigan.” Since she was one of 25 women in the class, Boufford found the introduction inappropriate. “It wasn’t nasty,” she adds. “There was just no consideration.”
Certainly, in the last 50 years, medical student bodies have included more women. Today, some schools are composed of more than 50 percent women. However, women still hold far fewer faculty and administrative positions than men do. Women are more likely than men to report that the careers they were encouraged to pursue were affected by their gender. While recognizing the need for continued improvements, Boufford feels that schools have taken positive steps toward gender equality. “Some students today find some of the sagas from the 1970s pretty bazaar,” she says, referring to the welcome address given at her medical school.
Minority students haven’t fared as well as women in the last 50 years. Currently, underrepresented minorities make up about 9 percent of U.S. medical students. However, about 20 percent of the general population are underrepresented minorities, and a disproportionate number of minority populations are medically underserved. By the year 2020, one-third of the U.S. population will be underrepresented minorities. Minority students still believe that they must be twice as competent to be treated equally. And many minorities and women continue to report a lack of mentors as a barrier to professional development.
The diversity issue can be broken down into a discussion of numbers and a look at programs in the curriculum that address diversity. As an African American who grew up during segregation, Shervington says that medical education has come a great distance in minority education. However, he expresses concern over recent anti-affirmative action laws and practices. “Affirmative action has to do with trying to give a step-up for people who haven’t had opportunities for more than 200 years,” he explains. “It is an attempt to enrich our system by having everyone participate in it.”
Since medical schools actually choose future physicians, Ross-Lee feels strongly that the schools need to take a stand on diversity. “Medical schools have to take leadership from an ethical, moral and practice perspective,” she says. “Affirmative action is a process to reach an outcome. Nobody is looking at the outcome, they’re just objecting to the process.”
Ross-Lee maintains that women and minorities are crucial for successful medical schools because the subtleties of diversity cannot be taught in the classroom. Without diverse student bodies, all students suffer from a lack of exposure to diversity, and many populations are likely to remain medically underserved.
Shervington says that diversity issues must be addressed by society as a whole. Recent collaborations among the NMA, AMA, AAMC and student organizations are encouraging, but changing societal attitudes is more difficult. “Society at large doesn’t care,” Shervington says. “How does one change the attitude of society at large?”
Numbers, although easy to measure, will not guarantee the acceptance of diversity. “Issues for students of color are still pretty profound, including a lack of focus on the richness of their own culture and the lack of faculty of color,” Boufford says. “I’m afraid that numbers aren’t going to force change. People are going to have to make an effort to believe that these students have a lot to offer, and they’re not just students who need remediation.”
Achieving 50 percent women and 15 percent to 20 percent underrepresented minorities in medical school student bodies and faculty is only half of the battle. In order to create a medical education system where everyone feels comfortable sharing their own cultures and beliefs, some educators and students believe that diversity should extend beyond gender and race to include sexual orientation, physical ability, age, socioeconomic status and geographic environment.
Although admissions practices and curricula have improved the diversity of medical schools in the last 50 years, Ross-Lee feels “it’s better than it was, but it’s still not acceptable.” Curricular efforts are still largely elective, token, unevaluated and unintegrated. The numbers of underrepresented minorities have reached a plateau at best and are slipping at worst. And still many more questions remain unanswered.
•••
“I went to a small, Quaker, liberal arts college with lots of interactions. Students were expected to be self-motivated, and students and faculty questioned each other. At medical school, I was told to sit down, shut up, don’t ask questions and regurgitate what I was told. At the end of the first semester, I expected to give feedback to teachers because that’s what I had done in college. I circulated an evaluation form among my classmates. This was perceived as a radical act. It was suggested that this was not the way we do things.”
—DR. ROBERT GRAHAM
STAND AND DELIVER
Dr. Robert Graham, executive vice president of the American Academy of Family Physicians, remembers medical school in the mid-1960s as “rigid, boring and anti-intellectual.” However, he also recollects vividly being part of a generation of student activists. About his experience with circulating an evaluation form, Graham says, “This was both a start for me to try to change medical education, and it was also the beginning of students at my school becoming activists. This was starting all over the country.”
Dr. Fitzhugh Mullan, retired assistant U.S. surgeon general and currently a clinical professor of Pediatrics and Public Health at George Washington University, also became an activist in the mid-’60s while attending medical school. “The summer after my first year, I went to Mississippi as a medical civil rights worker. Seeing poverty, American racism, people who really did not have doctors and how positively they responded to someone who was interested in them and their medical care really made me want to be a doctor.”
Mullan says that schools today vary in how well they foster activism among their students. “Doctors and medical educators are not sociologists or saints. The frontiers of science receive much more attention than the frontiers of justice and equity,” he says.
Why should medical students and physicians be concerned with activism? Mullan maintains that their specialized education gives them a gift that should be shared with everyone. “They are the healers for the population as a whole,” he says. “There is some responsibility for them to develop skills to work with the entire population. The gap between the haves and the have-nots is probably larger than it has ever been.”
Participation in the National Health Service Corps (NHSC) is one way that Mullan lived his responsibility to the population as a whole. From direct participation and later directing the NHSC, Mullan concludes that joining the Corps is a way for physicians to put their shoulder to the wheel for a while.
Activism comes in many forms. Today’s medical students can get involved in shaping their school’s curricula for the future. Dr. Elizabeth Morrison, Director of Maternity Care Education at the University of California–Irvine, thinks that students can affect curricular change. At the local level, students can join student organizations such as the American Medical Student Association and curriculum committees at their schools. At the national level, students can become active in organizations such as the National Board of Medical Examiners. “Student representation is so important,” she explains. Committee members “don’t know what it is like to be a medical student the way current students do.” Morrison admits that students are not consulted as much as they should be, but maintains that students have the potential to make huge differences.
Ross-Lee also says that students are an underutilized resource in medical education reform. “Students don’t always appreciate this role, but their evaluations of the education process are important,” she states. Emphasizing again the need for students to enjoy medical school more, she adds, “We will be able to achieve true collaboration once students themselves start to look at the information as something they want.” These physicians recognize that medical student activism tends to wax and wane, but only students can ensure that there is more, not less, activism.
BEYOND FLEXNER
Changing medical education has been compared to relocating a cemetery. One person who actually accomplished the former feat was Abraham Flexner. Flexner was a layperson with a background in education who studied medical education around the turn of the last century, when it was desperately in need of reform and structure. Major changes initiated by the Medical Education in the United States and Canada, or the Flexner Report, in 1910 included: a four-year curriculum, two years of laboratory science, two years of clinical teaching in hospital and clinic settings, university affiliation, and the adoption of math and science entrance requirements. These changes are almost universally still in place today.
Interestingly, however, the Flexner Report also recommended the following: the integration of basic sciences and clinical training throughout the four years; the encouragement of active learning; the limited use of lectures and learning by memorization; learning by problem solving and critical thinking; and emphasizing that learning for physicians is a life-long endeavor.
When today’s physician–leaders are asked to list crucial turning points in medical education in the last 50 years, the Flexner Report is on several lists. “If I were Flexner and in favor of my model, I would be impressed with its durability,” Mullan says. “Today’s curriculum would not be totally unfamiliar to Flexner.”
Dr. Douglas Wood, president of the American Association of Colleges of Osteopathic Medicine, says, “I don’t think that medical education has changed substantively since the Flexner Report. The first three years have been modified, but we have seen very little change in the clinical years.” Why? Wood cites inertia as the culprit. “We’re doing OK,” he remarks. “We produce prestigious graduates, faculty are strained, even students sometimes object to change—they don’t like to be guinea pigs. There’s not a great reason to change.”
Wood identifies curriculum committees as having the potential to influence medical education, but not as they are currently comprised. “Individuals come with their own interests,” he says, referring to representatives from various departments who traditionally sit on curriculum committees. “Committees need to be made up of people who come because they are the best medical educators in the school and know something about medical education. Their mission should be to put student learning at the forefront.”
While Boufford sees incredible changes in the content of medical education, she does not think the process of medical education has changed much in the last 50 years either. “Changes are not mainstreamed,” Boufford says. “The issue of supporting teaching faculty and the role of faculty as teachers remains a problem for medical schools. Research used to be the priority. Now it’s clinical practice and research. The teacher is the odd person out.”
Likewise, Graham thinks that medical education did not reach its potential in the last 50 years. “There have been curricular chiropractic experiences,” he says. “But we’re just moving the pieces around.” Like Wood, he sees medical education as “comfortable” right now. “If you walk through an academic health science center, people are employed, faculty salaries are not decreasing, medical schools are not closing,” Graham adds. “There is no crisis yet.” Changes must come from the outside, according to Graham, and a drop in the application rate to medical schools may someday cause the crisis necessary to initiate this change.
LOOKING AHEAD:
The Next 50 Years -- What does the future hold for medical education? According to Dr. Jordan Cohen, president of the AAMC, “We need to move more toward establishing learning objectives, performance-based evaluations, and teaching and evaluating professional development.”
Boufford predicts an increased focus on aging, chronic diseases, mental health, cultural competency, communication skills and the doctor–patient relationship. Danoff realizes, “Health-care delivery is changing so fast that medical education will have to follow.” Among the issues she sees in the future are population health, medical technology, dealing with the uninsured, interdisciplinary team-based education, and the engagement of students in the political process to ensure that the environment exists for the healthiest nation possible.
Graham sees the Internet in the future of medical education. “Electronic information will be totally different from texts,” he predicts. “When this information is right, it will be of more value to students than the rigid text and will give students more information about patients who aren’t sick enough to be in the hospital.” Wood also anticipates an increase in technology used for instruction, including interactive computer-assisted teaching and virtual reality. “Particularly in surgery, virtual reality makes sense,” he explains. “You are literally allowed to practice and make mistakes.”
Bulger thinks that someday, medical students may be able to take their first two years of basic sciences via distance learning classes on the Internet, then transfer to a non-virtual medical school for the second two years. This format could increase access to medical school by controlling costs.
What do humanism, diversity, activism, Flexner and the physician–leaders’ predictions for the future of medical education all have in common? They all represent a combination of strengths and weaknesses in the current system of medical education. Medical educators, students and the public need to appreciate aspects of the status quo but must never tire of seizing opportunities to initiate improvements. As one who exemplifies that very strategy, Bulger concludes positively, “After 50 years of thinking about medical education, I wouldn’t change professions. If I were 25 years old today, I would be more interested than ever in entering the health professions.”
~~~~Nancy Hood is a former regional trustee of the American Medical Student Association.~Medical Education~
262~3April~2000-49~Feature~The AMSA Foundation’s Fifth Annual Primary Care Scorecard~~~~As we begin the 21st century, medical education faces a dilemma as well as an opportunity. The dilemma is not new. There’s a shortage of physicians entering or planning to enter generalist specialties. One probable reason behind this is the number of students who change their minds during medical school about pursuing primary care careers. The opportunity lies in what medical schools can do to encourage students to maintain their commitment to primary care specialties.
According to the Association of American Medical Colleges, in 1992, 14.6 percent of graduating students surveyed stated that they planned to pursue careers in one of the generalist specialties, but no school graduated 50 percent or more students with generalist intentions and only one school reached 40 percent. In 1995, 27.5 percent planned on pursuing careers in one of the generalist specialties, five schools graduated more than 50 percent and another 15 graduated more than 40 percent who favored generalist careers. In 1997, 39.6 percent
of fourth-year U.S. medical school students planned on entering generalist specialties.
Is it possible to identify what types of factors influence students to choose primary care as a specialty? More importantly, what influences students to switch from primary care to another specialty? Several surveys—including an informal one conducted as part of the American Medical Student Association’s (AMSA’s) Promoting, Reinforcing and Improving Medical Education (PRIME) project—reveal some of the major factors influencing students’ specialty choices.
Personal characteristics. Choosing a specialty is a personal decision based, in part, on an individual’s values and disposition. Recent studies suggest that medical student characteristics that are common among graduates entering generalist careers include initial specialty preference, geographic background, gender, age, ethnicity, economic and lifestyle factors, attitudes and personal values, service orientation and premedical academic performance. For example, older students, married students, women and those for whom high salaries are not as important are more likely to enter primary care, as are students who value a diverse patient population. Students who want to provide comprehensive care and develop personal relationships with their patients also tend to choose careers in primary care.
Monetary considerations. Studies have also found that income and monetary rewards are highly, but inversely, related to a generalist career choice. The debt incurred during medical training influences specialty decision. Currently, only 30 percent of graduating physicians enter lower-income primary care specialties, including family medicine, pediatrics and internal medicine. Having electives in primary care was another variable found to be associated strongly with students’ change of interest in primary care.
Time for family. Medical students entering primary care professions, especially in rural areas, are concerned about the effect personal and professional isolation will have on their spouses or families. Will there be work available for my spouse? What kind of education and opportunities will my children have? Moving away from extended family and friends can be an important consideration for some medical students.
However, many students view primary care specialties as less demanding of their personal time than other specialties with unpredictable hours, such as surgery and obstetrics–gynecology. These findings suggest there are ways to enhance medical school curricula so that more students pursue and enter primary care as their preferred specialty. The following suggestions may have an effect on the number of medical students who switch specialties.
Primary care electives. Increase the number and quality of primary care electives during third and fourth years. Does your school have a family medicine elective clerkship? Is the elective conducive to developing personal relationships with your patients? Is your preceptor also a personal mentor?
Loan repayment programs. Effectively disseminate information on programs in primary care that offer loan repayment in addition to salary, such as the National Health Service Corps. These programs can be an excellent way to experience the benefits of primary care with fewer concerns about financial considerations.
Mentoring. Create mentoring or precepting opportunities with community-based practitioners, beginning early in medical school and continuing as part of students’ clinical years.
Curriculum reform. Encourage innovative curriculum reform commitments that include a strong focus on primary care. Does your school have a service-learning track or spend time addressing issues in cultural competence? Are there opportunities to provide longitudinal care for patients?
The “AMSA Foundation’s Fifth Annual Primary Care Scorecard” focuses on one measurable aspect of medical education: the percentage of medical school graduates entering primary care residencies. Clearly, this is only one part of a larger effort to understand why so many students switch specialty choices between matriculation and graduation. The Primary Care Scorecard shows one end of the spectrum—specialty choice at graduation—and only by actively exploring what causes students to switch between matriculation and graduation can we affect future Primary Care Scorecards.
Meredith Burke Lawler is the AMSA Foundation’s PRIME project manager. Pam Supanwanid is a third-year medical student at Northwestern University in Chicago and a PRIME project intern. Additional assistance was provided by Lisa Old, PRIME project associate.
Percentage of 1999 Allopathic Medical School
Graduates Entering Primary Care Specialties
|
Medical School |
%FP |
%IM |
%PEDS |
%IM/
PEDS |
%PC |
1 |
Univ of Illinois-Rockford |
33.3 |
20.4 |
16.7 |
3.7 |
74.1 |
2 |
Morehouse school of medicine |
27.6 |
24.1 |
13.8 |
3.4 |
68.9 |
3 |
albert einstein college of medicine |
5.3 |
47.3 |
16.0 |
0.0 |
68.6 |
4 |
meharry medical college |
25.9 |
24.7 |
12.3 |
4.9 |
67.8 |
5 |
SUNY-Stony brook |
15.1 |
34.9 |
17.0 |
0.0 |
67.0 |
6 |
univ of washington |
26.9 |
25.1 |
9.0 |
3.0 |
64.0 "Times New Roman";mso-ansi-language:EN-US;mso-fareast-language:EN-US; mso-bidi-language:AR-SA">† |
7 |
mercer univ |
25.5 |
25.5 |
10.9 |
1.8 |
63.7 |
8 |
univ of missouri-Kansas city |
21.0 |
25.9 |
7.4 |
8.6 |
62.9 |
9 |
univ of california, los angeles |
17.3 |
25.6 |
19.2 |
0.6 |
62.7"Times New Roman";mso-ansi-language:EN-US;mso-fareast-language:EN-US; mso-bidi-language:AR-SA">* |
10 |
wright state univ |
31.3 |
19.8 |
9.4 |
2.1 |
62.6 |
11 |
univ of rochester |
5.1 |
35.4 |
15.2 |
6.1 |
61.8 |
11 |
univ of south carolina |
20.6 |
20.6 |
19.1 |
1.5 |
61.8 |
13 |
east carolina univ |
34.3 |
8.6 |
10.0 |
8.6 |
61.5 |
13 |
univ of minnesota medical school |
28.1 |
22.4 |
8.8 |
2.2 |
61.5 "Times New Roman";mso-ansi-language:EN-US;mso-fareast-language:EN-US; mso-bidi-language:AR-SA">° |
15 |
michigan state univ |
24.5 |
17.9 |
11.3 |
7.5 |
61.2 |
15 |
univ of hawaii |
24.1 |
20.4 |
11.1 |
5.6 |
61.2 |
17 |
univ of vermont |
8.4 |
25.3 |
24.2 |
3.2 |
61.1 |
18 |
southern illinois univ |
21.1 |
28.2 |
5.6 |
5.6 |
60.5 |
19 |
eastern virginia medical school |
20.8 |
20.8 |
16.8 |
2.0 |
60.4 |
20 |
univ of south dakota |
32.0 |
16.0 |
10.0 |
2.0 |
60.0 |
21 |
univ of kansas |
27.4 |
17.7 |
9.7 |
5.1 |
59.9 |
22 |
medical college of georgia |
19.9 |
25.7 |
13.5 |
0.6 |
59.7 |
23 |
univ of nevada |
32.7 |
15.4 |
7.7 |
3.8 |
59.6 |
24 |
univ of chicago pritzker |
3.6 |
36.9 |
18.0 |
0.9 |
59.4 |
25 |
northeastern ohio univ |
17.5 |
35.0 |
5.8 |
0.0 |
58.3 |
26 |
MCP hahnemann univ |
17.8 |
25.0 |
15.3 |
0.0 |
58.1 |
27 |
univ of massachusetts |
17.9 |
25.3 |
13.7 |
1.1 |
58.0 |
28 |
rush medical college |
14.3 |
31.7 |
9.5 |
2.4 |
57.9 |
29 |
oregon health sciences univ |
25.0 |
23.1 |
8.7 |
1.0 |
57.8 |
30 |
east tennessee state univ |
14.8 |
27.9 |
14.8 |
0.0 |
57.5 |
30 |
univ of texas-San antonio |
22.7 |
20.2 |
13.6 |
1.0 |
57.5 |
32 |
univ of nebraska |
21.8 |
23.6 |
9.1 |
2.7 |
57.2 |
33 |
univ of kentucky |
18.3 |
24.7 |
6.5 |
7.5 |
57.0 |
34 |
univ of connecticut |
6.8 |
27.3 |
18.2 |
4.5 |
56.8 |
35. |
univ of virginia |
17.8 |
22.5 |
15.5 |
0.8 |
56.6 |
36 |
univ of pittsburgh |
12.1 |
25.0 |
16.4 |
2.9 |
56.4 |
37 |
univ of south alabama |
15.3 |
20.3 |
15.3 |
5.1 |
56.0 |
38 |
medical college of ohio |
15.5 |
24.0 |
10.1 |
6.2 |
55.8 |
39 |
univ of california, san diego |
11.5 |
26.9 |
14.4 |
2.9 |
55.7 |
40 |
univ of florida |
14.5 |
24.8 |
16.2 |
0.0 |
55.5 |
41 |
georgetown univ |
6.8 |
33.5 |
12.4 |
2.5 |
55.2 |
42 |
west virginia univ |
20.7 |
20.7 |
7.3 |
6.1 |
54.8 |
43 |
univ of new mexico |
25.8 |
18.2 |
9.1 |
1.5 |
54.6 |
44 |
univ of southern california |
15.2 |
29.7 |
9.5 |
0.0 |
54.4 |
45 |
northwestern univ |
6.4 |
36.8 |
11.1 |
0.0 |
54.3 |
46 |
univ of cincinnati |
12.4 |
21.2 |
16.1 |
4.4 |
54.1 |
47 |
univ of alabama |
14.5 |
21.1 |
14.5 |
3.6 |
53.7 |
47 |
univ of iowa |
27.8 |
15.4 |
9.9 |
0.6 |
53.7 |
49 |
wake forest univ |
12.7 |
26.4 |
12.7 |
1.8 |
53.6 |
50 |
ohio state univ |
20.7 |
18.1 |
11.9 |
2.6 |
53.3 |
52 |
new york medical college |
6.8 |
29.2 |
15.1 |
2.1 |
53.2 |
53 |
univ of california, san francisco |
11.4 |
26.9 |
13.4 |
1.3 |
53.0 |
54 |
harvard medical school |
2.5 |
35.2 |
12.6 |
2.5 |
52.8 |
54 |
univ of arizona |
19.1 |
14.6 |
169 |
2.2 |
52.8 |
56 |
saint louis univ |
14.9 |
16.9 |
15.5 |
5.4 |
52.7 |
57 |
howard univ |
4.0 |
34.3 |
13.1 |
1.0 |
52.4` |
57 |
tufts univ |
9.6 |
26.5 |
14.5 |
1.8 |
52.4 |
57 |
univ of missouri-Columbia |
19.8 |
12.8 |
14.0 |
5.8 |
52.4 |
60 |
loma linda univ |
17.3 |
25.6 |
7.1 |
1.9 |
51.9 |
60 |
loyola univ - stritch |
13.5 |
25.6 |
9.8 |
3.0 |
51.9 |
62 |
brown univ |
14.1 |
27.1 |
8.2 |
2.4 |
51.8 |
64 |
jefferson medical college |
19.8 |
18.0 |
12.9 |
0.5 |
51.2 |
65 |
wayne state univ |
17.2 |
25.0 |
6.6 |
2.0 |
50.8 |
66 |
univ of mississippi |
15.1 |
24.7 |
8.6 |
2.2 |
50.6 |
67 |
emory univ |
7.5 |
29.0 |
14.0 |
0.0 |
50.5 |
67 |
univ of illinois-Chicago |
8.8 |
26.9 |
13.2 |
1.6 |
50.5 |
69 |
univ of maryland |
10.1 |
22.3 |
15.8 |
2.2 |
50.4 |
70 |
temple univ |
8.2 |
27.7 |
13.0 |
1.1 |
50.0 |
70 |
texas a & m univ |
16.1 |
11.3 |
16.1 |
6.5 |
50.0 |
70 |
VCU medical college of virginia |
16.3 |
18.1 |
12.5 |
3.1 |
50.0 |
73 |
albany medical college |
13.6 |
18.9 |
15.9 |
1.5 |
49.9 |
74 |
SUNY-Buffalo |
11.3 |
18.4 |
16.3 |
3.5 |
49.5 |
75 |
univ of california, irvine |
15.3 |
21.2 |
12.9 |
0.0 |
49.4 |
76 |
weill medical colelge-Cornell |
1.0 |
37.8 |
10.2 |
0.0 |
49.0 |
77 |
marshall univ |
25.5 |
6.4 |
10.6 |
6.4 |
48.9 |
78 |
mt sinai school of medicine |
2.4 |
30.7 |
15.7 |
0.0 |
48.8 |
79 |
univ of oklahoma |
18.8 |
14.6 |
13.2 |
2.1 |
48.7 |
80 |
ponce school of medicine |
6.3 |
28.1 |
12.5 |
1.6 |
48.5 |
81 |
new york univ |
1.9 |
33.5 |
12.4 |
0.6 |
48.4 |
82 |
univ of california, davis |
12.0 |
20.7 |
15.2 |
0.0 |
47.9 |
84 |
univ of wisconsin |
17.6 |
14.0 |
14.0 |
2.2 |
47.8 |
85 |
univ of colorado |
16.7 |
21.2 |
9.8 |
0.0 |
47.7 |
86 |
louisiana state univ - new orleans |
11.9 |
21.9 |
8.8 |
5.0 |
47.6 |
86 |
medical univ of south carolina |
16.7 |
14.2 |
15.0 |
1.7 |
47.6 |
88 |
univ of illinois-Peoria |
12.3 |
15.8 |
12.3 |
7.0 |
47.4 |
88 |
univ of miami |
11.5 |
19.9 |
14.1 |
1.9 |
47.4 |
88 |
washington univ |
5.1 |
25.4 |
16.9 |
0.0 |
47.4 |
91 |
univ of michigan |
14.2 |
19.5 |
8.9 |
4.7 |
47.3 |
92 |
texas tech univ |
24.8 |
12.8 |
9.6 |
0.0 |
47.2 |
93 |
medical college of wisconsin |
14.8 |
18.4 |
11.7 |
2.0 |
46.9 |
94 |
george washington univ |
10.3 |
21.8 |
14.7 |
0.0 |
46.8 |
95 |
univ of texas-Galveston |
21.2 |
15.6 |
8.0 |
1.9 |
46.7 |
96 |
UMDNJ-Robert wood johnson |
7.4 |
26.4 |
10.8 |
20.6 |
46.6"Times New Roman";mso-ansi-language:EN-US;mso-fareast-language:EN-US; mso-bidi-language:AR-SA">∞ |
97 |
univ of tennessee |
12.7 |
22.4 |
6.1 |
4.8 |
46.0 |
98 |
columbia univ |
0.7 |
31.7 |
13.1 |
0.0 |
45.5 |
99 |
univ of texas-Houston |
15.3 |
14.3 |
10.2 |
5.6 |
45.4 |
100 |
finch univ/Chicago medical school |
9.1 |
24.7 |
10.8 |
0.5 |
45.1 |
101 |
univ of north dakota |
18.4 |
14.3 |
8.2 |
4.1 |
45.0 |
102 |
univ of north carolina-Chapel hill |
10.4 |
18.7 |
14.2 |
1.5 |
44.8 |
102 |
vanderbilt univ |
3.1 |
22.9 |
14.6 |
4.2 |
44.8 |
104 |
case western reserve univ |
10.3 |
17.1 |
15.8 |
1.4 |
44.6 |
105 |
dartmouth medical school |
17.5 |
12.7 |
14.3 |
0.0 |
44.5 |
106 |
johns hopkins univ |
0.9 |
28.7 |
11.3 |
3.5 |
44.4 |
107 |
SUNY-Syracuse |
12.9 |
23.8 |
6.1 |
1.4 |
44.2 |
108 |
uniformed services univ |
16.8 |
16.1 |
11.2 |
0.0 |
44.1 |
109 |
univ of texas-Southwestern |
6.2 |
31.1 |
6.2 |
0.5 |
44.0 |
110 |
boston univ |
5.2 |
25.8 |
11.6 |
1.3 |
43.9 |
111 |
indiana univ |
19.8 |
11.7 |
9.3 |
2.7 |
43.5 |
112 |
tulane univ |
8.0 |
20.0 |
12.7 |
2.7 |
43.4 |
113 |
yale univ |
2.2 |
26.1 |
13.0 |
1.1 |
42.4 |
114 |
SUNY-Brooklyn |
2.7 |
23.2 |
15.1 |
1.1 |
42.1 |
115 |
pennsylvania state univ |
13.3 |
16.2 |
11.4 |
1.0 |
41.9 |
115 |
UMDNJ-New jersey |
5.2 |
22.1 |
9.9 |
4.7 |
41.9 |
117 |
baylor college of medicine |
8.7 |
16.8 |
13.9 |
2.3 |
41.7 |
118 |
stanford univ |
4.9 |
25.6 |
11.0 |
0.0 |
41.5 |
119 |
louisiana state univ-Shreveport |
12.9 |
10.8 |
12.9 |
4.3 |
40.9 |
120 |
univ of louisville |
13.3 |
12.5 |
8.6 |
6.3 |
40.7 |
121 |
univ of pennsylvania |
2.2 |
22.5 |
13.8 |
1.4 |
39.9 |
122 |
univ of south florida |
11.1 |
17.8 |
8.9 |
1.1 |
38.9 |
123 |
univ of illinois--Urbana-Champaign |
16.0 |
8.0 |
8.0 |
4.0 |
36.0 |
124 |
duke univ |
1.0 |
20.8 |
7.9 |
4.0 |
33.7 |
124 |
univ of puerto rico |
8.0 |
18.6 |
6.2 |
0.9 |
33.7 |
126 |
mayo medical school |
5.7 |
5.7 |
20.0 |
0.0 |
31.4 |
Unranked
- Universidad Central del Caribe -- no data submitted.
Percentage of 1998 Osteopathic Medical School
Graduates Entering Primary Care Specialties
|
Medical School |
%FP |
%IM |
%PEDS |
%IM/
PEDS |
%PC |
1 |
chicago COM |
88.4 |
5.3 |
2.1 |
0.0 |
95.8 |
2 |
UMDNJ SOM |
66.7 |
20.6 |
7.9 |
0.0 |
95.2 |
3 |
michigan state univ COM |
66.1 |
23.2 |
5.4 |
0.0 |
94.7 |
4 |
univ of new england COM |
85.5 |
5.5 |
1.8 |
0.0 |
92.8 |
5 |
west virginia SOM |
89.1 |
3.6 |
0.0 |
0.0 |
92.7 |
6 |
kirksville COM |
81.2 |
9.4 |
1.7 |
0.0 |
92.3 |
7 |
philadelphia COM |
76.6 |
11.0 |
4.6 |
0.0 |
92.2 |
8 |
ohio univ COM |
76.0 |
13.5 |
2.1 |
0.0 |
91.6 |
9 |
univ of north texas COM |
76.5 |
14.7 |
0.0 |
0.0 |
91.2 |
10 |
univ of osteopathic medicine & Health serv |
79.6 |
8.8 |
2.7 |
0.0 |
91.1 |
11 |
new york COM |
81.3 |
5.4 |
3.6 |
0.6 |
90.9 |
12 |
NOVA southeastern univ COM |
74.2 |
13.3 |
3.3 |
0.0 |
90.8 |
13 |
lake erie COM |
72.1 |
14.8 |
3.3 |
0.0 |
90.2 |
14 |
univ of health science COM |
70.8 |
9.2 |
4.2 |
0.0 |
84.2 |
15 |
western univ COM |
74.6 |
5.9 |
3.4 |
0.0 |
83.9 |
16 |
oklahoma state univ COM |
60.9 |
10.1 |
7.2 |
0.0 |
78.2 |
Unranked
- Arizona COM - First class graduates in May 2000.
- Pikeville College SOM - First class graduates in May 2001.
- Touro Univ COM - First class graduates in May 2001.
~The American Medical Student Association (AMSA) defines primary care as medical care delivery that encompasses the principles of comprehensive patient care, ongoing responsibility for the patient’s health, and overall coordination of the patient’s health-care needs, be they biological, psychological or social.
The allopathic medical schools provided figures for the 1999 graduating class. The rankings were determined by calculating the percentage of graduates from each school entering the four listed primary care residencies, then totaling these percentages and rounding to the nearest 10th of a percentage point (shown in the shaded column).
The American Osteopathic Association (AOA) provided figures for osteopathic medical schools for the 1998 graduating class. Each school’s ranking was calculated with the method described above. However, the AOA’s figures reflect only those graduates who reported or had chosen their residencies at the time the data were released.
The scorecard may include PGY-1 residents entering an internal medicine preliminary year who may go on to specialize in a non-primary care field, thus making the number of new physicians going into primary care specialties appear higher than actual.
AMSA is considering adding an additional category next year to reflect the numerous internal medicine/primary care residency statistics received. This year AMSA has included these Match
statistics under “internal medicine.” AMSA also received many suggestions to include obstetrics–gynecology (ob–gyn) as a separate primary care category. AMSA recognizes the important role of ob–gyn in primary care services, and while this year we did not include ob–gyn as a separate primary care specialty, we will consider doing so next year.
Any comments or suggestions to improve AMSA’s Primary Care Scorecard should be directed to Meredith Burke Lawler, at (703) 620-6600, ext. 256, or e-mail mblawler@www.amsa.org.
-----------------------------
PC |
Primary Care |
FP |
Family Practice |
IM |
Internal Medicine |
PEDS |
Pediatrics |
IM/Peds |
Combined internal medicine/pediatrics |
COM |
College of Osteopathic Medicine |
SOM |
School of Osteopathic Medicine |
† |
University of Washington includes students from WWAMI
(Washington, Wyoming, Alaska, Montana and Idaho) schools |
* |
University of California, Los Angeles, includes students from
the Drew and Riverside campuses |
° |
University of Minnesota includes students transferring from the Duluth campus |
∞ |
UMDNJ–Robert Wood Johnson figures are combined
for the Camden and Piscataway/New Brunswick campuses |
! |
Recently changed to Des Moines University Osteopathic
Medical Center College of Osteopathic Medicine and Surgery |
~~~~Career Development,Medical Education~
263~3April~2000-49~Letter from Afield~Bangkok’s Forgotten Children~~Dan Handel~~The problems of Klong Toey’s
poorest residents are largely ignored
by the local medical community.
Morning is peaceful in the portside district of Klong Toey, one of the most depressed regions of Bangkok. I wake up every day to the sounds and smells of people cooking breakfast. I pass shopkeepers and merchants preparing for the day’s business on my short walk to my office. It is still early, when the traffic is light and the smog absent, so I enjoy the fresh air as I prepare for another day at the Duang Prateep Foundation, a charity group dedicated to helping Thailand’s urban poor.
The residents of Klong Toey do not own their land; they have moved to the area in search of work at the nearby seafood factory or at the Port Authority of Thailand. The Port Authority owns the thousand acres of Klong Toey, and evicts people from time to time, though it uses only a quarter of the space.
I have taken a leave between my second and third year of medical school to spend seven months working as a public health officer here. One of my tasks has been to study the rate of height growth and weight gain in children in area kindergartens to check for malnourishment. Most of the children show no significant difference in height and weight compared to Thailand’s national standards, but this doesn’t mean they are healthy. The guidelines were devised 15 years ago, when Thailand’s economy and standard of living were very different than they are today. Now many malnourished children gain weight from a diet of junk food, making it harder for me to spot their poor nutrition.
I have also helped to identify an infestation of bed mites as the likely culprit in numerous appearances of a rash in children from an inland village, and I am conducting a survey to evaluate the general health of older Thais.
I prize these accomplishments, because each day brings me dozens of reminders of my many limitations. I only speak a little bit of Thai. With my blond hair and blue eyes, I am immediately recognizable as a farang, a foreigner.
Despite these obstacles, my work here is meaningful because the problems of Klong Toey’s poorest residents are largely ignored by the local medical community. I have seen volumes of research devoted to the health of higher-income Thais and Thais from rural regions, but almost none about the urban poor. This disparity is also evident in the distribution of physicians. Thai medical students serve an obligatory three years after graduation as payment for their free medical education, but they are seldom sent to practice medicine in the depressed regions of the cities.
Although violent crime is rare here, the presence of a major industrial seaport makes Klong Toey a natural gateway through which methamphetamines and heroin are smuggled and distributed throughout Thailand. Drug abuse seems to touch everyone here. Many mornings on my way to work, I see a boy of perhaps seven sniffing glue from a paper bag. I have seen other children throughout the community suffer permanent brain damage from the effects of inhalants. When I return home at night, a group of young men are often hanging around the courtyard next to my building injecting themselves with amphetamines. They are sometimes aggressive, and the sight of them usually causes me to take a detour back to my apartment.
Widespread IV drug use in Klong Toey contributes to a high occurrence of HIV. No one knows how much of the region’s population is infected, although the percentage is believed to be higher than that of Thailand overall, which is approximately 15 percent. The lack of easily available HIV testing is not viewed as a problem here, because there is no money to treat those infected. At the Mercy Home, an AIDS hospice around the corner from my office, an average of one patient dies every day. The 30 patients living at the Mercy Home at any given time are among the small number of HIV-positive people who receive AZT, but it is usually too late for these people by the time they are allowed to move into the home.
The foundation I work for runs a program that sends drug-addicted children to detox and then to live in drug-free environments in rural Thailand. I once asked the founder and secretary-general of the foundation why the children who had used IV drugs were not tested for HIV and Hepatitis B. She replied that even if the children tested positive for the disease, there was no money to treat them. Drug cocktails to combat HIV cost large sums of money even by American standards, which makes them unaffordable to all but the richest people in Thailand. The Thai government provides free health care to all its citizens, but only gives AZT to pregnant mothers to minimize the risk of transmission to their unborn. All these children would receive with these test results would be the knowledge that they have a disease that their health-care system is unwilling to treat.
Hearing impairment is another common malady among children in Klong Toey. Some lose their hearing from congenital rubella; others from the overuse of aminoglycosides as infants. Within the foundation, a school that provides free hearing aids and speech therapy to these children. While the students in this special school are lucky enough to have had their hearing impairments detected at a young age, many more Thai children go undiagnosed, missing the crucial years when they need their hearing to develop speech and social skills.
I recall the case of a young Cambodian girl who came to the foundation unable to speak Thai. A Bangkok police officer asked the foundation to take her in—even though she was not addicted to drugs—simply because she had no other place to go. The signs of abuse by the parents who had abandoned her were unmistakable. Cigarette burns covered her body, and her nose had been fractured so badly she appeared not to have a nose; just two nostrils that stuck out with below a flat surface between her eyes. We made a few calls, and found a surgeon who would do the reconstructive surgery for next to nothing. Several months later, I saw the girl again, her nose having reappeared as if by magic.
Before I came to Bangkok, I never realized how much a medical education empowers us to help others, not only with our own skills, but also with the association that we have with colleagues around the world.
This was the lesson of seven months in Klong Toey, Bangkok, geographically and culturally the opposite side of the world from my life in the United States—in a place where even “free” health care is out of the reach of many, and where an education in medicine is valuable currency in the economics of helping those in need.~~~~Dan Handel is a third-year student at Northwestern University Medical School in Chicago.~Community and Public Health,International Health~
264~3April~2000-49~Feature~Biomedical Research Warfare~~Leigh Fortson~~When Patrick Allen, Ph.D., was awarded a $1.2 million grant from the National Institutes of Health (NIH) to define the structure of the AIDS virus, he didn’t know that only 0.37 percent of biomedical research funds were given to black scientists.
Upon reflection, however, Allen found that the startlingly low percentage was consistent with his personal experiences. Throughout his undergraduate years at Springfield College in Massachusetts and his graduate studies at the University of California–Santa Cruz, and now as a postdoctoral fellow and research associate at the University of Colorado–Boulder, time and time again, Allen was and is the only black person in the lab.
At first, being the minority in an industry that’s traditionally dominated by white men didn’t faze him. But the news of so few black investigators being funded for scientific research did disturb him. Allen already knew about the higher-than-average incidence of heart disease, diabetes, high blood sugar and high blood cholesterol among black Americans. (See “Black Health Facts,” p. 26.) But when the numbers from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention revealed that nearly 75 percent of all deaths from AIDS occur in black men; that black women have the disease at a rate that is 16 times that of white women; and that two-thirds of all children with HIV are black, Allen realized there was a health crisis in black America and that called for immediate action.
“I never dreamed this would be a concern of mine,” Allen says. “But when I think about so few blacks involved in AIDS research, and so many blacks who are affected by it, that polarity got me going.”
And Allen, 38, has been going strong around the country promoting a new health consciousness in the black community. “Black people are in bad health, and it’s not necessary. Health consciousness and caring about your body is not that difficult. And it’s not asking a lot,” says Allen, who launched the Black Biomedical Research Movement (BBRM), a non-profit organization set up through the University of Colorado. This is his attempt to encourage young black students to enter the field of biomedical research, while also forging a new mindset in minority communities to take responsibility for their own health and well-being.
It is bound to be a tough challenge, but Allen has faced down fierce opponents before. Born and raised in Jamaica, he always loved school because good grades got him the attention he liked—not only from family members—but from peers as well. A move to New York at age 13 changed everything. Being attentive in the classroom, finishing homework on time, and exemplary report cards cast him as the resident nerd. By high school, he figured out that the American way of attracting attention was through athletics.
Allen took up wrestling and excelled. By college, he was competing in national tournaments and eventually was invited to the 1984 Olympic trials. Fortuitously, a knee injury put an end to his wrestling career, so he turned to biology.
Allen credits his years as a serious wrestler for the discipline he now relies upon as a serious scientist.
“Science isn’t glamorous,” he says. “You have to be rigorous, you have to have discipline, you have to do things meticulously and sometimes nothing happens. Wrestling helped me learn those things.”
As one of relatively few black biomedical researchers wrestling with the AIDS virus, Allen splits his energy between exploring what inhibits the destructive properties of the virus (he was awarded a patent in 1997 for a discovery he made to that effect), and what contributes to the health crisis in black America. He sees a clear connection between the magnitude of the health crisis and the dearth of black scientists and biomedical researchers. In fact, he emphasizes, the crisis may be more about mistrust and fear than viruses, heart disease, or blood abnormalities.
“It’s beyond me how to forge a new consciousness,” he admits. “But just because it’s beyond you, doesn’t mean you can’t do something about it.”
Allen believes a cultural and historic mistrust of science and medicine must be overcome before African Americans can obviate the growing statistics that reflect the poor health of their race. To assist him in this crusade, he is enlisting the support of celebrities, athletes and musicians (including film director Spike Lee and Denver Bronco’s running back Terrell Davis) to contribute money, become spokespersons, or disseminate accurate information about the crisis through their work and their community outreach.
He is also pursuing support from traditional biomedical research funders. In 1999, the Office of AIDS Research at NIH became a benefactor of the BBRM. One of the institutes’ first gestures of support to the BBRM was to underwrite Allen’s participation in a reggae concert that he co-produced in Negril, Jamaica, in April 1999, which featured musicians who promoted awareness of how AIDS has infiltrated the black community. As an added bonus, the DuPont Corp. and the NAACP [National Association for the Advancement of Colored People], joined together to donate 10,000 condoms to the mostly college-aged music lovers on spring break who attended the concert.
While Allen is going straight to the masses with his message, he also has been negotiating with U.S. Surgeon General Dr. David Satcher and Secretary of Health and Human Services Donna Shalala about holding symposiums aimed at heightening awareness. Although collaborating with these political entities is a time-consuming process, Allen feels that their participation is critical to manifesting a past-due wake-up call for all Americans.
ONE OF TOO FEW FIGHTING THE PROBLEM
While he is one of few black biomedical researchers who’ve found the time and the resources to take on the challenge of improving black health, Allen certainly is not the only person attempting to counter these alarming trends.
Healthy People 2000 and 2010 are federal initiatives that also aim to improve minority health.
Emerging from the secretary of Health and Human Services office in 1990, the goals of Healthy People 2000 included reducing health disparities among minorities. The updated version of the program, Healthy People 2010, has the goal
of eliminating health disparities. Numerous calls to Healthy People 2000 for more details about the project were not returned.
Then there is the NIH’s Office
of Research on Minority Health (ORMH), the mission of which is to improve health among minorities.
“[ORMH realizes that] minority Americans are not fully benefiting from the advances made in biomedical research,” Allen says. Consequently, they have implemented an array of programs to “improve the health of minorities across their life span.”
Although he appreciates what’s being done in the context of these government-launched initiatives, Allen finds it hard to believe these goals will be met if the majority of black Americans aren’t aware that the problem exists, or how grave it is.
Without widespread public confidence in science and medicine, as well as simple knowledge of the initiatives, he says, it will be impossible to reach most of those goals.
Reclaiming the health of millions of Americans is as important as defeating other problems facing minorities such as escalating incarceration rates, infant mortality, teen pregnancy, drug abuse and poverty, Allen says. But before health becomes a priority, he believes African Americans must commit to themselves and to their community that they will participate in whatever it takes to be healthy.
“Today, [HIV is] predominately a black disease, and you have the black community and the church not owning up to the fact that it’s decimating our community,” he says.
Apriel Hodari, a graduate student in physics at the University of Maryland and a recipient of a National Science Foundation fellowship, agrees with Allen. She volunteered at the Children’s AIDS Network Designed for Interface Involvement in Virginia and was astounded that the overwhelming majority of people who came for service were black mothers and children. And yet, when she launched a program to recruit other volunteers, she was successful in signing up only two black women. All the rest were middle-aged white women.
“Generally, people don’t act like AIDS is an issue for black women,” she says. “So as a minority scientist, I really support what Dr. Allen is doing.”
So does Deborah Fontaine, African American Outreach program director of AIDS Atlanta. “We need to put a new face on AIDS. Most people think of someone gay, a prostitute or drug addict. They don’t think of a 53-year-old black woman, who has been monogamous with someone for 10 years, doesn’t practice safe sex once with someone else and acquires the disease. Nor do they think of a young black girl who gets it the very first time she has sex. When it comes to HIV, the black community is very judgmental and homophobic, and they simply don’t know what’s really going on because of a lack of education that’s culturally geared into the black community.”
Expanding the Black Researcher Population
Allen and other black researchers theorize that if more black researchers are conducting clinical trials for new drugs or procedures, then more minorities will be inclined to participate in the studies. And participation in those clinical trials, he emphasizes, is critical to the understanding and treatment of the health problems unique to African Americans.
A spokesperson at the Office of AIDS Research at the NIH who requested anonymity says that their agency has put “significant time and energy into increasing enrollment of minority representation in such tests.” In fact, she says the relative number of participants in most studies is comparable to the percentage of minorities who suffer from the diseases. “It’s something we’ve taken very seriously for a long time.”
And Clifton Poodry, director of the Minority Opportunities in Research Program at the NIH, says attempts to recruit young minority scientists have been in place for 20 years. Poodry’s office created programs that include providing funding for minority students to go into research-oriented institutions, improving research skills of faculty at minority-serving institutions, and developing infrastructures at minority research institutions.
“There are many success stories that come out of these programs, but the overall numbers of minority students entering a scientific or research-based career are the same as they were before. This worries us,” admits Poodry, who believes that the poor economics of so many minorities has a lot to do with why so few enter the field.
Allen disagrees.
“This lack of relationship between the black community and health consciousness is not something you can escape by becoming educated or wealthy, like you might be able to with crime or drugs. This is something that affects all black people,” he says. Taking it a step further, he continues:
“When I tell black people I’m a biomedical researcher, I hear them say, ‘You don’t see many brothers doing that. How’d you get into that?’”
He links those questions with the underlying mistrust that distracts young black students—regardless of their economic background—from pursuing medical research. Although he recognizes and appreciates that many of the black students who do study science gravitate to medical school, he believes it is equally as important to encourage students to choose a career in research.
“By their senior year, students hit this tradition of mistrust and get messages like, ‘Come on, you’re the only black. Why are you going into this?’ That’s when they choose medical school instead.”
Allen plans to use the BBRM to turn the tide concerning research. He has already secured a half-dozen commitments from prize-winning, heavily funded scientists to serve as mentors to talented, young black science students to be selected from existing science programs. One such program is The College Fund/UNCF–Merck Science Initiative, which steers black students toward research through internships with the pharmaceutical and research giant, Merck & Co.
Jerry Bryant, director of The College Fund/UNCF–Merck Initiative, applauds Allen’s efforts and shares his goal of drawing black science students away from the medical profession into research.
“[Students] know what getting an M.D. is,” says Bryant. “But they don’t know how to develop research in a novel area no one has ever studied before, and that’s kind of scary.” Allen and Bryant agree that exposing students to the unknown research environment will not only spark new interest in the field but understanding as well.
Allen believes that black and minority communities are disenfranchised from biomedical research, and the attitude that results from that is: “We’re suspicious—we’re afraid we’re going to be used as guinea pigs.”
This, Allen is well aware, has been the case in the past. Between 1932 and 1972, the so-called Tuskegee experiments denied black men with syphilis effective drug therapy. In 1997, President Clinton formally apologized for the wrongful experiments. In 1998, the Congressional Black Caucus declared a state of emergency in protest to them. That same year, President Clinton dedicated $156 million in honor of the crisis to research, prevention and treatment of HIV and AIDS in the African-American community.
With this history and with questionable research still being conducted, how can Allen confidently encourage people of color to engage in more clinical testing of new drugs?
He looks to the women’s movement for part of the answer.
“Women now trust science more than they did 20 years ago because they got involved in their own well-being. There are lots more women in science now. And there are seminars, classes, support groups, magazines and books written just for women and the issues unique to them because there was a need for them to come together and take responsibility for what was happening.
“In the same way, the more blacks that get into science and research, the more trust will be established, and then more positive changes can be accomplished. If you’re serious about minority health issues, then we need a campaign. We need to put this issue to the forefront and make sure it’s sustained over the next 20 years.”
Most people agree awareness and outreach are critical if profound change in the health of minorities is to occur. Poodry, for one, believes that Allen’s passion and commitment to improving the health of the black community is important and admirable. But, Poodry reluctantly admits that he’s afraid the energy Allen is spending on the movement to increase awareness is taking away from his research as a talented and promising scientist.
“There are so few minority scientists that can get competitive funding (such as the NIH grant). He shouldn’t have to be doing the outreach. It’s a shame that he feels he has to because no one else is.”
Allen’s response to this concern, which is echoed from other colleagues, is sadness.
“It hurts me to hear that. I love science, and I don’t want to disappoint my mentors and the people who believe in me,” he says. After a pause, he concludes with, “But how do you measure publishing two papers a year compared to starting a movement that could change the consciousness of people?”
This may indeed be the most difficult wrestling match of his life.~BLACK HEALTH FACTS
- Approximately 33 percent of black men die of cardiovascular disease compared to 5.5 percent who die from homicide. Cardiovascular disease is the leading cause of death in black men and women.
- Seventy-five percent of all deaths from AIDS occur in black men.
- Black women have AIDS at
16 times the rate of white women, and two-thirds of all children with HIV are black.
- For fiscal year 1997, the budget for research programs at the National Cancer Institute (NCI) relevant to minorities was approximately 1 percent of the total NCI budget.
- According to the Healthy People 2000 federal initiative, the cancer death rate of African Americans had already exceeded the year 2000 target of 175 deaths by reaching 172 deaths per 100,000 in 1995.
- In 1995, only 2.8 percent of all biological scientists were black.
SOURCES: AMERICAN HEART ASSOCIATION; CENTERS FOR DISEASE CONTROL AND PREVENTION; THE UNEQUAL BURDEN OF CANCER, INSTITUTE OF MEDICINE, NATIONAL SCIENCE FOUNDATION.
~~~Leigh Fortson is a freelance writer whose expertise includes health and alternative medicine. This article, which first appeared in the March 18, 1999, edition of Black Issues in Higher Education, is reprinted with permission.~Diversity in Medicine,Medical Research,Minority Affairs~
265~3April~2000-49~Feature~Prime Time~~Rebecca Sernett~~Earlier this year, Dr. Michele A. Romano opened the doors of her solo family practice in Fairfax, Virginia, to The New Physician. Thousands of practices like this operate throughout the United States. Dr. Romano says the week we visited hers—during the height of Northern Virginia’s flu season and patients’ health-insurance changes—was typical. While many physicians today leave their practices for a life with fewer managed-care headaches, Dr. Romano heralds success. Her practice, located just 20 miles west of Washington, D.C., has around 9,000 patients on its books and is making a profit.
Want to know what it’s like? Spend a week in her life.
MONDAY
8 a.m. -- It’s a gray and drizzly morning, with dark skies and heavy fog blocking out all chances of anyone seeing the sun today. Most people would want to sleep in on a day like this. Not Dr. Romano. She awakened at 5 a.m. and was in the office by 6:15. It’s her normal routine for workdays. These early hours are a time she cherishes. They’re quiet—a silence and beauty similar to the calm before a storm.
Dr. Romano’s office is nestled in the back of the practice, almost at the heart of where all the action takes place. The scale where nurses weigh patients is just outside her door. The largest of the six exam rooms is across from her office; the others are down the hall to the right. The offices of Dr. Kathleen Curtis and Marie, a nurse practitioner, can be found down the hall as well. They work full time with Dr. Romano and allow for the practice to care for a greater number of patients than was ever possible when she first started flying solo seven years ago. “I don’t know how we survived those early days,” Dr. Romano says, thinking back to the time when it was just her and her office manager, Carole.
Tucked between Marie’s and Dr. Curtis’ offices are a sample medication closet and a nurses’ station. Four nurses—Kathy, Mary, Revelle and part-timer Vicki—work for Dr. Romano as well.
Down the hall to the left of Dr. Romano’s office are rooms used by Dr. Patricia Sue Inman. She leases space from Dr. Romano to run her own practice. The two offices share a tiny kitchen, break room, X-ray room and waiting area.
Dr. Romano uses this early time to her advantage. Sitting at her paper-covered, dark wood desk, this former ICU nurse reviews patients’ charts, returns phone messages and attends to the myriad of things she never has time to do once the clock strikes 8:30 a.m. and patient No. 1 walks through the door.
“This is my down time,” she says, looking up from a patient’s chart. “As soon as the office opens, it’s going to be rock ’n’ roll.”
And it’s a busy day at that. Her patient schedule is booked with 15-minute appointments until 4:45 p.m., with a two-hour working lunch blocked off from noon until 2 p.m. But no scheduled times are sacred or set in stone. Lunch and quitting times tend to get pushed back as patient visits collide with one another. “They’re usually not 15-minute exams,” she explains. “One thing becomes many.” She expects she won’t get home until 7:30 p.m.
Winter is the more difficult time of year for her schedule, she says. That’s not because the practice is inundated with flus and colds. It’s because of the darkness. It’s dark in the morning when she leaves for the office and dark at night when she leaves for home. “That’s why I have this jar of chocolates,” she jokes, pointing to the plastic jar filled with foil-covered goodies on her desk.
8:10 a.m. -- Dr. Romano slips a white coat over her petite frame. Only 20 minutes remain before her patient visits begin—enough time to visit with the administrative staff.
To reach their work area, she has to slip through the narrow hall that doubles as a lab, being careful not to run into one of the nurses or anyone else who is using the small space. The business office—with its thousands of charts lining the walls at one end and the front desk check-in/check-out windows at the other—marks the practice’s frontlines. There, we find Carole and three medical receptionists: Pam, Kim and Cami.
“They have an incredibly difficult job up here because every phone call could be a disaster,” Dr. Romano says, nodding her graying-blonde head. Carole and the front desk staff provide protection. “The patients will come in a bad mood, and they will just be arrogant, snotty and terrible up front,” Dr. Romano says. “But by the time they get to us, they’re absolute angels.… And that’s not [completely] fair. Most patients are absolutely wonderful—but we all have our bad days.”
8:27 a.m. -- A nurse weighs the first patient of the day and brings her into an exam room while Dr. Romano returns a patient’s phone call. There’s no answer, so she leaves a message.
8:30 a.m. -- Rock ’n’ roll. As Dr. Romano heads to meet with Kristin,* a 47-year-old patient with hyperlipidemia, she asks nurse Revelle about the 8:45 a.m. patient, “Has she given a urine yet?”
“Yes,” Revelle says.
“Oh, good,” Dr. Romano says, then disappears in the exam room. So far, things are getting off to a good start.
8:40 a.m. -- All exam rooms are occupied—with Dr. Curtis’, Marie’s and Dr. Romano’s patients. The morning has picked up speed, and at least five patients are in the waiting room.
9:35 a.m. -- Dr. Romano is in her office jotting down a few notes on a patient’s chart.
Nothing too out of the ordinary has happened so far this morning, she says. She’s had to give the usual “exercise, eat healthy and quit smoking” lecture to Rachel, her 9 a.m. patient. She’s about to meet with her 9:15, when Cami comes in. She asks if Dr. Romano has time to take a look at one of the medical receptionists who isn’t feeling well.
“No, I just can’t,” Dr. Romano says. She says she is too busy today, what with being out with the flu last Friday and a full patient load ahead of her. She suggests they try one of the other caregivers at the practice to see if they have time. Cami nods and leaves.
“Of course, they all want to see Dr. Romano,” Dr. Romano says, chuckling a bit at how by simply being the leader of the practice, she’s constantly in demand. But, she’s not really complaining. “I wouldn’t do anything else,” she says. “I love it.”
9:40 a.m. -- Dr. Romano meets with her 9:15 a.m. She describes her patient as a “wonderful young mother,” but one who has some stress and denial issues—mainly involving caring for her two young children—and they’re affecting her health. Tonia, 40, brought her 18-month-old son with her today. She tells Dr. Romano that he doesn’t sleep through the night, and she complains about her headaches. She’s sure she has a brain tumor.
“‘No, you don’t have a brain tumor,’” Dr. Romano tells her. “‘We’re going to rule that out. You’re stressed to the gills.’”
Denying she’s stressed, Tonia says she doesn’t know what to do when the baby can’t sleep. She says she’s bringing him to bed with her. Dr. Romano thinks that’s one of the problems and suggests she talk with her pediatrician and a child therapist. Tonia says she sees no reason to do that; she’s going to take the baby to a sleep center, and she’s thinking about going back to work.
Dr. Romano tries several times to get Tonia to recognize how she’s attempting to escape from her children and the stress. But in the end, Tonia refuses and asks for a referral to get a computed tomography (CT) scan.
“She doesn’t want help,” Dr. Romano explains. “So, we’ll keep going through this and going through this, and eventually she’ll come around. But, she’s too close to it [right now].”
9:52 a.m. -- Dr. Romano’s husband, Don, enters the practice carrying a computer. He says hello to the staff up front and then swiftly moves down the halls to the break room. Dr. Romano uses a couple computers there to do billing work. Don runs a consulting business for health-care companies and has created a system for his wife that will allow her office to track all of its billing. “It’s wonderful,” Dr. Romano says.
Her husband—who’s regularly in the office on Mondays, Wednesdays and Fridays—has been a strong asset to this practice from the beginning. Dr. Romano says it’s necessary to have people with you who know what they’re doing on the business end. When she was starting out, she had two key advisers to help her with this area—an accountant who was well-versed in the mechanics of medical practices, and her husband, who had been a hospital administrator for 25 years. “So, between the two of them, they walked me through everything.” Plus, she had Carole, who knew exactly what sort of supplies the office would need and could guide them through the management of that end. “Whenever you start out,” Dr. Romano says, “you have to have a good office manager, a good accountant and a good biller. Otherwise, you’re not going to make it…. Everything else you can probably blunder your way through. It’s going to take you a while, but eventually you catch on.”
10:50 a.m. -- The hallway has become a game of dodge ball. Fortunately, newborn Colleen and her parents are already safely inside exam room No. 3.
The parents have placed a soft yellow blanket on the exam room chair for the baby to rest on. They stand close to their first child, hands cupping the baby’s head protectively.
Dr. Romano greets the two-week-old girl’s parents with a gush of support.
“This woman just goes and does it,” she says to the mom, telling her she heard stories about how well the delivery went. She caresses the baby’s legs and stomach and notices a little redness on the skin. “That’s just a little rash. That’s normal. That’s normal…. How’s she doing for you?”
“Last night was a little rough,” the mom says. Colleen was awake most of the time.
Dr. Romano listens to her, looking at both parents directly and nodding her head. They laugh about the first few sleepless weeks. Then, Dr. Romano says, “She’s perfect,” and pats Colleen. The baby coughs and lets out a little cry. “Beautiful baby,” Dr. Romano says to the parents again and again. “Beautiful baby…. You all are doing a great job with her,” she says and hands them two brochures. The first is baby-care information she compiled for new parents. The second is on car seats. “You’re perfect,” she tells Colleen one more time. The parents will bring her back in two weeks. And if they have any questions before then, “Call us—anything that comes up—that’s what we’re here for.”
Noon -- finished with this morning’s patients, Dr. Romano works on charts in her office. Marie pops her head in, needing advice on a medication for a patient with heart trouble.
12:15 p.m. -- Dr. Romano examines a patient’s chest X-ray that Revelle took this morning. All of the nurses are X-ray licensed.
12:20 p.m. -- It’s lunchtime for most of the staff, so the halls are quiet again. Today’s lunch is special. Christy, a pharmaceutical representative, brought Chinese food and sodas for the office. Dr. Romano meets her in the small kitchen, where several staff members are already eating.
The two women chat warmly, then Dr. Romano announces she only has about five minutes before she has to get back to paperwork. Christy comes to the point. She wants to hear Dr. Romano reaffirm her commitment this year to prescribing a medication aimed at preventing osteoporosis in postmenopausal women. Dr. Romano says she’s behind it “100 percent.”
Satisfied, Christy asks Dr. Romano to play a word game. “I’m going to say the name of a drug and you tell me what comes to your mind,” she says.
“Ok,” agrees Dr. Romano.
“Prozac.”
“Depression,” Dr. Romano says.
“Interesting….” Christy responds. This odd game goes on for about another minute. Then sensing she’s given Christy enough time, Dr. Romano takes some sesame chicken and rice and heads back to her office. Christy stays to eat lunch with the staff.
Back in her office, Dr. Romano plays the never-ending game of completing charts and clearing them off her desk just as new ones are brought in. Throughout the day, files get piled onto her desk and spread from there to the side table near the door. Dr. Romano compares it all to the lines at Disney World. Just when you begin to make progress, you realize you’re behind.
The rest of the afternoon moves similarly to the morning. Dr. Romano finishes with her last patient—50-year-old Erica, who suffers from severe headaches—at 5:17 p.m. Dr. Romano says she saw a more needy and depressed group of patients today and blames the grungy weather. Sunshine, she says, tends to make people forget about their worries.
After finishing the day’s charts, going through a stack of mail and peeking at what’s going to come at her on Tuesday, Dr. Romano heads home around 7:30 p.m.
TUESDAY
1 p.m. -- It’s sunny outside and looking out Dr. Romano’s office windows, one can see the Blue Ridge Mountains in the distance. Perhaps it’s the sun, or the fact that everyone survived Monday’s craziness, but the practice is clearly under a different mood today.
It’s lunchtime and Dr. Romano is in her office as usual. She never goes out. She’s lunching on a plate of macaroni ’n’ cheese while listening to an oldies radio station and reviewing charts.
“Today is physical exam day, where we’re kind of getting caught up on everything,” she says. Tuesdays, in general, are less hectic days in the office. Only Marie and Dr. Romano are in to see patients today. Dr. Curtis is off after working long hours on Monday and being on call last night.
Most of Dr. Romano’s patients today are in for complete physicals, a 30-minute whole-body work-up many insurance companies don’t pay for anymore. Patients get an EKG, chest X-ray, hemoccult test and full lab work done. Dr. Romano calls the visits “executive physicals.” Two weeks after the exam, the patients come back and meet with her to discuss the results. The other majority of patients today are in for gynecological exams and PAP smears. One patient with possible uterine cancer undergoes an endometrial biopsy, and a few others need help with depression.
2 p.m. -- Nurse Kathy announces to the front desk staff, “Don’t schedule anymore flu shots.” The office only has enough supplies left to give two shots outside of those already scheduled, she says. They’ll save them for patients who happen to come in and request a vaccination. They’ve gone through 1,000 shots already this winter season, and it’s normally half that number.
3:30 p.m. -- Dr. Romano’s next patient, 60-year-old Gary, suffers from multiple medical problems, including colon cancer. He came in with his wife to discuss ways the family can support him. Dr. Romano says Gary hasn’t been responding to antibiotics and has no appetite. It’s a very difficult time. She says the visit acts mainly as “a cheerleading session.”
5 p.m. -- Dr. Romano still visits with patients. Her last one was scheduled for 4:30—a follow-up visit for a blood pressure recheck. She’s done with her at 5:10 p.m. and has just sat down at her desk when Marie comes in and says, “What a day!” She hands her charts over to Dr. Romano to review. Marie was booked solid today with colds and flus; normally she has more flexibility in her schedule. She jokes to Dr. Romano that all of their well patients who need routine physicals should stay at home. “Don’t come here, the germs are here,” she says.
Dr. Romano goes through her daily ritual of looking over her charts and all of Marie’s (since Dr. Curtis is out), opening mail and signing the day sheets.
WEDNESDAY
Today is the day her staff tried to kill her, Dr. Romano jokes. Wednesdays are always her longest days, but this one especially so. She normally sees patients from 9:30 a.m. until 7:30 p.m., allowing for a two-hour lunch and a 15-minute “dinner.” Then, she’s on call. Except this week, someone slipped up and began her Wednesday patient visits at 9 a.m. “Then we just hit the deck running,” she says. It’s a good thing she allowed herself to “sleep in” until 5:15 a.m.
Dr. Romano’s most complex patient of the day is 57-year-old Caroline. “[She’s] one of my favorite people in the whole world,” Dr. Romano says. “[She’s] always trying to be so sweet.”
Caroline has a virilizing ovarian tumor. “She’s known about this for two to three years now and is scared to death to do anything about it...even to the point where I’ve come right out and said, ‘Honey, this is cancer. You have got to do something about this.’ [But], no, she just doesn’t want to,” Dr. Romano says. She says Caroline mainly doesn’t want to be a bother to anyone. “She never makes it back to her appointments right on time, so she keeps running out of medicine.... [But] it’s hard to be mad at her, because she’s just so sweet.
“She’s going to try harder, and we hope it works this time, but we’re not getting through here. She will die of ovarian cancer,” Dr. Romano says. “She will die. It’s a slow-growing tumor. She will die.... [And] it’s so frustrating. It’s so frustrating when we can save somebody. Some of these things are so treatable, if you just do something about them. But, you know, people have got to live their own lives.”
The rest of Dr. Romano’s day moves quickly as she goes from one appointment to the next. One patient suffers from neck pain. Another has polycystic kidney disease. A few need treatment for stress and depression. Two women come in for the weight-loss program. And 87-year-old Lucille—who as Dr. Romano describes, “has all of the little old lady things” like arthritis, hypothyroidism, high blood pressure and low-back pain and can’t afford the medications—goes home with a bag filled from the sample medication closet.
A little after 6 p.m., Dr. Romano can finally take a deep breath and go to the bathroom during her 15-minute “dinner” break. Then she sees five more patients, catches up on the daily paperwork and drives to the local hospital at 9:15 p.m. It’s her turn to be on call. Dr. Romano has to go see a patient who was admitted this morning with chest pains. She spends an hour or so at the hospital and arrives home around 11 p.m. She has some pizza and goes to bed.
During the night, several patients telephone her, most of them suffering from the flu. None of the calls require her to leave home.
THURSDAY
Dr. Romano wears her businesswoman hat today. It’s her day off from seeing patients, so she allows herself to sleep an extra hour this morning. Then, she takes the Metro into Washington, D.C., to meet with her brokerage firm. This is the time of year she makes deposits to fund her and her employees’ profit-sharing retirement plan.
“I’ve decided that if we work hard, we all work hard,” Dr. Romano says. “So, our [retirement plan] is strictly profit-sharing. We can put in anywhere from zero, if we have no money left over, up to a maximum of 15 percent for everybody. And we were very fortunate this year. Everybody worked themselves to death, and we were able to put in 15 percent on everybody’s plan.”
Next, she spends a few hours reviewing checks and papers left by the practice’s biller, depositing the week’s payroll and counting out day sheets.
Not all Thursdays involve doing so much business work, she says. Sometimes she attends a lecture or a conference. She may just go to D.C. and visit a few museums. Or, she does something for the executive committees she’s involved with at the hospital. “And I enjoy that,” she says. “That’s fun stuff for me.”
FRIDAY
10 a.m. -- This final day of the week is a stark contrast to Monday’s dreariness. The sun shines through the blinds in Dr. Romano’s office, and everyone looks forward to the weekend.
Dr. Romano spends the morning in her office doing work, to the incessant hum of the bubble-jet printer on the table behind her desk. It jams once or twice, and Dr. Romano handles it with her usual “so, what?” attitude. Not much ruffles her feathers.
As Dr. Romano does paperwork in the morning, Dr. Curtis and Marie see patients. A couple of times they stop in Dr. Romano’s office to discuss a patient. Dr. Romano’s first appointment on Fridays isn’t until 2 p.m., allowing her to catch up with the business side of things. Dr. Romano says this is where her work is very different from the other two caregivers at the practice.
Some Fridays, when she has time, Dr. Romano will visit with Carole. It’s “state of the nation stuff,” she says. This is their chance to catch up with one another on office issues. The big project this month is how to update the computer system.
1 p.m. -- Marie is finished seeing patients for the day and stops in Dr. Romano’s office to say goodbye.
2 p.m. -- Dr. Romano sees her first patient for the day—51-year-old Jackie, who has hyperlipidemia and needs her cholesterol checked.
3:15 p.m. -- Dr. Romano is in her office between patient visits when Dr. Curtis comes to talk to her. She tells Dr. Romano recent developments about a patient with a stomach abscess. The patient was at the hospital earlier today getting a CT scan when Dr. Curtis learned about the abscess. The patient needs to get care immediately, so the hospital is trying to track her down to tell her to stay. Dr. Curtis wants her patient to be admitted to the emergency room so she can get on some antibiotics and wait there until a bed opens up. Hospital staff assured Dr. Curtis that by the end of the day four beds will be free.
Dr. Romano congratulates her colleague on identifying the problem so quickly. She says that usually this type of thing happens at 5 p.m. on Fridays, when there’s less time to get things done.
4:21 p.m. -- Almost a half-hour from quitting time, a bleak cloud settles on the practice. Dr. Romano takes an urgent phone call from Cassie, a 57-year-old patient. Cassie had breast cancer 10 1/2 years ago and fears there’s a recurrence. She just got a phone call from an ear, nose and throat specialist who told her to contact Dr. Romano. There are problems with Cassie’s CT scan. Knowing there’s something terribly wrong, Cassie tells Dr. Romano that she’ll be right over. A few minutes later, the specialist calls Dr. Romano and gives her a summary of what he’s found. Cassie has a huge mass in her chest.
“I hate those calls. Cancer on a Friday afternoon just makes one’s day,” Dr. Romano says sarcastically.
5:20 p.m. -- Dr. Romano is finished seeing her scheduled patients, and Cassie has arrived. She waits in an exam room. “This is one scared lady,” Dr. Romano says. “She’s gonna need some lovin’.” She goes to meet with Cassie. Ten minutes later Dr. Romano returns, her face is slightly flushed and she’s sniffling.
Sitting at her desk, Dr. Romano writes down several names of specialists that Cassie needs to call first thing on Monday morning. She also gives her a list of vitamins and supplements to start taking. Dr. Romano is extra concerned about Cassie, because it’s late on a Friday afternoon. The offices she needs to call won’t be open over the weekend. Dr. Romano needs to give Cassie an agenda. She needs to make Cassie feel as if she’s accomplishing something. So, she hands a “to-do” list to her, telling her to call the office if she has any problems—especially if she can’t reach any of the specialists on Monday. If that happens, Dr. Romano will make the calls. Nodding her head, Cassie takes the information, thanks Dr. Romano and steps into the hall.
“Are you OK?” Dr. Romano calls to her a couple of times, then quickly moves to the hall to give her another hug. She comes back to her office in silence. Several minutes pass. Then she says, “We’re done.”
After a couple of hours of the usual paperwork, Dr. Romano goes home. It’s a weekend, and she’s not on call. So, there’s plenty of time for her and her husband to enjoy two free days together.
She says this has been a pretty normal week in her life, with its usual ups and downs. And although there can be many headaches, she wouldn’t trade the work for anything else in the world.
~Name: Michele A. Romano, M.D., P.C.
Born: March 22, 1947
Family: Married to Donald, no children
Education: Doctor of Medicine, 1984, Medical College of Virginia; B.A. Biology, 1980, University of Tennessee at Chattanooga; Certified Respiratory Therapy Technician, 1974; Diploma, Registered Nurse, 1967, Trumbull Memorial Hospital School of Nursing.
Experience: Physician at solo private practice 1993-present; assistant clinical professor of family practice, Medical College of Virginia, 1991-present; physician, Heritage Family Practice Associates, 1990–93; physician, Virginia Family Practice, 1987-90; resident, Fairfax Family Practice, 1984-87; staff nurse, ICU/CCU, Eustis Memorial Hospital, Florida,
1977-78.
----------------------
The following are some general business tips Dr. Romano recommends for those interested in running their own medical practice.
Build a strong support network. This includes having a trustworthy and skilled staff and advisers who know a lot about running a business, especially a private medical practice.
Seek success and work hard for it. If you don’t enjoy the work itself, running a solo practice probably isn’t for you.
Know how to negotiate a contract. Health insurance companies will try to make you sign away everything. Read all of the fine type and cross-out clauses you can’t live with.
Learn how to read a lease. When it comes to finding an actual location for your practice, don’t just sign on the dotted line. Educate yourself first.
Lawsuits: face the facts. You will be sued at some point in your career. It’s best to face this fact and practice wisely. Get a feel for which patients might be more litigious than others and let them undergo requested tests. Don’t go overboard, though. Practice reasonable defensive medicine.
Keep track of the details. Run regular reports itemizing: the number of patients seen each month; number of new patients; amount of money each caregiver made; number of procedures done; whether or not you met budget; the major health insurance companies and the money brought in with each; and what health insurance companies are gaining too much clout. If 20 percent to 25 percent of your patients are represented by one company, then it has too much influence over the financial health of your practice.
Always accept new patients. Ten percent of the patients a practice treats each year should be new ones. If you’re not getting that new kind of influx, you’re probably stagnating.
—R.S.
~~~Rebecca Sernett is an associate editor of The New Physician.~Career Development~
266~4May-June~2000-49~Feature~The American Dream~TAKING THE INITIAL STEPS TOWARD BUYING A HOME.~Glen Bralley~~Homeownership is often equated with the “American Dream,” and recent changes in the mortgage industry have made it easier for that dream to become a reality.
To Buy or Not to Buy -- Take the first step toward homeownership by conducting a “Rent vs. Buy” analysis. Compare net monthly costs of a satisfactory rental property with that of a home you would be interested in purchasing. Most first-time buyers don’t realize that they could have been buying a home for nearly as much as what they have been paying in rent. In part, this is possible because of homeownership’s tax benefits. The “after tax” monthly cost of owning a home is typically very near to what a person would pay to rent the same house, except now they are building equity for themselves vs. a landlord.
Don’t forget about the responsibilities, though -- Maintaining a home properly costs money. All first-time buyers should factor into their housing budget a monthly contribution to an emergency fund. This fund helps you be prepared when the refrigerator or the furnace breaks. It doesn’t take but a few costly repairs to put a new homeowner without reserves in jeopardy of default.
Credit History -- Once you’ve determined that you should buy, it’s time to make sure you can. Credit history and credit scores have never been more important for first-time buyers, especially for low down payment or no down payment mortgage programs. Contact a mortgage professional to have a preliminary credit report pulled or go online and request a copy of your report from one of many Web sites now offering these services. Either way, you need to make sure the report contains all three of your credit scores so you can determine the middle score or your “indicative” score. This will determine your ability to qualify for special programs. Many only require a score above 600, while others seek borrowers with scores above 680. Several select programs, which allow borrowers to purchase a home with no down payment, demand scores of 700 or higher. If you have had some credit troubles in the past or discover your scores are low, don’t worry—the great thing about the mortgage industry today is that there are literally hundreds of mortgage products. Your job is to find a professional who can help you determine which products best meet your specific needs.
Prequalification Interview -- Homeownership can be a rewarding experience if you plan properly and use a strategy to help you find the right home. That strategy starts with a mortgage professional conducting a detailed prequalification interview. That interview should begin with your initial thoughts and questions about homeownership. Know your target payment—the payment that you’ve budgeted for and feel most comfortable with—ahead of time.
Once a target payment is determined, the mortgage professional will ask you about available funds for the purchase. Available funds can come in many forms and all options should be explored. The amount and type of funds that are available will play a major role in determining the appropriate mortgage loan product. Several programs allow you to get some or all of your down payment in the form of a gift from a family member. Others allow you to avoid liquidation of funds for closing by pledging assets held in brokerage accounts. And the zero down payment programs are becoming very popular and more readily available.
Loan Programs -- After the prerequisite interview, you’re ready to shop for the mortgage product that best meets your needs.
The factors already discussed will guide you to the programs for which you qualify. In addition to those, your mortgage professional should be knowledgeable about local and federal programs that can work for you.
Generally speaking, mortgage insurance (MI) should be avoided if at all possible. Various programs have “No MI” options and can still offer you a lower monthly payment than traditional loan products with MI. When MI cannot be avoided, the Federal Housing Authority’s (FHA) 2.25 percent down payment loan or Fannie Mae’s Flex 3 percent down payment loan are excellent options. Both have significantly reduced MI and liberal qualifying guidelines, and partial or complete gifts of funds needed are allowed.
Loan amount limits vary with the FHA from one jurisdiction to the next. The limit in most major cities is $212,800. Fannie Mae’s Flex program allows a much higher loan amount of $252,700. Any reputable mortgage professional should have full access to both programs.
The Loan Application -- You should apply and get fully approved for a loan before beginning your home search. Under no circumstances should you have to pay your mortgage professional an up-front application fee. This is a big “no-no” and usually a harbinger of bad things to come. A reputable mortgage professional should be able to fully process your loan while only collecting a mortgage credit report fee from you. Ranging from $40–$60, the fee is non-refundable.
New to the mortgage industry is the online mortgage lender. Online mortgage companies are in their infancy, and homebuyers should be wary of them. Don’t trust the biggest financial transaction of your life to a “1-800” number or random e-mail address. You want someone there holding your hand and answering your questions every step of the way. Use your loan officer as a resource throughout the purchasing process whether it lasts 30 days or six months. They should be willing to invest time in you to ensure your complete satisfaction and understanding of the mortgage process.
The loan application itself is easy and usually takes about an hour if you have had prior discussions with the loan officer. You will be asked to provide bank and other asset account statements (usually one to three months’ worth), one month’s pay stubs and the last two years’ W2 forms or tax returns.
Once the application is completed, your mortgage lender swings into high gear verifying employment, assets, credit and program qualification. This processing phase usually takes 14 days and sometimes only 24 hours. During this phase you may be asked to explain any credit items or deposits that don’t match your regular paycheck. Some first-time buyer programs may require you to complete a homebuyer course over the phone. Once all of these hurdles have been crossed, your mortgage professional should be able to bring you the wonderful news that your loan is approved. Now you are ready to purchase a home.
Next Time -- In September’s “Money Matters,” learn how to find the right realtor, stay within your budget and handle contract negotiations—plus, everything you wanted to know about going to settlement.
~~~~Glen Bralley is a senior loan officer with First Guaranty Mortgage Corporation. He can be reached at (800) 296-2275, ext. 231.
This column is sponsored by the AMS Education Loan Trust, which offers the AMSA Advantage Educational Loan program.
~Medical Student Debt~
267~4May-June~2000-49~Feature~Big Brother, Big Bucks~MEDICAL RECORD PRIVACY HANGS IN THE BALANCE.~Rick Stahlhut, M.D., M.S.~~Should patient medical data be for sale? It is. Should police be able to search medical records without a warrant? That has been proposed. And what if a drug company offered discounted medical records software, provided they could access patients’ medication lists? It’s happening now.
Laying Down the Law -- We have called privacy “the right to be let alone.” Others have defined it as the right to determine when, how and to what extent information is communicated about us to others. Still others have said it’s not our control of the information that’s important, but what people do to us with it.
There is no clearly defined “right to privacy,” but there is support for it in the Constitution, case law and in a patchwork of state and federal legislation. The Constitution addresses governmental intrusions in the Fourth Amendment (against unreasonable search and seizure) and in the 14th (against depriving people of liberty without due process).
Most states have laws against unauthorized disclosure of medical information, but if you ever have to go to the emergency room and want your insurance to pay for the visit, you’ll probably have to sign a release form that says, “I authorize release of medical information including mental health, substance abuse and HIV/ AIDS to my insurance carrier.” Alarms should be going off now, because the release doesn’t limit itself in terms of relevant information or time. Plus, rarely is there any restriction against subsequent re-release or sale of your data. That’s why these laws are not enough.
Why Now? Although we have been struggling with this for decades, medical privacy is a particularly contentious topic now. There are four reasons for this.
First, there is the advance and deployment of technology—particularly databases, the Internet and the Human Genome Project.
Second, there is the increasing power of big business and its influence on our government. For example, new privacy risks may have resulted from the recent passage of the Financial Services Modernization Act, which permits mergers between insurance companies and other types of financial institutions. The medical privacy section of that act, fortunately removed before the bill’s passage, would have allowed a bank to review an individual’s medical data from a related health insurer before deciding on a loan application. It’s still not clear yet whether the remainder of the act permits this.
Third, the Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS) is working on privacy standards that apply to electronically stored, personally identifiable health data that HMOs, health insurance companies and care providers electronically transmit. Data only stored in paper form is not covered by the standards. They also offer no federal oversight for how researchers, life insurance companies and public health officials use and transmit the data. Only Congress can fill in these gaps.
Fourth, reports of abuses are increasing public fear. Twenty-seven percent of the public believes that they have been the victim of an improper release of health information, according to a 1999 Louis Harris & Associates poll. As a result of perceived abuses, patients and physicians are taking action to circumvent a flawed system. Patients are paying out-of-pocket to see physicians outside their insurance plan, or they’re asking physicians not to record certain information on their medical chart. Some physicians are skewing diagnoses, reporting incomplete information or maintaining shadow records unseen by insurers.
Uses and Abuses -- The proper uses of health data may be divided into three categories: patient care, public good and commerce. Patient-care providers generate most of the data—for the good of the patient—which then flows to management systems for monitoring and payment. This data may also be used for the public good in areas of law enforcement, research and public health.
Medical data is also for sale, and this is where commerce comes into play. It’s a fuzzy area of innocent use vs. abuse. For example, marketing services will sell mailing lists of 150,000 impotent men to anyone. The services frequently say the data was gathered by a voluntary patient survey, but much of the trafficking is less innocent.
The main abusers of health data are individuals, Big Brother and Big Bucks. Individuals can be abusers in many ways. For example, a Florida public health employee mailed a list of HIV-positive patients to a local newspaper, and fortunately the paper didn’t print it. Such an action is often illegal, and thus it tends to be disregarded in the privacy debate. Although existing law already covers these situations, there are other policy implications. Technology may need restrictions because the bigger the database, the more potent the stored information, the easier the retrieval—the more likely someone will pay the price to get it. Distribution may need restrictions too, because the more widely information is spread, the more people are given the opportunity to abuse it.
As an abuser, Big Brother represents the flip side of the “public good.” Those who believe we have a perfectly benevolent government may wish to make criminals easier to catch by gathering DNA samples and retinal scans on the entire population. But would this information always be used for the common good? Would the Civil Rights Movement, which was actively resisted by numerous law enforcement groups, have succeeded under even more severe scrutiny?
As for Big Bucks’ abuses, 35 percent of Fortune 500 companies use employee health information in hiring and promotion decisions, according to an unpublished 1996 study by privacy expert David Linowes. The situation is particularly hazardous when a large employer self-insures and contracts directly with physician groups. Without an intermediary, employers are in a better position to determine which diseases and employees are costing them the most—making it possible for them to rewrite insurance policies to omit the costly diagnoses. The physicians, then, are ethically caught in the middle.
Risk Reduction -- Individual abusers can be reduced through more elaborate security measures, particularly in electronic medical records. Another approach is to create an electronic audit trail of all personnel who view a patient’s data. The audits would be reviewed by patient privacy advocates or the patients themselves.
As for Big Brother and Big Bucks, many believe the primary cause of the trouble is patients’ loss of control over their own data due to involuntary release authorizations required by health-care payers. Hence, some privacy groups say that personally identifiable health data should only be released for use outside of direct patient care and with patients’ voluntary informed consent—except in emergency cases involving law enforcement and public health. They also say that release forms should restrict the data released and prohibit subsequent re-release.
Under such privacy policies, research and public health procedures would have to change, but their functions could be preserved by “de-identifying” the data when it leaves patient-care providers. Names and other information would be removed from the data and an identification number attached. This must be done carefully, since de-identified data containing a zip code and birth date can be matched to publicly available voter registration information to re-identify the records.
Another approach to reducing Big Bucks’ abuses is to convert to a single-payer health-care system. Private payers want detailed data on every patient encounter to control their costs, thus creating the privacy abuse risk. A public health system could be prohibited by law from releasing identifiable personal data for uses besides patient care.
Finally, some risks may be best avoided by restricting the enabling technologies. If a national database doesn’t exist, it can’t be misused.
New DHHS Regulations -- The final regulations are expected in late 2000. A strength of the current draft is that patients would gain a national right to see and copy their records, a regulation that’s absent in several states. Furthermore, truly voluntary patient authorizations would be required for all purposes other than treatment, payment and “health-care operations.” On the other hand, the regulations would also allow law enforcement access to medical records without a warrant and help the government create a national health database.
Get involved -- As we struggle to find the right balance between privacy and public good, the flood gates are wide open, allowing increasing flows of personal medical information into government and the market. Better to slam the flood gates shut now—and slowly open them for public good—rather than be too timid and watch our data rush down the spillway toward unknown destinations. But don’t take my word for it. Get educated, write your legislators and help shape the continuing debate.
~FURTHER READING
- “Exposed: a health privacy primer for consumers” www.healthprivacy.org/resources/ exposed.pdf), by the Health Privacy Project. It’s the best overview of the issue I’ve ever seen.
- The Right to Privacy (New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 1995), by E. Alderman and C. Kennedy. This book uses case studies to demonstrate the legal nuances of our rights.
- “Medical Records: Enhancing privacy, preserving the common good” (Hastings Center Report 1999; 29.2: 14–23), by A. Etzioni. Famous communitarian and author of Limits to Privacy explains his concerns and offers strategies in this well-referenced essay.
- “Report on the Privacy Policies and Practices of Health Web Sites” (ehealth.chcf.org/ priv_pol3/index_show.cfm?doc_id=33), by J. Goldman, Z. Hudson and R. Smith. This report takes a careful look at Web privacy and discovers, I’m sorry to report, that DrKoop.com is passing your medical browsing patterns to DoubleClick.
- “American Health Information Management Association’s Comments on Notice of Proposed Rule-making Regarding Standards for Privacy of Individually Indentifiable Health Information” (www.ahima.org/privacy.comments.html), by L. Kloss. The industry’s view.
- “Standards for Privacy of Individually Identifiable Health Information” (aspe.os.dhhs.gov/ admnsimp/nprm/pvclist.htm), by DHHS. Describes proposed DHHS regulations.
~~~New Physician contributing editor Rick Stahlhut is a medical informatics writer and consultant.~Learning Tools and Technology~
268~4May-June~2000-49~Feature~Amputated Pride~WHOEVER SAID LAUGHTER IS THE BEST MEDICINE PROBABLY NEVER WENT TO MEDICAL SCHOOL.~Chris Klimek~~To err is human, we are constantly told—and it’s acceptable at least until one enters medical school. Suddenly students who have spent most, if not all, of their lives as overachievers find themselves in an intensely competitive, brutally demanding environment where tolerance for mistakes hovers right around zero.
One second-year medical student describes her first year as “like trying to take a drink of water from a fire hydrant.” The grueling academic and clinical hurdles medical students must clear offer only a hint of the pressure they will feel during their residencies and afterward, when the slightest slip could mean a patient’s life.
Usually, the potential hazards of the overload principle governing medical education become apparent long before a student sees his or her first patient. This is, as most medical students will readily admit, probably a good thing. After all, a medication mix-up or chart bait-and-switch, as the Institute of Medicine so ominously reminded us last year, can result in preventable patient deaths. Confusion in the classroom, by contrast, is potentially fatal only to a student’s ego.
Some physicians say that embarrassment—public humiliation—may be a necessary evil for students to experience as they mature and develop into well-rounded physicians. Other doctors condemn the culture of peer scrutiny as cruel and inhumane to both doctor and patient. Students, for the most part, just want to survive the semester. But whatever self-affirming existential truths may be gleaned from debate over the role of humility in the art of healing, at least two things are clear: 1) Everyone who has ever gone through medical school has at one point or another wanted to become invisible. 2) The scenarios resulting in 1) are usually damn funny.
Class I—The Temporal Lapse -- Because many medical students are familiar with the concepts of “sleep” and “nutrition” in the same context as they are familiar with “borborygmi” and “congenital dacryostenosis,” they may be forgiven for occasionally having a fluid and highly subjective sense of time.
Aga Lewelt, a second-year medical student at the University of Virginia, remembers arriving at her weekly “Introduction to Clinical Medicine” tutorial group session to find only one seat open. The seat happened to be between her group leader (the dean of student affairs) and one of his close friends, an esteemed visiting scholar.
As Lewelt took her seat, the dean asked the group what seemed to be a fairly specific clinical question given that she thought the group members had yet to receive their six-page case-review packets—each containing a patient history, physical exam summary and lab results, to be reviewed in strict sequence. An ambitious student, Lewelt threw an answer into the ring anyway. Seven blank stares greeted her in response.
“I look around, and I see everyone’s packet is open to page four,” Lewelt says. “And I’m like, ‘Oh, my God, everybody’s cheating! You can’t look at the lab results before you’ve gone over the physical exam!’ So then the dean hands me mine, and I think, ‘I’m not going to open it yet; I’m not going to cheat just because everyone else is.’ Then, after like, five seconds, the realization just came: This thing lasts two hours, and I was exactly one hour late… I felt weak. I was like, ‘Please don’t let this be happening!’” Noting that the dean is “the guy who writes our letters,” Lewelt strongly recommends avoiding causing one’s dean, to say nothing of one’s self, embarrassment in front of a colleague whenever possible.
Class II—Our Bodies, Our Selves -- No creature has ever been as obsessed or uncomfortable with its own physical nature as man. We treat biological necessities, such as sweating or going to the bathroom, with revulsion. Medical students, naturally, learn to either rise above such foolish impulses or at least bury them beneath a veneer of professionalism.
All that aside, gross is still gross. Just ask Rahul Bhat, a second-year medical student at Boston University (BU), who could have happily realized his dreams and aspirations in medicine without ever tasting human fat. Unfortunately, his gross anatomy lab partner, Charlie Bergstrom, also a BU second-year student, was something of a novice in the use of a scalpel. Bergstrom’s first attempt to cut open a cadaver launched a piece of fatty tissue across the table, where it landed on Bhat’s lip.
“He couldn’t wipe it off because he had his [dirty] gloves on,” Bergstrom says. “He couldn’t ask for help, because it was on his lip—it would have gone into his mouth.” Bhat waved his arms and made non-verbal sounds until somebody finally came to his aid with a paper towel.
Class III—Absence of Malice -- Like anyone else, physicians can do stupid things when they’re tired or when they simply don’t pay attention. Stories like the one about the third-year student who, while serving an ob–gyn rotation, accidentally put cells from a Pap smear into her attending physician’s coffee may sound like a gag rejected as too vile even for the next “Austin Powers” sequel—but they happen, and the agents of such bizarre acts usually survive their shame.
Dr. Allen Neims, a professor of pharmacology and therapeutics at the University of Florida College of Medicine, says he still remembers the first day of his ob–gyn rotation during his third year at The Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine. Neims had been up all the previous night caring for a woman in labor—his first clinical all-nighter—and was exhausted.
Neims recalls collecting a urine sample from his patient. But as he walked out of the room to conduct the urinalysis, the chief nurse—a woman who “chewed up medical students and spit them back out,” Neims remembers—asked him where he was going. When he answered her, she told him to wait a moment and returned with the entire ob–gyn clinic’s nursing staff. She wanted to show them the medical student who was going to attempt to perform a urinalysis on a bowl filled with fluorescent yellow hand soap. Neims sheepishly returned to his patient to collect the right container.
Class IV—And All My Friends Were There -- Some cheek-reddening episodes students experience are not unique to the setting of medical school, but have a sentimental resonance as a result of the strong bonds that develop among medical school classmates—not that you need to know someone intimately to enjoy a laugh at their expense.
Alex Gonzalez, a second-year medical student at the University of Miami, says his most embarrassing moment in medical school came during his tenure as class president his first year. On Gonzalez’s birthday, the class treasurer reported to class dressed as Marilyn Monroe. Before the lecture began (but after his 100-plus classmates had arrived), Ms. Monroe sat on Gonzalez’s lap and sang “Happy Birthday” to—of course—Mr. President.
Smile—This too Shall Pass -- Experiences such as these are fun to discuss, but does the act of being embarrassed among one’s peers make one a better physician? As with so much in medicine and in life, it depends on whom you ask.
The University of Florida’s Neims says that while humility and humbleness are qualities to which doctors should aspire, they are not necessarily the products of embarrassment. Unless students can accept and learn from their failures, embarrassment may actually breed anger and arrogance. But how one responds to embarrassment can be a strong indicator of character.
“If you can live through an embarrassing moment and smile at yourself, you can smile at life,” Neims says. Accepting one’s limitations and learning from one’s mistakes are crucial to surviving medical school—and later on, to communicating effectively with patients, he says.
Dr. Bhaswati Bhattacharya, a public health and preventive medicine specialist at the Mount Sinai School of Medicine, agrees, but argues that “the militaristic system of training doctors” offers medical students little opportunity to learn from their mistakes. Medical educators’, and even one’s fellow students’ neglect to acknowledge the value of failure in the learning process “propagates a system of emotional violence,” Bhattacharya says.
“Some people like the [current] pejorative, slap-in-the-face kind of environment because that helps them learn,” she says. “But medicine is not a fraternity anymore…. Medical students these days are at different levels of maturity.”
Bhattacharya still bristles at a few embarrassing memories from her school days. She remembers that in her second year, her class was directed to learn only the generic names of medications. But when her third-year rotations arrived, and hospital staff used the drugs’ commercial names, Bhattacharya felt humiliated for having to ask which drug was which. “They were like, ‘I can’t believe you didn’t know that drug name,’” Bhattacharya says. She says that kind of condescension is characteristic of medical education.
Regardless of what could be done to make medical education a less grueling environment, the prospect of ever removing one-upmanship and competition from a field as selective as medicine seems unlikely. And while no one enjoys being made to feel ashamed of their limitations, some students, as Neims suggests, have learned to accept the occasional bout of embarrassment as part of the broader experience.
Miami’s Gonzalez, for one, has learned to counter the occasional derisive laughs of others by keeping his own sense of humor intact. “Coming to medical school was simply the process of extending into my professional life the embarrassment I felt every day in my personal life,” Gonzalez jokingly says.
The smile is still on his face when the more reflective summation comes. “Seriously though,” he says, “when you get to medical school, you look at who is around you and you realize, ‘I’m not such hot [stuff] anymore.’ And that’s OK.”~~~~Chris Klimek is a former associate editor of The New Physician.~Medical Education,Student Life and Well-Being~
269~4May-June~2000-49~Feature~So You Want to be a...~~Leigh Fortson~~It’s a fundamental quest--selecting a specialty. Let these physicians’ tales help you find your way in Part 1 of The New Physician’s look at medical specialties.
Tome things never change, like the reason why most students choose medicine as a career. Certain types of people just like helping other people. Couple this enthusiasm with intellectual prowess, indefatigable commitment, plus a few student loans, and welcome to medical school. For most folks, it’s that easy.
Committing to a specialty, however, can be more daunting. Is knowing a little about a lot of things more appealing than knowing a lot about a few things? Do you want to work with women or children or the entire family? Does surgery seem like the most exciting career path to take? Or do you thrive on more personal, long-lasting relationships that come with treating common, everyday maladies?
These are just a few of the things to think about when delving into what kind of physician you want to become. In an effort to help answer some of your questions, The New Physician (TNP) presents the first of a two-part series that takes an in-depth look at medical specialties. In Part I, we’ll focus on family practice, internal medicine, obstetrics–gynecology and pediatrics. In our September 2000 issue, Part II will cover emergency medicine, general surgery and psychiatry.
While interviewing physicians for this piece, it became immediately clear that the story of each specialty could not be told without addressing the business and politics of medicine involved in each field. In 1984 when TNP last looked at “Seven Specialties Up Close,” HMOs and managed-care systems were considered reasonable and inevitable solutions to the high cost of medical care. The physicians TNP spoke with this time around, however, revealed attitudes are tolerant at best and, in most cases, downright bitter toward managed care.
Like it or not, the business of medicine has changed dramatically in 16 years. Doctors must hire staff to weed through complex and tedious paperwork. Capitation rates reduce income potential and discourage lengthy visits with patients. Physicians who have 40 years’ experience are required to obtain approval for tests and referrals, often from administrators lacking medical backgrounds. These and other facts are enough to drive some would-be physicians down a completely different career path.
On the other hand, some doctors find the new system appealing since it offers a more balanced lifestyle. To them, going to the office from 8 to 5, never having to enter a hospital (since hospitalists are growing in numbers), and relying on a consistent salary is just fine. To most physicians TNP spoke with, however, the paradigm of managed care defeats the very nature of what it takes to become a great physician.
The cautionary tale seasoned doctors are telling is this: Think very carefully not only about which specialty suits your personality and goals, but be aware of the impact other choices will have on your business—income, time and ability to provide quality care. Research the medical climate of where you will practice (regionally as well as private or group practice vs. within an HMO); how you will practice (whether or not you will work with HMOs—understanding there is a choice); and what you can do to make the system work for you and the well-being of your patients.
Regardless of your specialty, most of these physicians insist that, now more than ever, if you choose a small private practice, you must know how to run a small business. That means firing and hiring, writing employee handbooks, handling systems management, overseeing the books, maintaining effective and polite phone manners, and more. So far, business courses aren’t required to become a doctor. So, like many other things, it’s up to you to work out the details that will ensure the survival of your practice.
These overviews should offer the latest information today’s new physicians will need to succeed in making the right specialty choice for their careers.“When patients call my office, they encourage my assistant to put the call through because they’re a ‘friend’ of mine. My assistant once asked me if all of my patients are friends of mine, and I said yes.”
Dr. George Blatti’s relationship with his patients is typical and almost necessary for a thriving family practice. Based in Nassau County on Long Island, Blatti says that after practicing for 26 years, one becomes invested in the physician–patient relationships, and this develops into a powerful bond. Being a family practice physician, Blatti says, is not so much a job as it is a calling.
It’s a good thing so many residents are answering that call since more patients see a family practice physician than any other specialist. In 1999, a little more than 9,300 residents were in family practice, and 45 percent were women. Of those already in practice, 17,207 are women. In 1998, single family physicians saw an average of 4,318 patients. These numbers come as no surprise, though, considering that family physicians do everything from performing circumcisions to managing patients with Alzheimer’s—not to mention the many things in between.
Dr. David Leonard of Fairfax, Virginia, thinks there’s a misconception about this specialty. “There aren’t enough people who choose this field as their first choice. There’s a perception that it’s not that challenging, and that all you treat are colds and flu,” Leonard says. “Or, they think we assume to know everything. We don’t. We are specialists in common diseases. If something more complex shows up, we refer patients to someone else.”
A typical day for Leonard is to rise early and make his hospital rounds at 6:30 a.m. when his older patients are most alert. That way, he can also release them right after breakfast. Since he rarely has more than five patients in the hospital at one time, the schedule works smoothly. He then heads to the office so he’s seeing patients by 7:45 a.m., and makes it home by 7 p.m. to spend time with his wife and children. He’s on call two nights a week and every fourth weekend. He keeps up-to-date by reading medical journals during his free time and listening to informative audiotapes while on his commute. Believe it or not, he also finds time to exercise—it’s his way of practicing what he preaches.
Nearly 95 percent of what family physicians do takes place in their offices. That means conducting a lot of physicals, treating upper respiratory infections, diabetes, hypertension, obesity, chest pain and a host of behavioral or emotional stresses such as attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, anxiety and depression. In fact, family physicians are often the first counselor sought by a person experiencing anxiety and depression. Emotional upsets require doctors to embody empathy, patience, understanding and good listening skills. Prevention also comprises a significant part of family practice, Leonard says. So does trust.
“You can’t prove that your patient has good health because of your influence, but you have to believe it,” he says. Even so, Leonard basks in the glory of what happens after trust has been established. “Once a patient trusts you, her compliance goes up. Plus, she doesn’t want to disappoint you. A personal bond breeds a desire in the doctor to help the patient, but the patient also doesn’t want to let the doctor down. It’s a mutually beneficial relationship where we both want the other to win.”
Blatti elaborates by saying that no matter where you practice, this specialty is conducive to highly personal, long-term, multigenerational relationships. Blatti, for instance, now cares for young mothers who were once his child patients. But cultural influences and demographics should be considered when thinking about where to hang out a sign. He should know. He has practiced in rural Minnesota, New York City and now the suburbs.
“You need to get a feel for the economic, moral and medical sociology of where you want to work and live,” he says. “Look at the impact of HMOs, colleagues, hospitals and politics.” He explains that in rural settings, you may have to treat everything imaginable since specialists are far away. At the same time, people in rural areas often can’t afford health insurance, creating economic difficulties. When practicing in the inner city, Blatti says, family physicians have the influence of nearby hospitals and universities, but neighborhood health centers are considered the defined caregiver for designated areas. That leaves room to design programs unique to those demographics. In the suburbs, Blatti claims there are so many doctors fighting for turf that there’s very little elbowroom. The economic benefit, however, is that you deal with a more affluent and educated population who is usually covered by health insurance.
Both Blatti and Leonard acknowledge, however, that regardless of the region in which you practice, the moral fabric of any community comes into play. For the 65,343 practicing family physicians, there’s no choice but to address teen pregnancy, drug use and youth violence. “The times determine what we need to discuss with kids, and that can influence what you focus on and how you practice,” Blatti says.
On average across the entire country, most family practitioners start earning about $110,000 per year and peak at around $135,000. Capitation rates and payment methods vary from place to place and should be investigated before committing to a practice, hospital or HMO.
Leonard vigorously denounces the capitation system saying that the $6 to $11 per patient it pays isn’t enough to employ the staff necessary to keep up with insurance paperwork. Plus, he says, “HMOs position doctors to work for them instead of the patient.” In his mind, this can result in the HMO actually jeopardizing the health of patients. He urges students to stay true to their initial drive to become a physician by developing a good bedside manner, spending time with patients and remembering that patients are the priority.
For Blatti, it’s not the managed-care systems that are hard to absorb. He handles the work by committing about half of each workday to administrative tasks. His bigger concern is that scientific knowledge and technology are advancing so quickly that today’s family practitioners have a higher learning curve than ever before. “How we treat things now will change dramatically in another 10 years. Even the diseases of tomorrow will be different. It’s exciting, but a little frightening, to have to keep up with all that,” he says.
Family practice residency programs run three years and graduate about 3,500 students each year. Every state in the country offers at least one program. Most of them are community based and affiliated with a medical school.
Internal medicine is the perfect field for sleuths as diagnostic expertise requires a passion for solving puzzles. “Things are constantly evolving and because of that, we’re in a chronic state of future shock. You have to be a perpetual student to put it all together,” says Dr. Bill Waters III of Atlanta. “If you like that idea, there’s nothing as challenging and wonderful as internal medicine.”
Waters, in his 38 years as an internist, has never been bored. Not only does he find the science fascinating, but working with people aged between 16 and 96 compels him. “The real fun is being part of thousands of families. You’re invited into the innermost recesses of the patients’ lives. You see how their health affects other members of the family, what the emotional climate is, and you always have an opportunity to help. I call that giving courage transfusions,” he says.
The 113,066 practicing internists in the United States can be broken down into 12 subspecialties. But even the typical internist treats such serious problems as hypertension, diabetes, ulcers, pneumonia, menopause, kidney failure, lung and heart disease, and congestive heart failure—all warranting the need for those courage transfusions. Even though one-third of Waters’ patients is elderly, he still treats such minor problems as respiratory infections, sexually transmitted diseases, urinary tract infections and broken bones. There’s more, but what it adds up to is between 60 to 80 hours of work per week.
Romanian-born Dr. Alexander Perrian, who lives and practices in Tucson, starts his 12-hour day visiting patients at the hospital. “It’s the highlight of their hospital day,” he says. “Even if I don’t do anything, I just take a few minutes to hold their hand and talk.” After that, it’s back to the office to one of his 4,000 patients (the average load for internists is around 3,300). He chooses to be on call 24 hours a day. When the phone isn’t ringing, Perrian spends time with his children and reading journals. But in terms of late-breaking medical information, frequently it’s his patients who alert him to news they read in a daily newspaper. That, along with attending conferences, pursuing continuing education courses, and researching things on the Web, keeps him apprised of what’s new in his field. Perrian also finds time to participate as a preceptor for students at the University of Arizona.
An equally impressive curriculum vitae reflects Dr. Toni Brayer’s list of accomplishments. Based in San Francisco, Brayer, one of the nearly 32,000 female internists, is the first woman chief of staff at California Pacific Medical Center and past president of the San Francisco Medical Society. Her position is a result of her drive and mirrors her advice to young doctors: “Do something you’re passionate about. Get involved with the community, and if you don’t like something, get politically active and pursue public policy.”
Brayer’s passion for the past 14 years has been her practice. And since women often choose a doctor of the same gender, she finds herself spending much of her time on women’s health issues. But to her, there really isn’t a difference between men and women physicians. It’s uncertain how many of the 22,150 internal medicine residents are women, but it doesn’t matter. To her, good doctors are nurturing and demonstrate excellent listening skills. She does think, however, that most patients feel more comfortable talking to a woman, which may explain why studies show that female doctors spend slightly more time with patients.
According to Brayer, there’s a downside to that extra time spent. She claims managed care is penalizing women physicians—and anyone else who spends quality time with their patients—for this attribute. To her, that’s just the beginning of “the misery factor” that the current medical system imposes on the profession. In fact, she believes the detriments of managed care outweigh what’s enjoyable about medicine. “Internists have it worse than anyone,” she says, “because we do so many different procedures, and we have to get approval for all of them. That adds up to hundreds of hassles a day.”
Another weighty concern of hers is that new doctors who haven’t experienced anything other than a managed-care system will become comfortable with it. “[This] drives doctors to mediocrity by eliminating competition and choice,” she says. What’s more, she says, the advent of hospitalists keeps her from interacting with and learning from colleagues, which narrows the scope of her profession and limits her pool of knowledge.
Waters agrees. So much so that he penned The Grand Disguise (Eklektik Press, 1998), a book about what he thinks went wrong with managed care, and how we might create better alternatives. “We have three doctors in my practice,” Waters says, “and to operate as a viable business, we’ve had to hire 11 employees. They tend to the paperwork and answer 700 calls a day from insurance companies for referrals, precertifications, medications, procedures….”
His advice to students? “Learn how to deal with the system. Team up with other doctors, hire a business manager who knows about medicine. But you, the doctors, have to be the CEOs of the company. Otherwise you won’t make it.”
Perrian’s experience with managed care is less formidable. “They’re a necessary evil,” he says. “You can play their game and still make lots of money. Plus, finding a good doctor is far more important than finding a good car mechanic or hair stylist. Lots of people will stay with you even if they have to pay out of pocket.”
Furthermore, Perrian doesn’t think managed care drives people away from internal medicine. It’s the long hours and lifestyle. He especially cautions female medical students who want children to be mindful of that. “I’ve seen several brilliant women internists retire at 35 to have their own children.”
Most internists are between the ages of 35 and 44. Perrian believes the choice to retire that those female doctors make is a very painful sacrifice. Brayer is a living and working witness to that. “In this profession—maybe any profession that demands a lot of time—you’re constantly torn between work and parenting,” she says. With a 4-year-old son of her own, Brayer’s solution, and what she suggests to other women, is to have a marriage where each spouse fully participates in raising the kids. Perrian advises future internists to wait until after residency to marry. Then, there won’t be any surprises about how exacting the profession can be, he says.
Even so, all three doctors encourage students to consider becoming internists—regardless of political or personal difficulties. Brayer urges being flexible and open-minded about it all.
New internists typically start their practice with an average income of $110,000 and work up to an average of between $150,000 and $200,000. Physicians in the Northeast earn the most, followed by Western states, and finally, the South.
People who enter pediatric medicine say they do it primarily for the love of children. It certainly isn’t for the money, since other medical specialties pay more. The average starting income for pediatricians is about $105,000 and peaks at around $136,000. The rewards, then, in working with children are substantial in a different way—watching them grow and witnessing the great impact you have on their lives. The physicians TNP spoke with say this is what motivates them and keeps them content. According to the American Academy of Pediatrics (AAP), more than 81 percent of those surveyed say they’re satisfied with their work.
A 50-hour workweek is the average for full-time pediatricians. A few of those hours are spent in the hospital visiting newborns, but 78 percent of their work is in an ambulatory setting. With the exception of circumcisions, pediatricians generally don’t perform surgery. Their patients range from newborns to teens (up to 18–21 years old, depending on insurance policies). And their average day includes providing preventive care, counseling mothers on breastfeeding, conducting well-baby checkups and physicals, managing upper respiratory infections and treating diarrhea, sprains, broken bones, burns and acne.
Dr. Nancy Hoffman of Grand Junction, Colorado, worked two years as a full-time pediatrician and then became pregnant with her first son. Since her husband is a cardiologist and works upwards of 80 hours per week, Hoffman knew she would be the one to cut back her hours to care for the baby. Now, three children later and another on the way, Hoffman’s 15-hour workweek affords the perfect balance for both her personal and professional needs.
“The parents of my patients don’t mind that I’m only in the office two days a week,” Hoffman says, explaining how to keep the confidence of those she serves. “If the nature of the problem is complicated and needs special attention, or if it’s urgent, they go to one of the other eight doctors in our practice.”
Of those eight doctors, six are women, all of whom work part time. The flexible work hours may be part of the reason why the number of women pediatricians is quickly on the rise. Of the 56,159 pediatricians now practicing in the United States, nearly 50 percent are women. Of pediatricians under the age of 35, 6,600 are women and 5,200 are men.
According to Hoffman, reading journals and interacting and exchanging information with other physicians in the office keeps her up-to-date. And since immunology is probably the only aspect of pediatric medicine that’s constantly changing, that’s not hard to do.
This specialty is bestowed with many rewards, but pediatricians also have to respond to a bevy of urgent problems including: poison ingestion, sudden infant death syndrome, dog bites, AIDS, child abuse, teen pregnancy, diabetes, obesity, eating disorders and other physical problems related to behavioral difficulties.
These critical situations aren’t easy. “It’s very traumatic to deal with the families of children who will die,” says Dr. Rona Stein of Baltimore, referring to a young patient who died of cancer. “When the parents bring in one of their other children, you never know whether to ask how the chronically ill child is. She could have died without you knowing. Then, the other kids are less of a priority, and it’s all very hard. You just have to separate emotional involvement from clinical judgment.”
Counseling parents takes up a significant portion of a pediatrician’s day. And since doctors don’t get paid for that, a pediatrician-to-be needs to enjoy the act of listening and advising and accept that it’s part of the job. “Parents usually think what they’re doing for their child is right,” Stein says. “Even if you know it’s not, even if you think it’s stupid, you still have to figure out why they think it’s right. Then offer alternatives. That’s what persuades them to change.”
Because of the wide range of emotional and physical challenges today’s children face, many pediatricians act not only as the primary parent educators, but also as society’s premier child advocates. In fact, the AAP encourages its members to become involved in such community efforts as advocating healthy eating and behavioral habits, car safety seats, health coverage for the underserved, homelessness and pregnancy prevention measures.
With such a serious list of issues to be concerned about, Hoffman stresses that a sense of humor is essential to the trade. Stein agrees but finds nothing funny about the impact of managed care on her three-person private practice. “It can’t get much worse,” she says, citing universal frustration among doctors and patients alike. She strongly suggests that new doctors “treat your practice as a small business and pay attention to the things you never learned in med school. Hire support staff to do the paperwork. Don’t cut overhead. Defy the cultural norm that doctors’ offices have to be chaotic.”
Hoffman’s group practice is doing exactly that. Administrative staff handles the paperwork, and Hoffman takes home a percentage of the practice’s profits. “I love what I do,” she says with a laugh.
While some physicians become active in child advocacy work, one in three pediatricians participate in such subspecialties as neonatology, critical care pediatrics, infectious disease or rheumatology. Subspecialties usually require another two or three years of education after the typical three-year pediatric residency (of which 7,684 people now undertake).
If you’re a woman, you already have an intimate knowledge of the role gynecologists play. Because that role is so intimate, those who pursue obstetrics–gynecology (ob–gyn) may need even more compassion, sensitivity, good bedside manner, and empathy for women than what is required by other medical fields.
Ob–gyns are responsible for caring for the preventive health of women and tending to all aspects of the female reproductive system. Duties include performing annual exams and Pap smears, treating infertility, ensuring healthy pregnancies, delivering babies, and managing ovarian and breast cancer, menopause, osteoporosis, sexually transmitted diseases, nutrition and weight control. Furthermore, ob–gyns must be comfortable addressing socially controversial issues—teen pregnancy, contraception, pregnancy termination, domestic violence, postpartum depression—that directly impact patients. Because these physicians cover such broad territory, many women choose their ob–gyns to be their primary caregiver.
Although most women who comply with preventive measures are relatively healthy, sometimes it’s necessary for an ob–gyn to perform surgeries. The most common are cesarean sections for difficult deliveries, hysterectomies, removal of fibroid tumors, laparoscopies and breast biopsies. About 10 percent of patients’ conditions get referred to specialists, such as infertility experts. Subspecialties in the field cover reproductive endocrinology, urogynecology, maternal–fetal medicine and oncology.
The nature of this business is feminine, so Dr. Stephen Rabin of Beverly Hills, who has been practicing for 20 years, cautions men about what it takes to work effectively with ob–gyn patients. “Men and women are different animals. You need to understand where they’re coming from, their emotions and their needs,” he says. “You can’t approach things from a male’s point of view. You have to be open-minded about their individual needs, then figure out how best to help them.”
This difference between the sexes surely explains why 36 percent of the nearly 40,000 practicing ob–gyns, and more than 65 percent of ob–gyn residents are women. It’s also no surprise that there are three times more women ob–gyns than men under the age of 35. Indeed, this field is virtually exploding with women.
Even so, both Rabin and Dr. Allyson Gonzalez, of Santa Monica, agree that you have to choose this field for the right reasons. “You need to really, really want to do this,” Gonzalez says. “It requires an enormous commitment since it takes so much time and energy.”
What she means is that the average 60-hour workweek can easily grow with long days and late nights. Although both physicians are in private practice and have designed some personal time into their schedules, babies simply don’t wait until you’re on call or you’ve had a good night’s rest. The schedule can be relentless with as many as 15 deliveries in one week. In other weeks, there may just be one. Regardless of numbers, the ob–gyns TNP spoke with don’t like to pawn off a woman in labor to someone else—even if it means losing sleep and forfeiting vacations and being on call 24/7.
Rabin attributes these demands to the number of physicians who ultimately choose not to practice obstetrics. “It bothers me a lot to see obs giving up that part of their practice after only eight or 10 years. It can be very, very rewarding, and good obstetricians are sorely needed,” he says.
Gonzalez believes there are different ways to handle what’s required of the profession. She started her career in 1997 at a managed-care facility. Although it didn’t suit her personality, she said working within an HMO provides a more flexible schedule for those who want to raise a family of their own. “It’s not like a private practice where you can develop relationships with your patients,” she says. “But, you have to look at the advantages and disadvantages of each choice and find the balance that suits your needs.”
In the past decade, Rabin’s needs were so deeply affected by managed care that he chose not to work with HMOs at all. “Politics have taken over medicine. I would rather give up medicine than have to appeal to a button pusher to tell me that I can’t perform a certain test,” he says. As a measure of his own commitment, Rabin still consults with former patients forced to see other doctors because of his refusal to deal with HMOs. Ironically, Gonzales doesn’t accept HMO patients either, claiming she can’t afford it since she would have to hire too many people to cover the paperwork.
Dr. Wendy Hobart, an ob–gyn in Kansas City, Missouri, has only been practicing since August of 1999. The biggest surprise she’s encountered touches upon a slightly different issue. “You don’t learn anything about the business of medicine in school,” she says. “Even if someone else does the paperwork, you still have to know about billing and coding, which procedures you can and can’t perform according to insurance criteria, which hospitals you can work with, and so on.”
Rabin’s answer to these politics, and his advice to the students he teaches at the University of Southern California, is literally to head for the hills. “Rural areas may not be the ideal place to practice, but in reality, that’s where people in our field are needed. Plus, you can still make a decent living and not have to compromise your ideals as much as you have to in big cities,” he says.
Like Rabin, about 10 percent of ob–gyns enhance their profession in the fields of research and academics. Those who only practice medicine make more money in the Northeast than those who live in the southern or western states, according to Medical Economics magazine. After a four-year residency, a new ob–gyn makes about $165,000, while veterans typically take home around $225,000. According to the American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists (ACOG), more than 54 percent of gross revenues in private practices go to paying for staff, office equipment, employee pensions, benefits, supplies and malpractice insurance. This can run as high as $70,000 per year.
That figure may seem startling, but as of 1996, more than 76 percent of the ob–gyns surveyed by ACOG had been sued. Most claims were based on allegations having to do with a neurologically impaired infant, followed by a failure to diagnose some type of cancer. Although more than half of the cases were dropped, the average claim paid almost $460,000. Doctors won 65 percent of the cases, but still, as a result, 9 percent of the physicians went out of business.
All things considered, the satisfaction ratio in ob–gyns is high, based on long-term patient relationships. Once a woman finds an ob–gyn she likes, chances are she won’t go seeking another as long as she lives within close proximity to her caregiver.
~
~~~Colorado-based freelance writer Leigh Fortson specializes in covering health care and alternative medicine.
Watch for part II of TNP’s look at medical specialties in the September 2000 issue.~Career Development~
270~5July-August~2000-49~Letter from Afield~Far and Away~AN EYE-OPENING JOURNEY TO INDIA.~Jane Delima~~By my fourth year of medical school, I longed to renew the enthusiasm I’d had when I first decided to become a physician. I could feel my passion and excitement for medicine ebbing in the face of the future I saw waiting for me. I knew it would involve piles of paperwork, time-consuming negotiations with insurance companies and endless hassles due to inefficient clinical systems. I was searching for some elusive ingredient that would add meaning and purpose to the day-to-day drudgery.
In February 1999, I left the snow- covered woods of New England and headed to sunny northern India for a primary care international medicine elective. My journey began with a mini-vacation to Calcutta, where I attended the three-day Bengali wedding of two of my classmates. From there I traveled to Shillong to find the house where my mother, the daughter of a British missionary, lived when she was a baby. I also visited a small church where my grandfather had been the minister.
Next, it was on to a guesthouse in Dehra Dun, a small city in the foothills of the Himalayas north of Delhi, where I started my clinical work with an American organization, Child Family Health International (CFHI). My day began with sweet, milky tea brought to my bedside, a leisurely breakfast followed by a yoga class, and a morning session in a nearby clinic or hospital. In the afternoon I ate lunch at an outdoor stall, went to another session at a different clinic or hospital, then enjoyed a delicious dinner back at the guesthouse. The evenings usually ended with playing card games or watching Indian music videos. It was not the physical hardship and deprivation I expected, though I will say that I showered in the company of very large cockroaches, so I wasn’t completely spoiled.
CFHI sent me to a variety of sites to give me a wide breadth of clinical experience. I worked in a modern, well-equipped hospital, a struggling community hospital, and the clinic of an Ayurvedic doctor who was the personal physician to the president of India. Many of the patients had medical problems I would expect to see in the United States: trauma from traffic accidents, unwanted pregnancies, meningitis, coronary artery disease, lung cancer and kidney stones. Other patients had illnesses I was less accustomed to: small bowel obstructions from abdominal tuberculosis, parasitic infections and wild monkey bites.
I did not see patients on my own since I had a poor command of Hindustani. Occasionally I assisted with a procedure. Sometimes I practiced my physical diagnosis skills, but usually I just observed. My ability to participate was complicated not only by my lack of Hindustani but by my foreign appearance. Certainly outside the clinical setting, my pale skin and American features attracted a surprising amount of attention, ranging from smiles and waves from bystanders as I passed in a vickram to the occasional unwanted grope as I stood in front of a tourist site. In clinical settings, too, my foreignness inspired varied and surprising responses. One patient upon meeting me took my hand tenderly in hers and kissed it. Other patients, however, were uncomfortable having me in the room and would not meet my eyes. I began to wonder about the practicalities of delivering health care to a population that viewed me as an outsider.
One clinical experience that helped shape my thinking and dispel my confusion occurred while working with Dr. Ghoshal, a slightly fierce retired army physician in his 56th year of medical practice, as he proudly told me within minutes of our being introduced. The first time I went to see him, I walked up the gravel driveway of his house to what I confidently, but mistakenly, identified as the garage and was startled to find patients sitting in chairs lined against the wall. Ghoshal had converted his garage into a clinic, with the main section serving as a waiting room, triage area and dispensary. A curtained-off corner provided privacy for the actual exams.
Ghoshal had lived in Dehra Dun since he was a young man posted at the local army base. Over the years he had gotten to know many members of the community and developed a patient roster that he felt he couldn’t abandon. So for seven days a week, Ghoshal would see one patient after another in his converted garage from dawn until 7:30 or 8 p.m. or until there was no one left waiting. He charged his patients a fee that was usually a few cents above the cost of the medications he handed out and sometimes gave the drugs without charge to families unable to pay.
In his modest clinic, Ghoshal had no laboratory or X-ray equipment at his disposal. His diagnoses were based solely on physical examinations and knowledge of the patients’ families and medical histories. Ghoshal told me several times that he was effective in his efforts to take care of his patients only because he had lived in his community for so many years and knew his patients so well. In some families, he had taken care of four generations.
At the end of my trip, as I sat on the plane, I took stock of all that I had experienced. Ironically, I felt like the heroine of an allegorical tale who travels around the world to find her heart’s desire only to discover it had been waiting for her at home all along. What I had been searching for was the connection Ghoshal had with his patients—a connection whose strength was derived from the fact that Ghoshal lived in the community he served and knew from the inside out. He not only knew his patients, he knew his patients’ spouses and children and cousins. He knew where his patients lived, which ones drank too much and which ones were having trouble at work. And, perhaps most importantly, he was one of them. He was their neighbor and friend. They saw him buying groceries and taking care of his garden. They trusted him. And that trust fundamentally formed the clinical relationship Ghoshal had with his patients.
Ultimately, I realized that I did not have to travel far from home to find a sense of purpose in my clinical practice. Perhaps the best way to find fulfillment was to extend my roots in my own community. I was happy to be going home.
~~~~Jane deLima, a 2000 graduate of the University of Massachusetts Medical School, is an intern in the Yale University primary care internal medicine program in New Haven, Connecticut. ~Community and Public Health,International Health~
271~5July-August~2000-49~Feature~A Healer’s Craft~THE TOOLS OF THE TRADE FOR ART AND MUSIC THERAPISTS ARE IMAGINATION, CREATIVITY AND SONG.~Elizabeth A. McNichol~~At Duke University Medical Center’s oncology unit, a little boy with cancer looks forward to seeing musical therapist Martha Burke, who will come by with her cart of musical instruments, tapes, or sometimes, just her voice, to help him forget his grown-up troubles. Often the boy’s parents join them in singing “Noah’s Ark”—the boy’s favorite song. Eventually, the day arrives when they call Burke to sing the song with them one last time.
“I never knew if he liked it so much because of the animals,” Burke says, “or if it was because the ‘twosies’ part made him feel like he’d never be alone.”
At another hospital in North Carolina, a smaller, long-term care facility, Sammie Goodwyn stands on a chair, creating a bulletin board. A fellow worker helps her as she places letters and figures, just as most of us recall doing as children in grade school. From a small distance away, seated in a mobile recliner, a patient with late-stage Alzheimer’s watches Goodwyn work. When Goodwyn steps down and backs away from her creation, her patient, to her surprise, begins grading her project—just as the patient had done so many years ago when she was a schoolteacher and then a principal.
“She just very coherently examined our work and told us how we had done,” Goodwyn says, chuckling. “Overall, we got a B.”
It was for art therapist Goodwyn the pinnacle in role reversals. And ultimately, a strong selling point for her vocation. Goodwyn and Burke are members of the small army of medical creative therapists working to find their niche in health-care environments nationwide. It’s not an easy task, but it is, they and other practitioners of their craft are finding, more than just worthwhile. Sometimes it’s just plain necessary.
Patients with Alzheimer’s “are like little windows of time that open up occasionally, those times when they are just as coherent as you and I,” Goodwyn says. When those windows open, Goodwyn is there—must be there—with her keen sense and her art activities and her materials. Chalk and paper, ink and paint, canvasses like bandages to the soul.
“The things she creates,” Goodwyn says of the former schoolteacher, “[act as] a barometer for the staff of where she is right now. We did a lighthearted activity the other day, because so many of the patients have the flu right now. I cut out some snowflakes and put them down in front of them. She knew it was a snowflake, so that’s progress. And watercolors—she does these absolutely beautiful pictures, very clean, clear colors. You wouldn’t think someone with the disease could do such things.
“It tells me that that particular part of her brain is still functioning.” But what it does best, it ultimately does for the patient’s physical well-being. That’s the critical distinction between medical art therapy and the traditional form we associate with psychotherapy use—the ink blots, the drawings meant to glean information from a patient whose illness is mental. The links, however fuzzy, between what a patient thinks and what he feels in his body are the focus of Goodwyn’s craft.
Goodwyn says that working here is nothing like she expected. Patients here are dealing with “all the stuff that’s left over, the loose ends they didn’t get to when they were fully functioning, the stuff you wished you’d done differently. These are end-of-life issues. These are folks who are facing a real deterioration of independence, a deterioration of choices.” Art therapy, she says, gives patients a choice, by saying, “What do you want to do today?”
But, this is not an art class. Goodwyn works to help her patients understand each other as a group as well as the memories that have fallen from their mental scrapbooks. Together, they get better. And when one person in a group activity can’t see to draw or to paint or to create because time has taken his once sparkling vision, Goodwyn blindfolds the group. “Here,” she says, as they go about their creations, “now we are all the same.”
The art they create can be as telling a part of patients’ medical records as the diagnoses and prescriptions on a hospital chart. Broken lines, borders undefined, disjointed stick figures with arms poking from a head where ears should be. “It mimics what’s happening to their health exactly,” she says.
BREAKING GROUND
Art therapy’s acceptance in a medical setting is a scattered and sometimes tattered proposition. Managed-care cutbacks forced Goodwyn, who had served on staff at a local hospital purely as an art therapist for at-risk patients, to look for work elsewhere. Third-party reimbursement for an art therapist is difficult in many states—most practitioners end up seeking licensure under the title of “counselor” as a result, incorporating their art therapy into a range of other treatments, including traditional psychotherapy. And the national American Art Therapy Association is still pulling together to advocate the practice’s cause, Goodwyn says.
Laura Black Keenan, who’s worked in the field in Pennsylvania since 1991, says some states have it better than others. In fact, medical art therapy is alive and thriving in such metropolitan areas as Philadelphia, where a graduate program at MCP Hahnemann has added two electives in the specialty in recent years. One is directed toward children’s studies and the other, adults. Hahnemann was the first school in the nation to offer art therapy in a medical method—thanks to Keenan, who created the program at the pediatric rehab unit at Children’s Seashore Hospital (now Philadelphia Children’s Hospital) when she was a second-year intern in Hahnemann’s art therapy curriculum.
Keenan pitched her idea to the hospital based on what she’d seen in children. “I went through the different aspects of what art therapy helps children deal with,” she says. “First, there’s just the ‘being in the hospital’ part, being set apart from their friends and their school activities. [And], there’s also the pain they’re feeling from their bodies, from recovering from a serious illness.”
Many children who don’t understand what’s happening to their bodies refuse to cooperate with doctors, tearing out IVs, turning off machines, venting emotions. Keenan’s solution is to turn what scares them into art. So, she gathers tubes, gauze and bandages—just about anything but needles—and from them spring amazing collages and sculptures.
“Art is a child’s language,” she says. “It’s a language for anyone who hasn’t learned to or can’t verbally express what’s wrong.”
Of course, there are those who view Keenan’s work simply as “playing and having fun,” but, for the most part, it’s met with enthusiasm. Now, Hahnemann’s course also is offered to practitioners already in the hospital setting, and many students choose to do their internships in medical art therapy at surrounding health centers.
SOUND OF MUSIC
The driving force behind the creative arts therapy movement is a trend toward holistic healing, the idea that physical well-being cannot be achieved without the senses—something that has evolved over the last five to seven years. But the most widely accepted of these seems to be music therapy. While there are only about 30 graduate programs for what Goodwyn and Keenan do, there are more than 70 such curricula for Burke’s music therapy. And music therapy has a more cohesive national organization, the American Music Therapy Association.
One way music therapy has made inroads to moving out of the “alternative” medicine realm is by finding acceptance at large medical centers of note. Duke University Medical Center opened its music therapy program for patients in 1991 in its oncology unit; now, there are specialized offices for the heart center and at the Durham Veterans Affairs hospital with which it closely works. Likewise, the Ireland Cancer Center in Cleveland includes it as an integral part of patients’ health.
“The larger institutions are more likely to hire a music therapist on staff,” says Burke, citing funding and advanced research as causes.
Burke completed a nationwide study two years ago of hospitals to find out which kinds of creative arts therapy personnel they had on staff. Most had at least one music therapist. But, “in general, it wasn’t as widespread as we’d like it to be,” she says. “It’s going to take finding advocates in the medical field to push its importance to bring [it to] the level where it should be. It’s seen as a luxury, but at the same time, there’s more interest in it than ever. The medical field as a whole is realizing that you have to treat the whole person—you can’t just treat the symptom and let them go.”
But even smaller community hospitals are more likely to have a music therapist than an art therapist, Burke says. People still tend to think of art as a purely psychological remedy, overlooking its medical twist, she says. And most people intuitively grasp the idea that music has an effect on our senses—it keeps us awake on long trips and helps us relax after a hectic day. But music therapy’s real advantage over art therapy may be that medical research has shown it can improve a patient’s physical health and not just brighten the emotions.
Burke cites a study she conducted with knee replacement patients using music. All the participants underwent the same kind of surgery and were given the same kinds of treatment, except for the half who had music therapy incorporated into their postoperative rehabilitation. These patients were overwhelmingly more satisfied with their treatment than the half who didn’t receive the therapy, reporting that their pain was more controlled and that they felt they were treated with more respect. They also thought everyone should be given music.
Colorado State University researchers also have found that using music for people suffering from Parkinson’s disease or for patients who have had strokes helps them strengthen muscle movements.
What explains it? Cheryl Benze, a music therapist at Duke University’s Heart Center, says that listening to music lowers heart rate and blood pressure and increases the production of oxygen because it causes the body to produce higher levels of melatonin, the sleep hormone, and serotonin—a neurotransmitter that carries vital signals between certain brain cells.
“So people rest better when they listen to music,” she says. “It also encourages the immune fighting hormone [IaG], which of course helps the body heal itself.”
BRIDGING THAT GAP
But there may be another powerful force—giving rise to therapies of the senses—managed care.
“Music can fill that gap where everything else is being cut and minimized by managed care,” Burke says. “It alleviates that get-’em-in-get-’em-out feeling.”
Benze agrees. “Nurses don’t have time to give personal attention anymore, to sit with patients like in the past,” she says. “By proxy, I give them that nursing attention that’s lacking.”
And, unlike other hospital personnel, art and music therapists are encouraged to be emotionally involved in their patients’ welfare. But the corporate workings of medicine today even take their toll on Benze, who often must give a crash course in her craft to the treat-’em-and-street-’em set.
“These patients are often in and out in a week,” she says. “It’s a challenge to reach them in that short amount of time. I tell them, ‘Just remember my voice. Remember me singing this song to you, and then sing it to yourself.’ I teach people to understand how their bodies react to music, to peel off all the layers.”
Benze travels the hallways at Duke with her cart of musical instruments. Sometimes, she’ll pull out a harp and begin to play for a patient. Other times, she’ll ask what kinds of music the patient likes—and then create a tape of those songs for him, a “prescription” from the music therapist. And there are patients who prefer to sing along with her—which often ends in a room full of hospital staff, including some nurses and doctors, stopping in to join the music.
Indeed, physicians at Duke have been overwhelmingly positive about the introduction of music therapy since Benze began in 1993. She says physicians on staff are happy to incorporate it into the center. It’s also been popular among medical students, who can take a music therapies course in their third or fourth year.
“It’s particularly important that medical students get introduced to music therapy,” she says. “When they spend the majority of their later years in clinical settings, it can be overwhelmingly technical. The psychosocial part of treating patients gets lost in the nuts and bolts of what they’re learning.”
The greatest testament to creative arts therapies’ value, though, is that patients continue to give them A-pluses for their unconventional healing, Benze says.
“I take people by surprise,” she says. “I’m not going to stick anyone. I don’t wear a white coat. I carry a guitar.”
~~~~Elizabeth A. McNichol is a freelance writer based in Chapel Hill, North Carolina.~Complementary and Alternative Medicine,Creative Expressions,Humanistic Medicine~
272~6September~2000-49~Feature~Case Study: The Uninsured~TRUE STORIES OF UNNECESSARY SICKNESS, DEATH AND HUMILIATION.~Howard Bell~~One in six Americans does not have health insurance, and many live sicker and die younger because of it. The ones Dr. Debra Richter thinks of are dead—like George and his sister, Tina. Richter took care of them at an inner-city health center in Buffalo, New York. Diabetics since childhood, their disease went untreated because the family rarely had health insurance. When they were teenagers, Tina waitressed and George worked in factories. None of their employers offered them health insurance. They earned too much money to qualify for Medicaid, and they couldn’t afford to buy private insurance, so they went without insulin, syringes and glucometer sticks.
“I’d talk drug companies into giving us free bottles of insulin,” Richter says, “but you just don’t keep free samples of insulin lying around. Syringes were fairly easy to scrounge, but at 50 cents each, glucometer sticks were difficult to get.”
With blood sugar levels averaging 200, George went blind at age 20. Unable to see or work, depressed and housebound, his disability finally qualified him for Medicaid—too late. He died at age 21 of multiple organ failure due to uncontrolled diabetes.
Tina’s first and only baby lived for five months and never left the hospital. Cause of death: complications from gestational diabetes. A year later, Tina had a myocardial infarction. Despite a bypass, she died at age 25. “It was heartbreaking,” Richter says. “George and Tina had a strong work ethic. I had to face their mother at the funerals knowing if they had gotten good care for diabetes, we could have prevented all their end organ disease. George would not have gone blind. The baby would have lived. Neither would have had heart or kidney problems.”
“I see stories like these every day,” Richter says, “but the public never hears them because they’re anecdotal. The cause of death says kidney failure, but they really died from lack of insurance.”
~MYTH: Most uninsured are poor, unemployed minorities.
FACT: Most uninsured Americans are employed and Caucasian. Seventy-five percent live in families where at least one person works full time. Twenty percent live in families that have two full-time workers.
MYTH: Young women are at the greatest risk for being uninsured.
FACT: Young men are at the greatest risk. Low-income women are more likely to qualify for Medicaid, which covers pregnant women and heads of single-parent families—usually women.
MYTH: Medicaid covers all poor people.
FACT: Only 41 percent of the poor are covered by Medicaid, which does not cover 26 percent of poor children, 40 percent of poor women and 50 percent of poor men.
MYTH: Poor children are more likely to be uninsured than adults.
FACT: Children are less likely to be uninsured than adults. Medicaid has less restrictive criteria for children than it does for adults. Medicaid only covers adults who are disabled, pregnant, elderly or who take care of dependent children. The federal Children’s Health Insurance Program covers children above Medicaid income eligibility limits but cuts off for those in families earning more than 200 percent of the federal poverty level.
MYTH: Most uninsured children live in families where no one works.
FACT: Seventy-five percent live in families where at least one family member works full time.
MYTH: Most uninsured children live in single-parent households.
FACT: More than half live with both their parents.
MYTH: Poor people who work and don’t get insurance through their employer can still qualify for Medicaid.
FACT: A parent working full time at minimum wage does not qualify for Medicaid in 32 states.
MYTH: People who don’t have health insurance simply don’t want to pay for it.
FACT: Seventy-five percent of uninsured adults say the main reason they are not insured is because they cannot afford the premiums. The uninsured are more than twice as likely to live in households having difficulty paying rent, food and utility bills. For most uninsured, going without insurance is not a preference, but a result of family budget choices.
MYTH: Poor people can use the emergency room if they need health care.
FACT: Many poor uninsured use hospital emergency rooms as their primary source of health care, at great expense to hospitals, which pass the costs on to other patients. Emergency rooms do not provide preventive care. They do not provide dialysis, chemotherapy, medications and other services people with serious illnesses need. Out of pride or fear of debt, many low-income sick people simply do nothing about their condition.
MYTH: People without insurance have adequate access to health care.
FACT: Numerous studies confirm that not having health insurance reduces your access to preventive, primary and specialty care. People without insurance are more likely to live sicker and die younger.
MYTH: Community hospitals and many doctors take care of everyone regardless of ability to pay.
FACT: Community hospitals and many doctors do provide some charity care; however, 15 percent of uninsured pregnant women are refused prenatal care when looking for a provider. Uninsured pregnant women are more than twice as likely not to receive the standard number of prenatal checkups before delivery. Uninsured hospital patients are 29 percent less likely to undergo coronary artery bypass surgery and 45 percent less likely to undergo a hip replacement.
MYTH: People who don’t participate in employer-sponsored insurance just don’t
want to pay the premiums.
FACT: Seventy-five percent of low-wage workers who are offered health benefits choose to participate. Most of those who don’t say they can’t afford the premiums.
MYTH: Middle-class workers were hit just hard as the working poor with declines in employer-sponsored coverage.
FACT: Employer-sponsored coverage has declined more for the working poor than
middle-class workers. From 1987 to 1996,
coverage for the lowest-paid fell from 54
percent to 42 percent. At the same time,
coverage for the highest-paid increased
from 87 percent to 90 percent.
~~~~Community and Public Health,Health Disparities,Universal Health Care~
273~6September~2000-49~Feature~An Even Exchange~OFFERING CARE AT NO CHARGE, STUDENT-RUN FREE CLINICS PROVIDE SOME OF THE BEST TRAINING GROUND FOR FUTURE PHYSICIANS.~Howard Bell~~It’s a fair trade, the relationships between caregivers and patients at student-run free clinics. The patients need free medical care, and the physicians-in-training require inspiring and challenging learning environments.
Practicing physicians who spent time at a free clinic while still medical students say the experience was the highlight of their training. It made them better physicians and savvy clinic managers. And when managed-care cost-containment pressures and productivity mandates get them down, these physicians recall their time at the clinic—a time purely dedicated to healing and helping. The medicine practiced at free clinics is the liberating kind. It’s what made these physicians join the medical profession, and it’s why many medical students continue to operate free clinics all over the United States.
Sharewood Project in Boston is one of a handful of student-run free clinics conceived and operated by first- and second-year medical students. Like most student-run free clinics, Sharewood would not exist if it weren’t for the vision and drive of a few students and physicians. Take for example, Sharewood’s Dr. Brian Lisse, an emergency medicine physician and professor at Tufts University School of Medicine. He believes one measure of a civilized nation is accessible—affordable health care for all. Lisse grew up listening to his grandfather’s stories about being a country doctor during the depression, when corn, chickens and a spray of lilacs in May were payment enough for services rendered.
The doctoring genes must run in the family because three of Lisse’s brothers grew up to be doctors, too. “A couple of my brothers wanted to make a lot of money,” Lisse says. “But I was the one who was always going to save the world.” And he began to save part of it in February 1997, when the Sharewood Project first opened its doors.
His involvement with the project began the year before, when several first- and second-year Tufts medical students asked Lisse to be their physician sponsor. Finding a great physician sponsor is important for medical students wanting to operate a free clinic. Luckily for the students and the clinic, Lisse turned out to be just that. “He overcame the school’s trepidation, handled the politics and encouraged physicians to volunteer at the clinic,” says Caroline Williams, a fourth-year Tufts medical student. “He’s a lovely man who’s committed to what he believes.”
And Lisse believes the free clinic experience to be important in preparing students for what lies ahead. It also keeps medical students excited about the field during those first two grinding years of textbook monotony. “Talk to any first- or second-year,” he says. “They all ask, ‘When do we get to see patients?’ They’re sick of memorizing stuff and cramming for exams. It’s not too early for them to learn about differential diagnosis and taking [histories and physicals]. And at the clinic, they’re exposed to people who have very different life views and backgrounds than their own. When former students come back to volunteer at the clinic, they tell us the experience made them better doctors and made [their] third and fourth years easier.”
Since Sharewood opened in the Church of All Nations in Boston’s Chinatown more than three years ago, students have diagnosed and treated 800 patients. Every Tuesday evening, 10 to 15 medical students see patients, mostly low-income ethnic Chinese, on a walk-in basis. Volunteer translators bridge communication gaps, while two students take down a patient’s medical history, ask her questions about her chief complaint and perform a brief physical. Next, they step outside the exam room and confer with one of the volunteer attending physicians on duty. Then students watch the attending perform a more in-depth history and physical. All three discuss and develop a treatment plan.
“This is why I went to medical school,” says Erica Frank, a fourth-year Tufts medical student. “It confirms for me that I’ve made the right choice to devote my life to medicine. In an era of managed care, when patient time is cut to a minimum, I’ve had the experience of spending an entire evening with a patient—seeing him through an EKG and supporting him emotionally through an emergency room visit.”
Sharewood patients receive free care and prescription drugs. Those who need follow-up care are referred to nearby community health clinics that run on a sliding-fee basis. “We operate more like an urgent care clinic,” Lisse says. “We don’t have a good primary care model in place because of the limited number of hours we are open each week.” Some patients do get referred to Tufts’ alumni, who’ve agreed to see Sharewood patients in their offices at no cost. Such referrals are done only for individuals who do not qualify for hospital payment programs geared to low-income patients.
As for malpractice insurance, Tufts covers the medical students. This is made possible since Tufts’ medical school dean has declared the students to be faculty while they’re working at the clinic. Volunteer physicians get their Sharewood malpractice insurance paid through their employers. For retired volunteers, the Massachusetts Medical Society picks up the tab.
The clinic is officially a nonprofit organization under the Tufts umbrella, but it is entirely separate from the medical school. A student board of directors operates Sharewood, handling scheduling, raising money and paying bills.
The clinic is fortunate to receive monetary gifts, medical supplies and services. Sharewood receives grants and donations from the Tufts University School of Medicine, the American Medical Student Association, the American Medical Women’s Association and the Massachusetts Medical Society. So far, they’ve managed to stay clear of corporate cash grants—avoiding strings. Pharmaceutical representatives provide free medication. The New England Medical Center donates equipment and offers free X-rays. Quest, a Boston-area lab, provides lab services at no cost. And each year, the students hold an auction of donated items. In 1999, they raised $7,500; 1998, $10,000. This year, students hosted an online auction that raised $6,000.
None of this happened overnight. “At first I was surprised [at] how much time and effort it took—lots of meetings, phone calls and e-mail,” Lisse says. “But in retrospect, it was far easier to bring Sharewood to life than anyone would imagine.”
But as with most projects, politics tend to complicate matters, sometimes threatening to crush plans altogether. Luckily for the students, Lisse was there to help them navigate the choppy political waters. “The politics can be dicey,” he says. “For this reason, plans to start free clinics have been turned down by a lot of organizations. At least one highly placed [Tufts] faculty member told me he expected the students to give up. He was surprised they stuck it out.”
One of the biggest political obstacles to opening the clinic was convincing the community health center in Chinatown that Sharewood would not be a threat. “They were afraid we would compete against them for money and patients,” Lisse says. He defused antagonism by promising that Sharewood would bow out of any sponsorships or grants that might fund the other clinic. As for taking away patients, Sharewood actually brings patients to the community clinic by sending them there for follow-ups. “They’re the ones with the good primary care model,” Lisse says.
Now in its fourth year of operation, Sharewood is stable, and students still run the show, although Lisse remains actively involved. He routinely attends board meetings where he encourages consensus-building, resolves personality conflicts and helps steer a straight course for the clinic’s future. He volunteers at Sharewood, serving as medical director and providing quality assurance chart review.
When one class hands over responsibility to the next, Lisse is there to assure new recruits that their predecessors were just as scared and uncertain as they are. He still runs interference for the clinic in the political arena—one of the most difficult areas for students to manage, Lisse says. And he’ll always be searching for physician volunteers and talking up the clinic when he hobnobs with Tufts alumni and other colleagues who can help the clinic succeed.
Perhaps most important to the clinic—Lisse keeps himself “on call” for any medical student who needs him. “He encourages us to go as far as we’re able to,” Williams says. “He cares about how we’re surviving and reminds us the quality of care we provide is not measured by how well we do on a microbiology test.”
Even though it’s not required, nearly every first-year Tufts medical student signs up for a rotation at Sharewood. Medical students from Boston University and Harvard now volunteer at the clinic as well. Lisse hopes that Sharewood will soon be able to expand its hours. There are enough students for each school to run the clinic on a particular night, but finding enough volunteer physicians to cover expanded hours is a problem.
As students graduate, Lisse says he hopes they will be free clinic Johnny Appleseeds—dispersing across the country and establishing Sharewoods in other towns.
“Starting Sharewood was simply the right thing to do,” he says. “Health care should be available and affordable to everyone. That’s a message we need to give students.”~No one knows for sure how many student-run free clinics operate in the United States, but Jeffrey Tom wants to find out and get them all connected—well, at least talking to one another. A second-year medical student from Tufts University and board member at Boston’s Sharewood Project, Tom begins this connection project with a Web site listing nationwide student-run free clinic contacts and resources (visit members.xoom. com/StudClinics). He also initiated the Medical Student-run Clinics of America (MSCA).
“Eventually, we’d like to create a standard model for student-run clinics,” Tom says. By next spring, he hopes to flesh-out his MSCA Web site to include how-to tips and resources for students who want to start a clinic. So far, the MSCA Web site lists 13 clinics—all university-affiliated. He thinks there are around 20 student-run free clinics operating nationwide.
Allegra Melillo suspects there are more. A third-year medical student at Baylor College of Medicine in Houston, Melillo somehow found time to create the HOMES student-run free clinic. “I really felt something was missing from my medical education,” she says. “Getting involved with the community was something I really wanted to do to round things out.”
At HOMES, students eat meals with their homeless patients. “It breaks down barriers,” Melillo says. After the clinic closes, students meet with a psychologist and a family physician to discuss the experiences of the day and reflect on issues like the homeless, access to health care and how they, as health-care professionals, can make a difference. “It enriches us personally as well as technically,” she says.
Some clinics, like HOMES and Sharewood, are run entirely by students. Other student-run clinics are part of medical departments. Students’ participation at the clinics varies. At St. Vincent’s Free Clinic in Galveston, Texas, students do nearly all procedures and treatments while overseen by a physician. At minimum, all student-run free clinics teach students how to interview patients, give shots and change dressings.
The University of Chicago’s Washington Park Clinic targets underprivileged children and is run entirely by first- and second-year students, who do some patient care under the guidance of a physician preceptor.
Hispanics are the primary patient population at the Imani Clinic at the University of California-Davis, where even premedical students volunteer along with medical students.
And Philadelphia’s United Community Clinic targets uninsured inner-city African Americans. Medical students work on community health and education projects. Their patient visits have quadrupled to more than 400 per year since it opened in 1996.
University of Kentucky (UK) medical students volunteer at the Salvation Army Free Clinic in Lexington. Students there provide some medical care with physician oversight but are equally involved in social issues—educating the uninsured and underinsured about child care and family budgeting, for example. The clinic’s goal, according to Mike Schafer, first-year UK medical student, is to create a clinic nationally recognized not only for patient care but for community service and teaching as well. “Working at the clinic is a great reminder that medicine is not all about business and money, but [that it’s] most importantly about meeting needs of those most vulnerable,” Schafer says.
Free clinics are training grounds for practicing teamwork medicine, which is how it’s practiced in the real world but seldom taught in school. “At the HOMES clinic, social workers, pharmacists, [technicians] and physicians work together,” Melillo says. “But in school, we don’t get training in a multidisciplinary practice setting.” Working in a free clinic also teaches practical business skills needed to manage a clinic. “It puts us a step ahead when it’s time to go out and practice,” she says.
For these reasons, student-run free clinics are superb training grounds, no matter where your career path takes you. What’s more, they’ve become important mesh in the nation’s safety net for the uninsured, especially during a time when welfare reform has cut Medicaid enrollment, and funding cutbacks are crippling academic medical centers. —HB
Editor’s note: To learn more about starting and operating a student-run free clinic, visit Jeffrey Tom’s Web site: members.xoom.com/StudClinics. If you currently operate a student-run free clinic, Tom would like to hear from you. Contact him through his Web site, or e-mail him at jtom01@emerald.tufts.edu.
~~~New Physician contributing editor Howard Bell is a medical writer living in Onalaska, Wisconsin.~Community and Public Health~
274~6September~2000-49~Feature~Going on a House Hunt?~LET A GOOD REALTOR BE YOUR GUIDE TO HOME OWNERSHIP.~~~Taking the first tentative steps toward homeownership can seem a little like traveling in a foreign land without the aid of a map. The terrain and language are unfamiliar. But just as a seasoned guide can step in and coax an enjoyable vacation from what was a scary experience, so, too, can a realtor smooth the path to your new home.
With the right type of assistance, buying a home of your own can be much easier than you might expect.
Finding the Right Realtor. Good realtor is your gateway to a source of professional referrals for home inspections, settlement agents and mortgage professionals. She should be able to guide you every step of the way. But how do you find the right realtor?
First, you must understand the difference between a realtor and a real estate agent. A realtor is a member of a local, state and national realtor organization, such as the National Association of Realtors. They are bound by a code of ethics and held to specific standards. A real estate agent, on the other hand, is licensed by the state and is held only to the rules and regulations of the state regulatory body. You should always choose to work with a realtor.
There are many ways to locate a realtor, including getting referrals, attending open houses and searching the Internet. Pick a method that’s most comfortable for you, but do not settle for mediocrity. You should expect to interview potential realtors to ensure your home buying transaction will be handled professionally and with your interests in mind. Ask questions about their negotiating skills, and inquire whether the realtor will act as an agent for the seller, buyer or both.
Seller’s Agent A seller’s agent has all of her loyalty directed to the seller, not you. While it may feel like she’s your best friend, she’s not. Think of a seller’s agent as a spy for the other side, and be careful of what you say to her. For example, let’s say you happen to find a house you like for $150,000. It’s a competitive market, so you mention to the realtor, who is working as a seller’s agent, that you would pay as much as $160,000 if you had to. Because the agent’s primary responsibility is to serve the seller, the agent would be required to share this information with the homeowner—woe to you. Therefore, should you choose to work with a seller’s agent, keep this negotiating information to yourself. This sort of seller’s agent–buyer relationship may seem ridiculous to you, but many real estate transactions occurred this way prior to the evolution of the buyer’s agency.
Buyer’s Agency This relatively new concept has all but replaced the seller’s agent philosophy. In this situation, one agent represents the buyer and the other the seller. Your agent would not disclose pertinent facts to the seller’s listing agent, and all of your agent’s negotiations would be facilitated with your interests in mind. And generally, the buyer’s agent’s commission is collected from the seller’s profits from the sale of the house. So going with a buyer’s agency is a win-win situation for you.
Double Agent But what if you learn a realtor would act as a dual agent? That would mean that she would represent both buyer and seller but would not share information deemed confidential between parties. A disclosed dual agent presents her relationship to both parties in writing up front. It’s OK to purchase a home this way—provided the relationship is disclosed. However, some states have outlawed this practice, deeming it impossible for the agent to serve both parties and represent each fairly.
Budget With a Capital ‘B.’ Homeownership is generally a long-term commitment. If you fail to plan the financial part, you will pay for your mistake for years to come. In most home-buying situations, the lender will keep you from overextending yourself, but he doesn’t know your personal spending habits. A good rule of thumb is to spend 30 percent or less of your gross monthly income on housing expenses. Include mortgage principal and interest, property taxes, homeowner’s insurance, and in the event that you purchase a condominium, all or part of the condo fee in this calculation. (Many times the condo fee includes utilities, so subtract that amount from the fee since the 30 percent rule does not include utilities.)
The Contract Do not get snagged on the small points of home purchasing negotiations. Remember, it won’t be the end of the world if you lose this house, so keep emotions out of the transaction. Keep your head, and keep in mind that in negotiations thousands of dollars get reduced to dollars and cents for monthly mortgage payments. Be sure your contract addresses financing, contingencies and inspections. Your goal is to have a ratified contract—meaning both parties have signed and agreed to all conditions. A good realtor will make this process painless.
Home Inspection This is a valuable tool when purchasing a home, both resale and new. The purpose of a home inspection is to guarantee you’re not buying someone else’s nightmare. Whenever possible, you should be there for the entire inspection. Think of it as a guided tour of your new home. A home inspector will examine all areas of the home, including the heating and cooling systems, roof, appliances and plumbing. At the conclusion of the inspection, you should receive a comprehensive report outlining the inspector’s findings.
For purchases involving newly built homes, frequently there will be two inspections. One will occur just prior to the drywall installation, and the second, when the home is completed.
Closing Once you have a ratified contract, schedule a settlement date. Some states require you to go to an attorney’s office, while others allow title or escrow agents to facilitate a closing. Perhaps one of the greatest anxiety-producers is the amount of money a buyer will need for closing and whether or not estimates will be correct. Your settlement office will be in a position to give you an exact figure 24 to 48 hours prior to your settlement. If you want to have a smooth closing and avoid delays, ask questions like: Has the title been ordered? Was the termite inspection OK? Were there any problems with the survey? Do I have full loan approval? These are some of the more common causes of delays to settlement.
But worries aside, you can count on a good realtor to guide you through the process, allowing you to enjoy it. Happy house hunting.
~~~~Mike Eastman is a senior loan officer with First Guaranty Mortgage Corporation. He can be reached at (800) 296-2275, ext. 261.
This column is sponsored by the AMS Education Loan Trust, which offers the AMSA Advantage Education Loan program.~Medical Student Debt~
275~6September~2000-49~Feature~Major Anxiety~IF YOU THINK BIOCHEMISTRY IS YOUR TICKET INTO MEDICAL SCHOOL, THICK AGAIN.~Paul Jung, M.D.~~Premedical students, welcome to “PremedRx”—a new column that will discuss issues that affect your life, such as the medical school application process, the Medical College Admissions Test (MCAT), extracurricular activities, career options and much more. In this first installment, let’s start with a simple concept—one that will serve as a recurring theme throughout the column—and that’s promoting your unique individuality. This may sound like some hokey, new-age mantra, but it’s a serious idea that most premeds ignore to their ultimate disadvantage.
Dare to Be You. Don’t make the mistake of attempting to conform to some idealized version of the standard premed. You’re probably familiar with the stereotype: a biology major with a 4.0 grade-point average (GPA), 11 or greater on the MCAT, volunteer time at the local hospital and research experience over summer vacation. Although this applicant may be standard, keep in mind that synonyms for standard include ordinary, typical, common, plain, average, unexciting, uninteresting, unremarkable, unexceptional and boring.
A successful medical school application endorses your unique individuality, separating you from the rest of the pack. Don’t waste your time demonstrating your ability to emulate other standard premed attributes. Instead, spend your valuable time cultivating your own abilities. In 1998, there were nearly 56,000 medical-school applicants
for approximately 16,000 first-year seats. Do you really think the accepted applicants all fit the standard stereotype? Of course not. But first things first. Let’s start at the beginning: your college major.
Blinded With Science? Your college major is probably the most obvious and outright opportunity for you to distance yourself from the standard premed stereotype. Surprisingly, countless premeds enter college and insist that a science major should not only prepare them well for medical school but also boost their chances for admission. Ironically, as scientists, if they were to seek out the facts, they would easily dismantle their misguided assumption. Take, for example, the 1998 statistics from the Association of American Medical Colleges—the organization that runs the American Medical College Application Service—showing applicants’ acceptance rates, broken down by major:
- All majors 37%
- Biology 35%
- Chemistry 39%
- Physics 42%
- Biochemistry 43%
- English 46%
- History 49%
- Philosophy 50%
As you can see, humanities majors have higher acceptance rates than science majors. This is a simple fact that many premeds simply ignore, as presumptions are handed down from one ill-informed class to the next. But the numbers are powerful—a 50 percent chance of admission means that a philosophy major can fill out a med school application, then flip a coin to determine whether or not to send it in: heads, they’re accepted; tails, they’re not. The rest have to take their chances with even more unreliable probabilities.
Granted, there are far more science majors applying to med school than humanities majors, on the order of 14:1. And science majors do get into medical school in total higher numbers. But percentages are more important in this case because percentages determine chances.
Think of it this way. Imagine you are a med school admissions dean with 5,000 applications sitting in front of you. As you go through them, one by one, a pattern develops—one that paints a picture of the standard premed applicant, over and over and over again. An admissions dean usually asks two questions when considering each applicant: Is this person qualified for acceptance? Will this person add something interesting to the class?
Lest any of you really think that an admissions dean looks forward to admitting a class of 125 biology majors with 4.0 GPAs, think again. A medical school class is determined to be diverse and vibrant, made up of students with assorted experiences, interests and skills. By presenting the standard application—one that says, “I’m average and usual! Pick me!”—you effectively hamper the school’s efforts to select a diverse class.
Now imagine running across an applicant with a major in history or philosophy. Most likely, you will immediately transfer that applicant’s name to memory and take a decidedly curious interest in that application. This is what happens with admissions deans, and this explains why humanities majors have a higher chance of admission.
On another note, with regards to the idea that studying the sciences may help prepare you for the medical school curriculum, there is no added value to maximizing your science intake as an undergraduate. If it were the case, medical schools would probably encourage you to bone up as much as possible before starting school so that you don’t fail out. They should also offer advanced placement credit for those advanced-level science courses that some undergraduates crave. But they don’t, and the reason is that medical schools want you to be a well-developed student with a well-rounded education.
The courses in medical school are far more difficult than any undergraduate-level offering. Take one look at any medical school class preparing for final exams and you will see students with honors degrees in biochemistry struggling alongside the history majors.
So, no point in fortifying your science knowledge at the expense of your other vast collegiate opportunities. In fact, studies have shown that students of science and humanities majors do equally well in medical school and beyond. The basic minimum requirements for medical school admission is one year of biology, one year of chemistry, one year of organic chemistry and one year of physics. That’s it, and that’s all you need. Some medical schools may require a year of mathematics or English, but those are typically required in any undergraduate curriculum such that you’d be hard pressed to graduate without them.
So what does this mean to you? If you’re at all interested in the humanities, then study them in college. Select one as your major, and do well in those classes. Take the minimum science requirements and apply to medical school. There is no compelling reason for you to jettison your personal interests for four years in science. Some may say that you’ll have very little time and few opportunities to enjoy the humanities later as a physician, so make the most of it in college. These are wise words.
Conversely, if you are truly interested in the sciences, if running gels, titrating solutions and examining shark innards are your cat’s meow, then by all means you should major in the sciences. The point is that you should study what you enjoy and do well in those courses. Whether it’s philosophy, biology, mathematics, economics, music, art history, physics, or biochemistry, study what you like. No major provides better preparation for medical education or medicine than any other, and you should never select
a science major because of the assumption that it will give you an extra advantage in medical school or medical school admissions. The facts are clear.
Enjoy What You Do. The principle of unique individuality can also easily be applied to extracurricular activities. Revisiting the standard application, the most sought-after extracurricular activities among premeds include volunteering in a hospital or laboratory—no doubt to prove their empathy for patients and scientific acumen. Although these activities may be ubiquitous among premeds, there is no rule that these activities are required or necessary for admission to medical school. And there are definitely no facts to support their status as superior activities designed to amplify anyone’s chances of admission. So why does every premed aspire to the bedpan and autoclave?
Again, it’s a standard presumption passed from generation to generation. But there are plenty of medical students who have never held bedpans in a medical ward or run gels at the National Institutes of Health. And there are plenty of medical students who have performed these acts in a mistakenly painful attempt to fortify their medical school application. Again, the advice is to do what you enjoy, and do it well.
Obviously, if you enjoy volunteering in a clinic or working in a lab, do it. But how do you distinguish yourself from those standard premeds who feature identical activities in more flowery language on their own applications? Consider obtaining a qualifying mark such as “Volunteer of the Year” or prize such as a scientific publication or poster presentation at a conference. These not only prove that your activities are legitimate, but that you excel at them.
Remember, unique individuality is the key to medical school admissions. Consider your own application and what it may look like. Are you forcing yourself to conform to someone else’s idea of the standard premed applicant? Or, are you really performing well at what you enjoy?
~~~~New Physician contributing editor Paul Jung is the author of Getting In: How NOT to Apply to Medical School (Sage Publications, 1999), available at MedBookstore.com. E-mail Dr. Jung with your questions and stories at GettingIn@hotmail.com.~Medical Education,Premedical Education~
276~6September~2000-49~Feature~The Online Patient~PHYSICIAN-PATIENT E-MAIL: IT'S TRICKIER THAN YOU THINK.~Rick Stahlhut, M.D., M.S.~~Imagine a technology that would allow you and your patients to communicate instantly, from a distance, at the touch of a button. You could remotely diagnose patient problems, answer questions about therapies, give timely encouragement during difficult lifestyle changes. But there’s a danger to this type of communication. Not speaking face-to-face, you might miss something between the lines—risking your patients’ health and inviting a lawsuit. Add to this the possibility that these novel patient encounters might not be reimbursable, there may be privacy problems and you could become overwhelmed with constant patient requests.
Been There. Done That. When Alexander Graham Bell invented the telephone in 1876, physicians were among its early users, quickly seeing the potential of this new marvel. By the mid 1920s, the telephone was well-integrated into medical practice.
E-mail is the new communications kid on the block, promising similar benefits and risks as those of its telephonic ancestor 100 years earlier. Yet, there are differences between the old and the new—worth knowing if you wish to join the roughly 3 percent of physicians in the United States who touch base with their patients in cyberspace.
The End of Phone Tag. Unlike the telephone, e-mail communication is “asynchronous”—as computer network gurus say—since sender and receiver need not be available at the same time. E-mail-using physicians often find they can answer patient questions more efficiently by sending electronic messages than by using the phone, and they can do it in their own time. They can also more carefully craft their message using
e-mail. Plus, if they have favorite sources of Web-based patient information, they can imbed the URLs in the message. There’s also the added advantage of e-mail’s self-documentation—physicians can just print the entire exchange for insertion into the patient chart.
And think of e-mail’s efficiency. Electronic patient records, linked to e-mail, could be used to identify and contact groups of patients for sending reminders for preventive health measures. Lab results, drug warnings, office newsletters and call schedules could be easily and cheaply distributed with e-mail.
The benefits of improved patient communications should not be underestimated in the time-pressured managed-care era. But are there too many risks?
Common Misperceptions. The risks of e-mail are subtler than the benefits, largely because e-mail is commonly misperceived as immediate, informal, local, temporary, personal and private. In fact, e-mail can be all or none of these.
The immediacy misperception could be extremely dangerous to patients who assume you’re in your office and checking your e-mail regularly. This false assumption may lead them to sending time-sensitive and health-critical questions. But what if you’re actually on vacation?
And because e-mail seems informal, you might be tempted to say things in the message that you would never write in the chart. Harvard University educator and attorney Alissa Spielberg says e-mail communications are a type of medical record and should automatically become part of the chart, so you need to be careful of what you type in your message and recognize that e-mail is not a simple, casual chat. Plus, the federal government could view the e-mail exchange as telemedicine, and as such, it can incur medical liability.
And what about the misperceived geographic closeness of the physician and patient? E-mail appears to be local, or more precisely, the distance between the two typists just doesn’t seem real. What are the implications of giving medical advice to a person who is not your patient and resides in another state? You could find yourself practicing medicine without a license without even realizing it, and your malpractice insurance carrier could try to deny coverage.
Plus, watch out—e-mail isn’t temporary. Yes, you can hit delete, and that may work well at home, but your employer’s e-mail is probably backed up every night, and a long-deleted message may be technically recoverable and legally discoverable. And if your patient has a copy of the message, you’d better have one, too.
As for e-mail’s apparent personal nature, don’t be fooled. Remember, neither of you can actually see the other person. The “patient” may really be an interloper looking for damaging personal information. Even if it is your patient, the visual cues such as facial expressions can lead to misunderstandings—making irony, humor and sarcasm hazardous. Plus, giving bad news through e-mail is insensitive and potentially dangerous. So, you shouldn’t use electronic communication for that type of personal and intimate exchange.
Perhaps most deceptive is e-mail’s semblance of privacy. It appears to be a confidential exchange, but there are complications in both directions. Employers currently have the right to read their employees’ e-mail because they own the system—a risk for both patient and physician. Even if the message is encrypted during transmission, it may become vulnerable when decrypted by the e-mail software. Internet service providers have access to their clients’ e-mail, and they can be legally required to release it. Furthermore, once an e-mail exchange becomes part of the medical record, it assumes the privacy risks of that medium (see The New Physician’s May–June 2000 “InfoMed”). The exchange becomes accessible to third-party payers, employers, law enforcement officials and others the patient may not have expected when the supposedly private, personal e-mail was sent. Therefore, nothing said in e-mail should be considered “off the record,” although legal arguments can be made that e-mail should be considered more private than your progress notes and even stored separately.
Other Risks. Imbedding URLs pointing to online information sources can be perilous if the information you are leading them to changes without your knowledge.
E-mail interface problems can also be troublesome. For example, if you participate in Internet discussion groups, you already know that a message frequently gets sent to the entire group when it should have gone to a specific individual. Errors like these are usually annoying or mildly embarrassing, but in the case of sensitive medical data, such mistakes can be damaging.
Constructing a Safety Net. Given these risks, how can we proceed in a way that is positive for both patient and physician? Ace Allen, editor of Telemedicine Today, describes the proper course: “Do what makes sense clinically, make sure your legal counsel knows what you’re doing, and establish a formal policy.”
The American Medical Informatics Association, as well as Spielberg and other experts, have offered guidelines for e-mail usage which you can use to craft this policy.
First, make patients aware of e-mail’s limitations, and have them enter into a written agreement about how e-mail is to be used in the physician–patient relationship. The agreement would explain why e-mail should not be used for emergency communications, why it isn’t necessarily private, and it should detail what security procedures are in place. It should also say that sensitive information, like mental health and HIV status, should never be discussed in cyberspace. The patient should decide whether encryption must be required or waived, they should be aware of how you will handle your e-mail, whether anyone else in your office will see it, whether e-mail will be printed for the chart, and who else has access to your charts.
Second, follow certain procedures to reduce risks and speed processing. For example, since an interloper might send e-mail posing as one of your patients, don’t just hit “reply.” Instead, create a new message, using the e-mail address the patient initially gave you. Consider asking patients to put standard subject headers (like “Pharmacy,” “Appointment” or “Nurse”) that would allow you to easily route mail that doesn’t need your attention. Agree to answer e-mail within a certain number of days. Include an automatic header in your clinical e-mail, like “This is a confidential medical communication,” and a footer that explains what patients should do in an emergency or when they don’t receive a timely reply.
Third, know that it’s dangerous to give advice to strangers online. As Spielberg explains, “The key issue is whether the e-mail exchange has the hallmarks of a doctor–patient relationship.” If you charge for your advice, for example, you probably established a relationship, and the issues of licensure and malpractice come into play. But if it’s just general advice, like you’d get from a radio call-in show, you’re probably safe.
Finally, recognize that low-income patients may not have access to e-mail. Ensure traditional communication methods survive so the benefits of this new technology for some do not create barriers to access for others.
With careful attention to the risks and an awareness that the online legal waters are largely uncharted, you and your patients can help shape how e-mail is integrated into medical practice and culture.~FURTHER READING
- “On call and online: sociohistorical, legal, and ethical implications of e-mail for the patient–physician relationship.” (Journal of the American Medical Association, 1998; 280.15: 1353–9.), by A. R. Spielberg. Provides a great review of the issues and discusses this topic in greater detail than this column. Highly recommended.
- “Electronic patient–physician communication: problems and promise.” (Annals of Internal Medicine, 1998; 129.6: 495–500.), by K. D. Mandl et al. Offers a somewhat more technical view of e-mail communication, with less emphasis on legal issues.
- “Online without a net: physician–patient communication by electronic mail.” (American Journal of Law & Medicine, 1999; 25.2–3: 267–95.), by A. R. Spielberg. Provides a very detailed legal discussion of the issues. Read this, then give it to your attorney.
- Guidelines for the Clinical Use of Electronic Mail with Patients (www.amia.org/pubs/
pospaper/positio2.htm) from the Journal of the American Medical Informatics Association Vol. 5, No. 1, Jan/Feb 1998. Before you create a policy, read these guidelines.
~~~New Physician contributing editor Rick Stahlhut is a medical informatics writer and consultant. This “InfoMed” marks his final column. If you have questions for Rick, contact him at stahlhut@net-link.net, or check out his Web site, at web.net-link.net/ ~stahlhut/.~Learning Tools and Technology~
277~6September~2000-49~Feature~So You Want to be a...~~Leigh Fortson~~Psychiatry, general surgery, emergency medicine--they all sound good, but which one would you choose? Let The New Physician’s second look at medical specialties guide you to the right career.
In the May–June 2000 issue of The New Physician (TNP), we brought you the first in a two-part series about choosing the right medical specialty to suit your professional and personal needs. We covered what it takes to be a family practitioner, internist, obstetrician–gynecologist or pediatrician. Now, let’s turn our attention to psychiatry, general surgery and emergency medicine and meet specialists in these fields from across the country.
You’ll notice that no two specialists’ stories are the same, yet there are several common factors affecting the nature of all of these careers. For one, there’s location—an emergency room physician in an inner-city hospital will treat far more traumas from violent crime than one in a small, rural community. And then there’s gender—progress has been made, but women specialists still earn only 72 percent of what men make, and most of those financial gains are in nonsurgical fields. Don’t forget to consider administrative realities as a factor—the amount of paperwork physicians must attend to in a private practice far exceeds that in most group practices in which office managers or other staff oversee it. And lastly, there’s managed care—in all specialties, grasping the regulations imposed by managed care requires time, and for many, generates distracting frustrations. This begs the question of whether or not accepting patients covered by HMOs is worth the hassle—a question that each physician must answer.
The following profiles may answer other questions you have about specific demands and rewards unique to each specialty. As you weigh what’s important and how these professions relate to what you want, don’t forget that medical practice is a business as well as a healing art. Although medical schools don’t address many of the business matters you must handle, you will have to be prepared for them nonetheless.
So, as you explore the options of which specialty to pursue, consider finding a mentor with a successful practice and observe what steps she takes to ensure her business’ survival. The majority of specialists TNP interviewed agree: Get some help with the business of your practice. It will pay off handsomely and leave you free to do what you do best—caring for patients.
“Psychiatry is the frontier of medicine,” says Dr. Maria Caserta, director of residency training at the University of Chicago. “The science behind psychology is finally catching up with the rest of medicine. It’s a very exciting time.”
Caserta started her career with a Ph.D. in neurobiology. She transferred those skills to psychiatry 12 years ago because she considered the field’s breakthroughs to be cutting edge. Back in 1988, the genes for such psychological diseases as bipolar disorder were just being detected. Now, the field is exploding with discoveries, and Caserta believes that within months, science will target the mutation of genes associated with many more psychological imbalances, thus enabling the development of pharmaceuticals to treat specific disorders. Physicians now prescribe a handful of general drugs to treat a wide range of psychological disturbances.
Caserta divides her time between teaching, research and seeing about 10 individual patients per week. Typical symptoms she and most psychiatrists treat include depression, difficulty concentrating, not doing well at work or school, behavioral changes, constant crying or anxiety, withdrawal or lack of joy in life, sexual dysfunction, or menstrual problems—or a combination of any of these. Issues commonly examined in a psychiatrist’s office can range from sexuality to financial and career to child abuse and schizophrenia.
Dr. Barry Lieberman of Beverly Hills has been in private practice for 29 years. He schedules about 10 appointments per day, treating individuals, couples and families. Lieberman concurs with Caserta that most patients have a biological underpinning for their problems, and consequently, most are on medication. “Psychiatry is interesting because of the human mind,” he says. “The mind is the function of the brain in the same way that vision is the function of the eye. [Normally] functioning brains lead to normal attitudes. Abnormal thoughts, feelings and behaviors are often neurologically or metabolically based and can be chemically altered in the brain.”
Unlike other therapists, psychiatrists can treat patients physically as well as psychologically through the use of drugs. Even so, Caserta and Lieberman advocate one-on-one psychotherapy with patients as well as prescribing necessary medications. This can be the most fulfilling part of a psychiatrist’s practice.
“You can make the greatest contribution in this field because it allows you to talk to the patient and see the whole person,” Caserta says. “The time I get to spend with my patients is gratifying. People really do improve. It’s very rewarding.”
Lieberman attributes the one-on-one contact to why he doesn’t become weary in this often high-stress profession. “Avoiding burnout and being a good psychiatrist means you have to care about people, be interested in what goes on within them and enjoy helping them change,” he says. “I’m an active cognitive behavioral psychotherapist employing medications when necessary and, through conversations, helping them identify destructive behaviors and attitudes.”
Dr. Julian Pichel of Palo Alto, California, practiced psychiatry for 34 years and is now retired. He believes the mind–body connection to be a legitimate one and a combination of medication and therapy to be the most effective treatment. He cautions young psychiatrists, however, that there is a danger in relying too heavily on drugs. And there’s a lot of pressure to do this—stemming from patients’ demands or pharmaceutical companies’ advertising.
“Doctors have to be discerning,” Pichel warns. “Some patients want to avoid the psychological issues and just want the drugs. Then again, other patients want only to talk and absolutely won’t take medications. I encourage a multifaceted approach.”
Changes that medications have brought to the field are reflected in the public’s perception of psychiatry. “It’s gone from one extreme to another,” Lieberman says. “People used to think psychiatry was just a Freudian thing where the patient would lay on a couch and the doctor would do nothing but listen. Now, people think you are a drug pusher. [But,] it’s neither extreme. Most psychiatrists are in the middle of the spectrum.”
According to the American Medical Association (AMA), approximately 84 percent of psychiatrists occupy an office in either a private or group practice, while 16 percent hold positions at hospitals. In either place, psychiatrists will come upon clients who require long-term pharmaceutical and therapeutic treatment. Most managed-care guidelines, however, restrict the number of patient visits allowed to psychiatrists.
“It doesn’t work to only allow six visits for a patient who really requires 25,” Pichel says. “Serious chronic disorders need more attention and time. HMOs are preventing some lifesaving procedures.”
Lieberman disregards the restrictions. “I’d rather see people for nothing than deal with an HMO. Sometimes that means I don’t get paid anything because I don’t want to have to fight for it.”
Parity legislation has been introduced that would define psychiatry as equally important as primary medical care and allow more reimbursable visits. Some states have already passed such legislation. Pichel encourages new physicians to help change the system by becoming involved in the process. He points out that today’s managed-care gatekeepers include medical experts and not just business people. “If patients and doctors demand change, it will happen,” he says.
Besides managed care, Pichel, Lieberman and Caserta voice only one other significant downside to the profession: patient suicide. Although it rarely happens—Lieberman has lost two patients during his nearly three decades of practice, and Caserta only one—it poses difficult issues. “I felt awful when it happened,” Lieberman says, “but then I was reminded of the limitations of what anyone can do. If I was a cancer specialist, I would lose about half of my patients.”
In terms of salary, Medical Economics reports that psychiatrists begin making about $60,000 per year, but the average annual income ranges between $118,600 and $200,000. Most psychiatrists will say their quality of life takes precedence over financial gains; and autonomy plays a big role in their happiness.
Both Lieberman and Pichel emphasize the value of being their own boss. “But mostly,” Lieberman says, “I love having an influence in people’s lives whom I wind up liking and respecting.”
Maintaining one’s own personal life while helping others with theirs is an important rule to follow in order to succeed in psychiatry. Pichel advises that “the more you tie up your self-esteem with what you do professionally, the more you are setting yourself up for trouble.” He avoided much of the stress that comes with the job by giving his time to a community children’s clinic, the local school district, and participating in recreational activities.
Caserta finds her personal rewards through working in an academic environment. She says it allows her to stay in touch with colleagues and keeps her apprised of new discoveries.
Of the nearly 40,000 licensed psychiatrists currently practicing, approximately one-third of them are women. Although Caserta admits that finding a balance in her life depended on the help of her husband’s flexible work schedule, she urges other woment to seriously consider entering the field. “It’s very rewarding,” she says. “Some of the advances occurring in this century will reveal how the mind and brain work. Because of that, it’s the most exciting field in medicine.”
The more than 4,000 students currently pursuing psychiatry must complete four years of residency. Psychiatric specialties include focusing on children and adolescents, geriatrics, forensics, psychopharmacology and psychoanalysis.
R. Russell Hewlett Lee, now retired, practiced general surgery at the Palo Alto Medical Foundation for 40 years. He says he initially entered the field because he liked working with his hands. But, he cautions that it’s not a relaxed environment. This profession requires surgeons to work on their feet for long—often excruciating—hours at a time. “It’s hard work,” he says. “You’re always on call, and when you get the call, you can’t just have a conversation on the phone. You have to go back to work.”
For the 40,448 surgeons practicing today, work means consulting with people diagnosed with a range of conditions. The vast majority of surgeries—approximately 70 percent—have to do with breast cancer. Surgeons also perform appendectomies, cesarean sections, thyroidectomies, hysterectomies, prostatectomies, as well as procedures for colon and rectal diseases, lower back pain, tonsillitis, gall bladder or other abdominal problems, hernias and hemorrhoids. Laparoscopic surgery has simplified the field and enabled faster recovery for patients, but due to the emotional trauma that often accompanies surgery—especially breast cancer procedures—Dr. Marshall Ravden of San Diego says it’s important to remember you’re dealing with people when they’re at their worst.
“[So,] you need to be compassionate; show them you’re concerned for their problem,” he says. “Even if you’re rushed, all that matters is to show that you’re interested in them.”
As a staff surgeon at Kaiser Permanente, being rushed is a problem Ravden has to deal with on a daily basis. Even so, he prefers that pressure to the stress he endured for 11 years in private practice in Connecticut. Although he enjoyed his autonomy and a thriving client base, the countless hours of having to explain himself to insurance companies became too burdensome. He tried merging his practice with another business to consolidate overhead and share the tedium, but he still wasn’t happy. When told about a job at Kaiser in San Diego, his first thought was, “Over my dead body.” Now, nine years after signing up, Ravden is one of 3,200 surgeons around the country on staff at a hospital or with an HMO, and he says he wouldn’t go back. He makes as much money as his friends do in private practice, but he says he doesn’t have the headaches.
Location is important when considering general surgery. Lee urges new physicians to carefully research where they want to work. “Make sure the group you’re joining has quality surgeons who are smart, honest, capable with their hands and personable. Get to know them before you join up. Otherwise you [may] end up with either 100 percent workaholics or goof-offs.”
Another reason to connect with a good group is to give yourself a personal life. According to Ravden, being on call never ends for a general surgeon, and a 60-hour workweek is typical. That time is spent conducting about 50 inpatient visits and performing up to 20 procedures in the operating room per week. On average, he finds himself in the operating room close to 500 times per year. Teaming up with other surgeons promises intellectual stimulation and the ability to participate in family vacations, conferences and educational seminars, he says.
For the 10 percent of surgeons who are women, job sharing is a common way to find time for their own families. For Ravden and Lee, holding faculty positions within California’s state university system contributes to a high level of personal satisfaction. And, with time, they say, everyone finds a unique recipe for success.
“You need a sense of humor and high tolerance for stress,” Lee says. “If you’re operating and a major blood vessel goes crazy, and you don’t have the right instrument to deal with it, you have to be adaptable.”
He says the greatest anxiety develops when someone—especially a child—dies on your table. “It’s devastating to doctors to have to tell people whom [they’ve] never met that [they] did everything they could to save [the family’s] loved one but couldn’t.”
Even with the long hours and stressful situations, Lee and Ravden recommend a general surgery specialty. New surgeons start earning about $150,000 per year, while more seasoned doctors average $190,000. Higher paid surgeons earn up to $300,000. But Ravden, a native of South Africa, sternly advises choosing this specialty for the right reasons—and these don’t include your salary.
“It’s sick to do this for the money,” he says. “You must go into it because you have a feel for the work, find it interesting and know you’ll be comfortable with it. Choosing medicine for the money is what is backfiring now in this country, and one of the reasons there are so many lawsuits.”
General surgery residency lasts five years for the 8,000 students who annually choose this field. Specialties include general, vascular, pediatric, trauma/critical care and hand surgery.
If you can gracefully handle chaos, alcoholics, sleepless nights, a lack of routine and short-term relationships with patients, then consider going into emergency medicine.
“I really like the variety,” says Dr. Kenneth Scissors of Grand Junction, Colorado. “You’ll have a newborn in one room and a 99-year-old in the next. You have to be equally comfortable with both.”
Traditionally, most physicians who choose emergency medicine are trained in family practice, but Scissors began as an internist. After 12 years, he grew tired of constantly being on call, having few days off, and getting aggravated at managed-care issues. Plus, he wasn’t enjoying his patient population. So, he switched to emergency medicine.
“When you’re a primary care doctor,” he says, “you don’t get to pick and choose whom you work with, and that can be difficult. You’re bound professionally to love your patients dearly, but a lot of them are highly dysfunctional. It’s tempting to cave in to their neurotic demands. One of the things I like about being an [emergency room] doctor is that you don’t get trapped.”
He says he thrives on the emergency room’s erratic and intense atmosphere and the short-lived relationship with patients. But there is a downside to being unfamiliar with patients. Scissors thinks patients who don’t know you are often uncomfortable revealing the gravity of their situation.
“Most of the time you think chest pains are just heartburn,” he says. “But when the work-up comes back, and you realize [the patient] had a mild heart attack, you understand that you have one shot with these people, and if you blow it, you’re dead meat. And so are they.”
During his typical 12-hour shift, Scissors cares for patients with broken bones, chest pains and strokes, kids with high fevers, and a colorful array of middle-of-the-night patients who either have had too much to drink or reveal a not-so-hidden agenda for their visit.
“You get a mix of people—[those] with real injuries, those with psychological disturbances who get scared from bodily sensations, and those who fabricate stories to get drugs or [as] an excuse to get off work. You have to be on your toes to sort it all out and treat everyone fairly, but make sure you’re also being appropriate,” he says.
Dr. Bob Pitts, who practices in Middlebury, Vermont, agrees that the work is gratifying and prefers the schedule in emergency medicine to other specialties. Like Scissors, he works three 12-hour shifts per week, starting at either 7 a.m. or 7 p.m. That leaves plenty of time for family, vacations and even solitude. The only hard part is losing sleep, or having to make it up on days off.
“You have to be able to fall asleep any time, day or night,” Pitts says. “If you can lay down and sleep anytime and anywhere, then you can do this job.”
During a typical shift, Pitts treats about 30 patients. He, too, favors the short-term relationships of the ER, but is also attracted to how critical and exciting the interactions can be. “Even though you don’t get to know patients well, you can still have a big impact on how they tolerate what’s happening to them.”
There are two types of emergency medicine physicians: those certified by the American Board of Emergency Medicine and most likely to work in trauma units, and those mainly oriented to primary care issues. Trauma care emergency medicine physicians deal with such life-threatening conditions as head injuries, gunshot or stab wounds, organ damage and other multiple injuries, often leading to emergency surgery. Only large hospitals in bigger cities tend to house trauma units in their facilities.
Dr. Rick Steinmark practices at New Britain General Hospital about 30 minutes from Hartford, Connecticut. Although he is board certified in critical care, many of the emergency medicine doctors he works with are not. He says that doesn’t matter to him, because they generally treat the same conditions and are capable of performing whatever is necessary. Some of his more complex and rare procedures include emergency surgeries on the chest area to stop bleeding or release pressure around the heart, inserting a tube into the chest to drain out blood, or inserting tubes into the neck to enable breathing. But like most emergency medicine physicians, he usually attends to simpler, less urgent needs.
Pitts and Steinmark are salaried by the hospital regardless of how many patients they see. As such, Steinmark works a 40-hour week and spends just under half of his time on paperwork, although not entirely answering to HMOs. What irks him most about his job, however, is the message that managed care sends to people about when they can and cannot visit the ER.
“If [patients] have chest pains, managed care tells them to call their doctor,” Steinmark says. “That goes against all recommendations. They should go immediately to the ER. Emergency rooms are the safety net for society. We’re here 24/7, and when they come in, they’re ours.”
At times, that means the hospital won’t be reimbursed for the visit, but ER physicians don’t have to worry about this—that’s up to hospital administration to resolve. Scissors has even less contact than Steinmark does with managed care because he’s contracted with the hospital as part of a fee-for-service group of ER doctors. It’s a break-even deal for the hospital, but he says hospital administrators recognize the ER as an entrance point to hospital stays, so their relationship is mutually beneficial.
A survey published in Academic Emergency Medicine cites that starting salaries for this profession begin around $110,000, average at $140,000 and peak at $160,000. “It’s not like you get rich,” Scissors says, “but I make about the same as an internist now and work half the time.”
Women make up less than one-fifth of the 21,233 practicing emergency medicine physicians, but that number is growing as approximately one-third of the emergency medicine doctors under the age of 35 are female. The 3,125 residents now in training will remain in their emergency medicine programs for three to four years.
~
~~~Colorado-based freelance writer Leigh Fortson specializes in covering health care and alternative medicine. Part I of TNP’s look at medical specialties can be found in our May–June 2000 issue.~Career Development~
278~7October~2000-49~Feature~Dating Dramas~~Elizabeth A. McNichol~~If Ally McBeal has difficulty with dating in her lawyer world, imagine what it would be like if she were a medical student.
So here’s the scenario: I’m sitting in the library at a high-profile university that also has a high-profile teaching hospital. I don’t do this often. I am old. Which, for the purposes of this story, means I’m 27. I’m minding my own business, tending to my lesson plans for an upcoming high-school class I’m teaching on journalism. It is a Sunday afternoon. There’s no one else sitting at my four-person table, no one else sitting within 20 feet of me. I have papers strewn everywhere. I have placed a Diet Dr. Pepper bottle to the right of my notepad, which, I presume, will effectively mark my working territory if the mess that I have created does not already do so. I get up to walk to a computer. I’m gone five minutes—no, more like three. And when I return, there he is.
The space-impeder.
He has forsaken all the time-tested rules of personal space at the library—unless they have changed in the five years since I left college—and he has plopped himself right down in the chair to the left of mine. Not across from me. Next to me. And in front of him, he has more pages with words that end in o-l-o-g-y than Webster’s. There are six superior textbooks of such heft and size that the state of Texas would be impressed. Here is Harcourt; there, Brace and Jovanovich. There are practice tests. And there are No. 2 pencils.
Ladies and gentlemen, what we have here is a medical student.
“Oh, sorry,” he says innocently. “I didn’t mean to intrude on your space.”
“Oh, that’s OK,” I say, when what I’m really thinking is, Why did you, then?
But it’s fine. We have a lovely conversation. I know far too much about him by the time my business is finished an hour later. Later in the week, I find out why. He is on an advanced personal relationship schedule, you see, because he is about to take Step I and about to start Year Three, which must be capitalized to underscore the fact that Time As We Know It will be altered soon. Clinical rotations. In no time, based upon the fact, it seems, that we both enjoy reading The Onion online, he tells me he believes we just might spend the rest of our lives together. Or maybe not. Either way, I must have patience. “Patience, please. I am a medical student.”
Well, skip to the end of the story. We will not be picking out china patterns anytime soon. But I found it interesting, this advanced time continuum he held, this desire to have all the answers, know all the possible peccadilloes, to write a prescription for success before a diagnosis of mutual attraction had even been settled upon. And so I wondered: Do medical students have a different dating style? And the answer is: yes, sort of.
“Dating is almost a necessary part of medical school,” says American Medical Student Association (AMSA) president Dr. Sindhu Srinivas. “Dating helps you get through it. To have someone who is a mutual support—that’s just critical.”
This much is almost universally agreed upon by medical students, and indeed, who can argue with the value of a relationship in adding joy to what is invariably a pressure-cooker time? But, as was the problem with my friend at the library, medical students say it’s difficult to separate who they are from what they do, and that includes dating.
Among the biggest quandaries students consider is exactly who to date. Not a question of basics—blond, brunette, tall, short—but of whether a significant other should also be wearing a stethoscope. For some, the thought of spending every waking hour attached to medicine, even when outside the classroom or clinic, is as appealing as the smell of formaldehyde in a cadaver lab.
“I personally would not want to date anyone in my program,” says Eric Hodgson, a fourth-year medical student at the University of Maryland. “I don’t like to mix relationships with medical school. I’d like to have a separation between the two. But a lot of that depends on your perspective. I’ve found that students who go straight from college to medical school view it as a continuation of their education. I took three years off and worked before I started medical school, and I see being a student like I’m going to work every day. And I wouldn’t want to date anyone I work with.”
Dr. Dave Grande, a first-year resident at the University of Pennsylvania, agrees that there is no right or wrong answer to dating within the medical school community, though he, too, once thought it was a terrible idea.
“For a while I never thought I’d date anyone in medical school,” Grande says. “I thought it would just overwhelm your life, just take up every second, to be around someone who was in medicine, too.”
In his final year of medical school at Ohio State University College of Medicine, however, Grande changed his mind. “As I became more interested in issues around my profession, and in certain causes and values associated with it, that’s when I realized that I can’t just leave it behind at the end of the day.”
He met Srinivas, who was then in her last year at UMDNJ–New Jersey Medical School, through AMSA, and “we discovered we had a lot of shared goals and values in life,” he says. “We had common visions, and that made the idea of being in a relationship with someone of the same profession very rewarding. Sindhu and I have become sort of each other’s consultant, confidantes for what we both believe, whereas it wouldn’t be that way with someone on the outside.”
Of course, the relationship is not without its struggles. Grande is a three-hour drive from Washington, D.C., where Srinivas serves as AMSA’s national president. She’ll apply for the Match in 2001.
“Hopefully,” says Grande, “next year we’ll be in the same city.”
While the situation may not be ideal, Srinivas says she has many friends who view the long-distance relationship as an optimal one when you’re in medical school.
“There are situations where one person will be in a long-distance relationship with someone who is not in med school, and they say it’s nice to get away and visit for a weekend, because you have the freedom to enjoy each other’s company when all the stress is too far away to touch.”
And that stress can be all consuming in a relationship, whether you are next door or in the next time zone.
“One of the hardest things about dating another medical student is making mental time for things that aren’t medicine-related,” Srinivas says. “When Dave was [AMSA] president and I was in school, we had to make a conscious effort not to talk about medicine. In many ways, it’s a natural thing, regardless of profession. You want to talk about each other’s day.
“But,” she adds with a laugh, “it’s also kind of annoying after a while.”
Even when you’ve set the medical world outside your dating parameters, however, maintaining a relationship while in medical school is no enviable task. Many students find themselves prioritizing people the same way they prioritize their studies. And very often, the studies win.
“This is a situation where you have a lot of type-A personalities,” says Srinivas, “people who are used to succeeding, who have very focused efforts on their studies. And I’ve seen a lot of relationships suffer because of that.”
Hodgson knows that fact all too well. He dated an economics professor for two-and-a-half years and was happy with the relationship, pleased to be grounded in something that had nothing to do with medicine. Little did he know that medicine, in fact, was having everything to do with why it was unraveling before he could notice.
“I thought my partner would be working on the relationship, even when I was too busy to,” Hodgson says. “There’s not a lot of emotional time to divide among a lot of people. I have my family, and I keep in contact regularly with a few close friends, but other than that, it becomes hard. You have to be with someone who is very understanding. There is a huge time commitment, especially during the third year, and not much time to devote to nurturing a relationship. It’s why mine didn’t work out.”
When the rare opportunity for free time does appear, “you have a long list of things you want to do in a short span of time, things you neglect otherwise,” Srinivas says. “I have a friend who’s been dating the same guy all through school. She wants to spend all her time away from medicine with him; he wants to spend it with the boys.”
It’s a highly concentrated version of the primordial story partners always battle, of course, and one that isn’t resolved easily. Lauren Ramers, the daughter of a small-town family practitioner, couldn’t believe the irony when her “smart but slacking” boyfriend, Christian, decided to enter medical school. They were married just before he began his medical studies at the University of California, San Diego, and she says she was prepared for the worst year possible. One of the ways she helped him cope was to give him space.
“There are times when Christian wants to hang out with friends or other people during his free time, and I know that he feels like he should spend his free time with me,” she says. “I try to create opportunities for him to have alone time. I go to L.A. to see friends. I went away with my mom for spring break. I’m not always around because I have a busy work schedule, and so when he wants to do things, he has that freedom. I always try to encourage him to pursue his own individual interests—drumming classes, hanging out with the guys, etc.”
Ramers also provided support by leaving little cards and notes with motivational messages to get him through the day. And the physical part of their relationship, when possible, was key, she says. “Christian would say regular sex helped ease the stress,” she says. “I don’t mean to be crude, but it’s true.”
But for every committed relationship of a medical student, there are those students who recognized early on that dating for dating’s sake—dating as a necessary function of medical school—means they can take a pass on serious emotional involvement. Srinivas points to a classmate, for example, who has dated six different men in her medical school class—so far—“and she admits that she dates just because she wants that support, that she wants someone and not necessarily that person.”
Many medical students wouldn’t blame this woman, however. They know how difficult it is to meet new people while juggling pathology tomes and pediatric rounds. Often, the sole consideration in the weekend date is simple proximity. “The pool isn’t so big in medical school classes,” Srinivas says. “So you can end up dating people who have dated three or four of your close friends, too.”
For Hodgson, who is gay, the challenges to meet a compatible mate are more insuperable. “There are not a lot of environments to meet people when you have so little time and don’t want to hang out in bars,” he says. “For me, the Internet works as well as anything else.”
And because medical students have so few windows of opportunity to devote to their personal lives, often relationships move more quickly, developing over those short periods of down time. It’s an approach that Robert J. Sternberg, Ph.D., a professor of psychology and education at Yale University who studies love and relationships, calls a “cookbook” story of love—a scripted way of thinking about how a relationship should or must evolve. Sternberg’s research holds that relationships are borne from and often fail because of the kinds of stories we fashion for ourselves, the way each of us views our role in a relationship. For the student who is happy jumping from partner to partner without emotional attachment, the story is one of objectification. “In all these [object] stories, the partner is valued not for himself or herself but for the role the partner plays,” Sternberg says.
Still other medical students may view their relationship with a non-student as a business partnership, according to Sternberg, particularly if he or she is helping foot the academic bill.
When students like Srinivas and Grande do click, even their futures must also be calculated to fit into the physician’s time frame. “A lot of people in medical school end up in a strange situation when they apply for residency, because they have to make a decision about whether the relationship is serious enough to arrange the residency based on it. People make that decision by their fourth year, and the net result is a lot of weddings,” Grande says, laughing.
Ramers, who met her husband six years before they married, cautions that medical students should understand that their partners may bear the brunt of their high-expectation environment in very personal ways as well. Although she has a master’s herself and has received her own professional recognition as a teacher, she says she went through a period when she felt “less smart” than Christian. “He was doing so well in school, was published in [the Journal of the American Medical Association], and I started to feel overshadowed by his success.”
It was a fear she’d seen happen while growing up, when her mother, a nurse who quit working to take care of her family, felt the same way. But the Ramers resolved the problem by doing what she says is the true secret to dating or living with a medical student—they talked.
“Communication is the key,” she says. “You can have love and passion and admiration and attraction, but without solid, honest, real and frequent communication, you can lose a beautiful relationship.”
~~~~Elizabeth A. McNichol is a contributing editor to The New Physician and a freelance writer based in Chapel Hill, North Carolina.~Student Life and Well-Being~
279~7October~2000-49~Letter from Afield~The Dry Season~ENCOUNTERING LIMITATIONS AND PROGRESS AT A KENYAN HOSPITAL.~Dan Handel~~As we made the four-hour ride northwest from Nairobi to Eldoret, I was shocked to see zebra grazing along the road. Suddenly, I realized I was in Africa.
I was a bit jet-lagged from the 20-plus-hour flight, so as my driver dodged all the potholes, I was more fascinated by the roadside stands than our many close calls with oncoming traffic. These stands didn’t seem to have anyone running them, but if you looked carefully, you could find the vendors hidden in the shade of a nearby tree.
It was late March, and the Rift Valley in western Kenya awaited the beginning of the rainy season. A part of the world made famous as the birthplace of humanity, the valley is an agricultural area today. While some farmers tended to their livestock, many others simply waited around for the rains to come.
I was traveling to Moi University Faculty Health Services in Eldoret, where I would spend three months studying at the Moi University Teaching and Referral Hospital. Moi, like other medical facilities in Kenya, is lacking in basic services; however, it is also a teaching facility that graduates 40 badly needed physicians each year.
The lack of medical services makes spraying for mosquitos necessary. Endemic malaria poses a constant threat to the area, especially with the approaching rainy season. Some people, including two of the medical students with whom I was staying, had malaria so many times that they reacted to it just as they would with a cold. I, on the other hand, was terrified of it, and I took my weekly mefloquine religiously.
The frustrating part of malaria is that it would not be such a major killer in Africa if people could simply afford the medicine, but that is one of the many barriers to health care on this continent.
Since there is no such thing as health insurance in Kenya, and the government does not provide extensive health services, the treatment that a patient receives is entirely dependent on what he or she can afford. In determining treatment, Moi clinicians would ask patients what they could afford. Starting with the optimal treatment, clinicians would work their way down the list until they found something that the patient could pay for. Because of this, many basic drugs like fluconazole could only be given to the wealthiest patients. It may seem cruel, but Kenyans believe a bankrupt hospital can treat no one, so they struggle on despite a host of limitations.
For example, bed space is limited, and sometimes two people shared a bed. There is a tuberculosis (TB) isolation ward, but the number of positive cases almost always exceeds its capacity, so the overflow is put in with the rest of the ward.
The high incidence of TB is due to the high incidence of immunosuppression, primarily caused by HIV. There is still such a stigma associated with the disease that HIV-positive individuals are referred to as “seropositive” or “ELISA-positive.” One fifth-year medical student came down with TB last year and suddenly became ostracized by his classmates—even with the medical profession, the stigma persists.
Diabetes is common there, too. In the medicine ward, the stories were all similar. Either the patient couldn’t afford to buy the insulin or was unable to refrigerate it properly. Common blood sugar levels for admitted diabetic patients ranged around the 300s, assuming that sugar strips could be found to get a reading, which never could be done on weekends for some reason or another. Even after their blood sugars were normalized, many patients hung around while they tried to figure out a way to pay their hospital bills, for they could not leave until they did. One man in his early 20s, standing at least six-and-a-half feet tall sat around several weeks in his pink, breast cancer awareness shirt. He occasionally went to the snack stand outside to buy a Coke, apparently unaware of his dietary restrictions.
Many patients waited for care. A man with pneumothorax sat in agony for days as we tried to convince him we needed to put in a chest tube. On the morning that we were going to finally put one in, I saw hospital staff rolling out his corpse before rounds. No one would know exactly what he died from; autopsies cost money.
The medicine practiced at Moi is with minimal equipment. X-rays could be done, which are usually only posterior–anterior and not lateral, but there are no view boxes, and films must be read with natural light. The CT-scanner worked fine, but very few people could afford to have it done. Lab tests were sometimes inaccurate, and on some days either everybody or nobody had malaria-positive blood smears. To get the more sophisticated tests, a patient would be sent to the Nairobi Hospital Lab.
The operating room had its troubles as well. A large, benign jaw tumor in one man was inoperable, because the plastic surgeon needed to resect it wouldn’t be in town until November.
In the outpatient clinics, there was an emphasis on immunization. During one afternoon, 95 doses of meningitis vaccination had been acquired to give to the hospital workers on a “first-come, first-served” basis. Within an hour, the vaccines were gone, but the people kept coming.
The clinics did more than just immunize, though. They provided counselors as well. Because of the emphasis in rural Kenyan communities on having large families, many women came to the clinic seeking contraceptive counseling, and most did so without their husbands knowing. The method of choice among them was an undetectable, injectable Depo-Provera shot.
Despite the difficult circumstances under which medicine is practiced in Kenya, things are taking a turn for the better. When four faculty members at Indiana University were interested in beginning an extensive collaboration with a foreign medical school, they were drawn to the new program at Moi, which, since its inception 11 years ago, has established an internationally reputable medical school that produces quality physicians adept at practicing medicine in the constrained environment of a developing nation.
In 1989, Moi and Indiana teamed up to begin a cooperative program. Over the past 11 years, they established the first long-term collaboration between an American and a sub-Saharan university. Due to the resounding success of the agreement, the schools renewed the 10-year contract last year, and they hope future efforts establish other cooperative programs in the region.
Other progress is also evident. Four additional operating rooms have been recently built at Moi to meet the high surgical demand. And collaborations with international medical programs like the one at Moi assure that the faculty and students are exposed to the latest advances in medical technology, even if the accessibility of such technology for this patient population is several years away.
~~~~Dan Handel is a third-year student at Northwestern University Medical School in Chicago.~Community and Public Health,International Health~
280~7October~2000-49~Feature~Into the Streets~~Rebecca Sernett~~First came the ‘Battle of Seattle.’ Then, large-scale protests erupted in cities nationwide over economic globalization and corporate greed. Think it has nothing to do with you? Think again.
In Washington, D.C., in a drizzling, spring rain, they walk to the beat of metallic and plastic-sounding drums, chanting “This is what democracy looks like! Off the sidewalks, into the streets!” Thousands move across the puddly asphalt, many waving “Spank the Bank” banners, dressed in costumes and carrying gigantic puppets in the forms of pigs, turtles, skulls and humans. At times, they stop, lock arms and form a human chain, blocking traffic, until they are torn away by men in uniform. At other moments, they’re dancing in the park underneath the cherry blossoms, dragging dumpsters into the streets, listening to speakers on the Mall and undergoing protest training in churches and warehouses. And then there are the hours of standoff with police and the arrests. Some protesters get beaten and tear-gassed. Still, many remain safe in their numbers, their solidarity providing them protection to continue their civil disobedience.
Their cause? If you ask any of the individuals on the streets why they’re staging protests—and “staging” is the correct term, for these movements are highly organized and orchestrated events—their underlying answer will be this: They want to make a change, and it’s not a simple one. They crave a grand transformation involving three powerful giants—the International Monetary Fund (IMF), World Bank and World Trade Organization (WTO)—and the values protesters say these institutions represent, namely corporate greed. Protesters claim this greed has infected the democratic workings of the United States and threatens populations around the world through economic globalization. Activists’ demands vary from reforming to abolishing these organizations.
Mainstream media’s cursory glance at the December 1999 Seattle, April 2000 Washington, D.C., and July and August 2000 Philadelphia and Los Angeles protests hasn’t elicited much information. So far, the protesters have been accused of being just a bunch of kids with too much time on their hands—snotty suburban kids at that. They’ve been labeled anarchists with a mission to cause chaos. And they’ve been criticized for being too diverse—their movement lacking in cohesion. But this can’t be the entire or true story. In fact, the only way to know who these protesters are and what they’re angry about is to start talking to them—after all, many are your classmates and colleagues (See “Diary of a Student–Activist,” p. 13). Many are health-care professionals and students who feel bound by a sense of duty to participate in this growing movement against globalization.
THE HOLY TRINITY
“The greatest threat to our world is our mindless acceptance of corporate values. And the holy trinity of the IMF, World Bank [and] WTO are the most prominent vehicles for this corporate colonization of the world,” says Rian Podein, a third-year Temple University medical student who participated in the Washington, D.C., and Philadelphia protests. His language is common among many protesters, full of imagery and passion but lacking in detail that would help outsiders understand what he’s really talking about.
The IMF, World Bank and WTO are commonly referred to in activists’ camps as being members of the “holy trinity.” They earn this lofty status with the power they wield around the world, protesters say. Many in the United States have heard about the WTO, but the World Bank and the IMF are somewhat murkier institutions to the general American public.
The IMF and World Bank were created in 1946 at the Bretton Woods conference in New Hampshire. Twenty-nine countries signed on to the agreement, initiating the World Bank (then called the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development) as a financial agency to help rebuild war-torn Europe and aid impoverished countries’ development. The IMF’s assignment was to regulate an international monetary system and facilitate global trade. The WTO’s history begins here as well, with the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade, after an effort to establish an international trade organization failed. The WTO was established in 1995.
Now known primarily as a multilateral lending agency, the IMF has 182 member countries, with the United States owning almost 20 percent of the organization’s voting power. For every dollar a country contributes to the lending pot, it gets a vote. The wealthier the nation, the more it contributes. But the member countries don’t really vote. Instead, decisions are made in conferences behind closed doors.
That’s part of the problem, says Robert Naiman, senior policy analyst at the Center for Economic and Policy Research (CEPR) and co-author of A Survey of the Impacts of IMF Structural Adjustment in Africa: Growth, Social Spending and Debt Relief. “It’s difficult for anyone outside of the process to know what’s going on,” he says.
What gets decided at these meetings is important, activists say, for of the three institutions, many argue that the IMF wields the most power. “But they all have very long tentacles,” says Robert Weissman of the Washington, D.C.-based activist group Essential Action. It helped organize the protests against the IMF and World Bank in the nation’s capital and is connected with Green Party presidential candidate Ralph Nader.
Public enemy No. 1 for many activists is the IMF’s and World Bank’s (the two are interconnected) structural adjustment policies. Practically unheard of in the United States, these programs have impacted countries across the globe for decades. Countries take special low-interest loans from the IMF, and as a condition of the loans and some World Bank programs, they must restructure their government spending. IMF senior press officer Kathleen White says these “corrective measures” are geared to stabilizing a country’s economy and encouraging development.
Many of the requirements include making cuts in areas the IMF deems “unproductive”; frequently these involve a government’s public health and education spending—although the institution says it encourages spending in these areas. The IMF is also accused of encouraging countries to privatize their industries, eliminate government subsidies for food and other popular items, reduce trade barriers and invite foreign investors. This ideology, Naiman says, is an “aggressively free-market one [with] absolutely no role for government.”
And as a result of the restructuring, critics say, these programs have crippled many already suffering nations around the world, especially in sub-Saharan Africa, and introduced profit-hungry managed-care organizations (MCOs) into Latin America.
For example, they point to such countries as Zimbabwe and Mozambique. According to the CEPR report, in the early 1990s, Zimbabwe entered into a reform program in order to obtain a $484 million IMF loan. Among the loan requirements, the country had to lower the minimum wage and eliminate certain guarantees of employment security. As a result of these changes, public health sector employees’ income dropped dramatically, causing many physicians to move to private businesses. For Zimbabwe’s poor, this meant a decrease in quality of and access to health care, Naiman says. Similar problems resulted in Mozambique when it began to modify its government spending as part of the IMF’s Heavily Indebted Poor Countries program. “People were better off when they had universal services,” Naiman says.
The same is true in terms of health care in Latin America, according to Dr. Howard Waitzkin, a practicing physician and director of community medicine at the University of New Mexico (UNM). He calls globalization “the No. 1 policy issue facing us today, [and it’s] generally quite deleterious.” In 1999, he co-authored a study about the exportation of MCOs to Latin America, which was published in the New England Journal of Medicine. Waitzkin says his research shows that MCOs have led to an increase in barriers to health care for many Latin Americans who can’t afford the system’s user fees.
The IMF contends it doesn’t impose reforms on a member country. It says member countries come to them and seek advice on sensitive issues. “This is a cooperative institution,” White says. But many outsiders, especially these activists, don’t believe it.
“That’s basically a lie,” Naiman says. In IMF’s private meetings, he says, “some animals are more equal than others.” But he concedes that “the [IMF’s power] varies from case to case and country to country. Bigger economies have better leverage.… If Mozambique told the IMF to get lost, it’d likely be cut off by many bilateral aids.” He explains that many countries and institutions, including the World Bank, require the IMF’s seal of approval before lending assistance. So if Mozambique were to default on their IMF loan, he says, it would be closing the door to future help.
The crux of the issue for many protesters is this inequality between smaller and larger countries, corporations and communities, and, in general, institutions and individuals. They complain that the imbalance of power results in steep injustices and abuse, which leads to monetary and control gains for those who already wield more power.
“Democratically elected governments are [made] impotent,” says Simon Ahtaridis, a third-year Temple University medical student who participated in the IMF/World Bank and Philadelphia protests. He accuses the two institutions and the WTO of not being held accountable for their programs and for not instituting safeguards protecting communities from the jaws of corporate interests. Ahtaridis points to the cases involving totalitarian or corrupt governments. These leaders aren’t too interested in doing what’s best for their people. And this becomes dangerous, he says, when that government negotiates with the IMF, World Bank or WTO on policies that could affect everything from what crops farmers should plant to how much help families can get in sending their children to school. “That undermines communities,” he says.
In terms of the WTO, protesters charge the organization with bowing to corporate influences. Probably some of the sharpest criticism lately of WTO trade laws involves the international AIDS crisis.
Activists around the world, including members of the World Health Organization, charge that the WTO “Agreement on Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights” (which refers to patents, copyrights and trademarks) allows pharmaceutical companies to price their drugs higher and out of the range of HIV-infected individuals in impoverished nations.
So where do the Philadelphia and Los Angeles protests fit in? Activists say they were taking advantage of the media attention surrounding the two political party conventions to bring about some sort of national debate on their specific causes and the larger issue of corporate influences on the U.S. political system. Whether or not this worked (few mainstream news media outlets paid attention to the protesters, except to show some arrests), activists say the convention protests proved to be powerful unifying events for themselves, regardless of their varying agendas.
Ahtaridis describes the Philadelphia protests, known to activists as R2K, like this: “One person’s cause was everyone’s cause. Every cause moved our society in a more just, democratic and sustainable direction. So, whether it was universal health care, protecting rain forests, freeing Mumia [Abu-Jamal], campaign finance reform or ending human rights abuses, everyone was there for the same reason—to make the world a better place.”
BUT STILL, MANY SLEEP
“Why protest? Sometimes bad ideas get stuck in society, becoming so politically correct you can’t question them. Slavery, apartheid, denying women the vote—all of these appalling practices were politically correct years ago,” says Dr. Rick Stahlhut, who attended the Washington, D.C., and Philadelphia protests. “None of these situations changed merely because people voted for the right party, or because experts had calm discussions. They changed because brave, ordinary people took to the streets and made injustices obvious. Protests woke up the public and encouraged reformers inside the system to act.”
Not every activist on the street understands the specific workings of the institutions they’re protesting, but all talk about the movement’s basic principle: taking power out of the hands of corporations (which many activists refer to as having “superhuman rights”) and giving it back to the people.
“We’re trying to alleviate the damage that can occur just by capitalistic forces,” says Rael Cahn, a second-year University of California, San Diego, medical student. Cahn was one of thousands protesting on the West Coast in Seattle and Los Angeles. “It’s inevitable that globalization will occur, but it’s just a question [of] what will happen,” he says. “The people in these groups aren’t evil, really, in their hearts; they’re just not thinking about what they can do.” So, in march the activists.
Dr. Kirk Murphy, a practicing psychiatrist and assistant clinical professor at the University of California, Los Angeles, describes the protests as “the immune system of the body politic” battling what he calls “a cancer.” Murphy participated in the Seattle, Washington, D.C., and Los Angeles protests as a medic, healing lacerations, broken bones and the effects of the police’s chemical weapons. However, these ills are much easier to cure than the problems protesters complain about. They say a long road awaits them.
In order to succeed at their mission, they say there needs to be massive awakening, within the United States and countries worldwide. Protests against the IMF, World Bank and WTO have been occurring in other nations, long before the “Battle of Seattle.” And, there have been several attempts within Congress to cut U.S. funding of the IMF. But a problem remains.
“People are just looking out for themselves,” says ex-Navy medic Thomas Lash, who participated in the Los Angeles protests. “They’re afraid to rock the boat.” Activists say it’s going to take a lot of effort to change what Podein referred to earlier as the “mindless acceptance of corporate values.” And protesters fear that Americans don’t feel the need to get involved in this movement—especially if they aren’t impacted in their daily lives by the policies of the IMF, World Bank and WTO.
They see glimmers of hope, though. “I think that people are very sympathetic [to our cause],” Essential Action’s Weissman says. And, they say these protests are a beginning. Already, many point to successes, starting with the WTO demonstrations. Activists say that for many reasons, they won that battle.
First, they say, there is the spread of activism. “[Seattle] was a momentous occasion—a galvanizing event that spurred a lot of people into activism in their own communities,” Cahn says.
Second is the cessation of WTO talks. They ended sooner than planned, with some agenda items left untouched.
Third, they feel their protests bolstered some delegates’ objections to WTO practices. Weissman, who attended the Seattle events, says African, Caribbean and Latin American representatives stopped the WTO from holding private meetings that left them out of the negotiating table. The WTO had argued that the closed conferences would allow for speedier decisions, but the disregarded members didn’t buy the WTO’s rationale. “We know we will not get anywhere with this [negotiating] arrangement where things are hidden,” Nigerian negotiator Mustapha Bello told Essential Action’s Multinational Monitor.
And along with the Seattle “win,” activists say their marches and sit-ins have impacted the IMF, World Bank and WTO. Activists point to the defense tactics the institutions have had to take on issues like globalization. The three organizations’ Web sites now include their own arguments on the debate. “The institutions are clearly rattled,” Naiman says.
INTERNAL AWAKENING
“There was a strong feeling of solidarity. If someone said they were cold, four people offered a coat. If someone needed food, it was offered. If someone was pepper-sprayed, another person would risk getting in the line of fire to get them out. I can’t say enough good things about the kindness and unity of the protesters. It was really remarkable,” Ahtaridis wrote in an e-mail to friends and colleagues after his involvement in the IMF/World Bank protests, so eager was he to share what he experienced on the streets of the nation’s capital.
What many activists say is so striking about this movement is the awakening it sparks among activists themselves, many of whom are so familiar with these issues they could argue them in their sleep. It’s as if the process of protesting is just as important to them as the message they want to spread. They say it’s a feeling of empowerment, but also a reminder of the realities they are up against.
“The upswelling of grass-roots democracy brings tears to my eyes,” says Dr. Michael Greger, a recent Tufts University medical school graduate who used his training to be a medic during the Philadelphia protests. He finds this work to be so fulfilling that he’d like to make a career out of activist medicine.
“Just walking around with a sign in my hand, I felt so great,” Lash says of his Los Angeles involvement.
Podein says he felt the same about Washington, D.C., and R2K, during which he was a medic, but there was also a sensation of something else—a revulsion. “As far as the protester community [goes], it was beautiful…but on the other hand, what people were up against was disgusting.”
Podein says he was shocked by the show of police force. “Ninety-nine percent of the [protesters] wanted the radical idea of a better world.” His baffled response to arrests and tear gas is common among protesters, especially those who are new to the activity.
Murphy, a more seasoned activist, says the show of police force he witnessed in Seattle and D.C. was “a stark reminder of the militarization [that’s in place] to serve the corporate interests, not the public interests.”
Over the past year, police from across the country arrested thousands of protesters, sometimes innocent bystanders and members of the press. Pepper spray, tear gas and batons were used to control the swarming activists, many of whom feel they had done nothing to provoke the attacks. The American Civil Liberties Union has filed several lawsuits against enforcement agencies, claiming the police overstepped their bounds.
But activists say it will take a lot more than arrests and tear gas to stop their movement. This is not a passing trend, they say. Protests will be staged around the world, held in conjunction with future IMF, World Bank and WTO meetings, as well as during the presidential debates. But protesting, many say, is not the final answer to achieving their goals.
Activists say the next step is to focus on education. Forums on globalization have been held at universities and in community centers across the nation, and activists say there will be more. Academics like Waitzkin are using their classrooms as means to spark discussion. The UNM professor introduces his research on the exportation of MCOs to his “Comparative International Health Policy” and “Latin American Social Medicine” courses. “Students usually respond favorably, after the initial shock,” he says.
Through demonstration, forums and classroom discussion, activists argue that their efforts are making a real difference. “We’re living in a watershed, historical time...,” Lash says. “I think we’re on the verge of creating a world that we all can be proud of.”
~Saturday, July 29 — I arrived in the city of Brotherly Love with my backpack, computer bag and a feeling of excited anticipation. Approximately 30 medical students and residents gathered on the corner of 17th and Walnut streets and proceeded to Franklin Square, where 1,200 health-care providers, patients, religious organizations, labor unions and concerned citizens had already gathered for the march sponsored by the Ad Hoc Committee to Defend Health Care. They lifted homemade signs calling attention to America’s 44 million uninsured and demanded universal health care. Several individuals spoke, rallying the activists to take to the streets.
A youth drum corps joined us as we began to march. In all, there were approximately 100 white coats leading the march of 1,200. Chants rippled through-out the line of demonstrators: “Health care is a right! Fight, fight, fight!”; “Everybody in! Nobody out!”; “H-M-O. No, no, no!”; “What do we want? Health care! When do we want it? Now!”; and “For patients! Not profits!”
Waiting for us at Love Park were an additional 1,500 supporters. We heard from a number of speakers calling for a single-payer health-care system, including Green Party presidential candidate Ralph Nader.
That night a group of us went back to a friend’s place to talk about events of the day, make plans for tomorrow and look for any signs of the march on the nightly news. While we got some local coverage, the national media mentioned us only in passing (“Protesters took to the streets today in Philadelphia as delegates arrived for the Republican National Convention.”).
Sunday, July 30 — After a long night of discussions and little sleep (it felt as if we were on activist call), we joined a demonstration near the 30th Street train station. Focusing on campaign finance reform, “Billionaires for Bush (or Gore)” performed a bit of street theater in which they purported to be buying the candidates. Dressed in evening gowns and tuxedos, they shouted “Choose Bush, Choose Gore! We don’t care who you vote for, ’cause we’ve already bought them!”
The “Billionaires” served as one starting point for “Unity 2000,” a march for democracy and justice composed of hundreds of groups from around the country that felt neither the Democrats nor the Republicans pay enough attention to issues important to average Americans. It’s estimated that 10,000 people participated. It was truly amazing to see such diverse groups unite and stand up for democracy.
The afternoon’s events were a stark contrast to the morning’s celebration. I decided to attend a controversial demonstration protesting police brutality. March organizers had gained a permit for the protest, but bicycling police raced ahead of us and blocked our way one block from our destination—City Hall. Almost immediately, another group of police blocked the 200 of us off from behind. And as we waited there, more police arrived, armed with pistols and batons.
Not quite knowing what to do, I called a friend on my cell phone who had a video camera and told him what was occurring. Before I could finish, he replied, “I’m on my way,” and hung up. Knowing that he and his video camera were coming comforted me, but I knew that his tape couldn’t provide immediate protection if any of the protesters or officers decided to start a fight. This was the most frightening encounter I think I’ve ever experienced. I was powerless, and it forced me to reconsider if we really are free in the United States to have thoughts that run counter to those in charge.
With the help of American Civil Liberties Union independent observers, we negotiated an alternative route for the march. Upon reaching our new destination, police again “locked down” the area. We continued our peaceful protests and were eventually joined by my friend and his video camera. There was no violence, and there were no arrests.
Monday, July 31 — This was my final day in Philadelphia and after yesterday’s show of force by the police, I wondered how the “March for Economic Human Rights” would proceed. It was to start at City Hall and end at a park near the convention several miles away. The city did not award a permit to the organizers because of a pact it had made with the Republican Party—during the convention, no sanctioned protests were to take place.
As with the others, the march began with a series of speeches. Today, they focused on jobs, fair wages, housing and health care. During the rally, police surrounded us on foot, bicycle, horse and in cruisers. Despite the threat of incarceration, a group of women with children in strollers began the march and were followed by a group of 12 people in wheelchairs. At first the police were unsure of what to do, especially with the eye of the media looking over their shoulders. When they did not stop the initial marchers, we all were ecstatic. We had won what felt like an incredible victory. We were able to move forward and get our message out, if only through independent and nontraditional media outlets.
The events of this weekend have forced me to look at political activism in a new light. I wasn’t quite sure how effective these peaceful demonstrations were going to be until I was there. For me, they were a way to keep my activist spirit alive during medical school and to increase awareness about the growing health-care crisis in America. I also came to understand how central health care is to so many of the issues presented over the weekend.
---------------------
50 Years Is Enough—www.50years.org
Center for Economic Policy Research—www.cepr.org
Essential Action—www.essential.org
Independent Media Center—www.indymedia.org
International Forum on Globalization—www.ifg.org
International Monetary Fund—www.imf.org
Jubilee2000—www.jubilee2000.org
World Bank—www.worldbank.org
World Trade Organization—www.wto.org
Zmagazine—www.zmag.org
Editor’s note: For those interested in learning more about the Washington, D.C., protests, the Independent Media Center has created a video documentary called “Breaking the Bank.” To view the video online, visit dc2.indymedia.org. For more information on how to obtain a copy, call Paper Tiger Television at
(212) 420-9045.
~~~Rebecca Sernett is editor of The New Physician.~Advocacy~
281~7October~2000-49~Feature~Political Sameness~~Jennifer Zeigler~~Not ready to tackle real solutions to the current U.S. health-care crisis, Bush and Gore stick to simple and surprisingly similar health proposals.
Evidence that politicians on both sides are beginning to recover from the 1993 health-care debacle runs rampant in this election year. Health-care issues—a political pariah since the Clinton health plan fell apart in 1994—has actually become a headlining issue in the race for the White House.
The two candidates with any realistic chance at winning, Texas Gov. George W. Bush and Vice President Al Gore, often sound like they are speaking the same language when it comes to dealing with the 44 million uninsured Americans, a Medicare prescription drug plan and a patients’ bill of rights. But their plans are relatively narrow and uninspired, according to many health-care policy wonks. The differences lie primarily in the ideological discord the two candidates have about how to pay for such changes.
But just as Ross Perot shook up the 1992 election with a call for better economic policies, Green Party candidate Ralph Nader is forcing candidates and voters to consider the alternative—a single-payer, universal health-care plan that would turn the current system inside out.
If Vice President Al Gore had his way, the year 2005 would bring two things: A cold January day would find him reciting the presidential oath of office marking the beginning of his second term, and 12 million previously uninsured Americans would finally have adequate health care.
Yes, Gore has plans, but so does his Republican rival, Texas Gov. George W. Bush. The uninsured have made their way to his agenda as well. However, the GOP leader’s platform calls for more modest measures by most analysts’ accounts—aides say his health-care policies could help an estimated 4.5 million previously uninsured folks.
And while 12 million and even 4.5 million seem like a lot of people for a policy to touch given some of the pork-barrel spending the federal government is infamous for, many analysts say the two candidates are not going far enough. “What about the rest of the 44 million uninsured?” they ask.
COME TOGETHER, EVERYBODY
The mothers of Gore and Bush must be pretty proud right about now. That sharing idea from childhood definitely sunk in. So much so, the 2000 presidential election has been marked not so much by where the candidates differ, but by where they are in agreement. And when it comes to health care, telling the two apart can be confusing at times.
“I think it’s interesting what they’re in agreement on,” says Greg Scandlen, a senior fellow at the National Center for Policy Analysis. Scandlen notes the two major party candidates agree on many issues: refunding tax credits for private insurance, expanding the State Children’s Health Insurance Program (CHIP) and passing a patients’ bill of rights and a Medicare prescription drug benefit.
Both candidates also call for more support of community health centers—Bush says to the tune of $3.6 billion over five years, and Gore to $40 billion over 10 years for “community health centers, public hospitals and other safety-net providers.”
Both of the tax credit plans are intended to help the 9 percent of the population privately purchasing its own insurance and the 16 percent of the uninsured population. The only difference between the two is in the details.
Bush’s plan would provide up to a $1,000 tax credit to each individual ineligible for public programs or employer-based coverage. Families would receive up to $2,000. The money could cover up to 90 percent of the total cost of the insurance premium, and the credit would increase as the recipient’s income decreases.
Gore’s plan, on the other hand, would provide a tax credit equal to 25 percent of the premium cost to individuals and families who lack access to employer-sponsored health insurance. Gore also plans to extend this credit to small businesses in an attempt to make it easier for them to offer insurance to their employees, says Dr. Richard Boxer, a health policy and family medicine professor at the University of Wisconsin and the Medical College of Wisconsin. Boxer, also a practicing urologist in Milwaukee, says that of the three major health-care specialists on each candidate’s policy team, he is the only physician. The small-business program would affect employees at companies with 50 or fewer workers.
The two tax plans are also alike in that they share the same criticism from policy analysts. Like much of the Republican and Democratic health policies, the proposed tax credits don’t go far enough to fully reform the U.S. health system, analysts say.
A tax credit is only going to be effective if you can afford the balance, says Jason Lee, a senior research manager at the Academy for Health Services Research and Health Policy. With privately purchased family insurance averaging a $5,000 price tag, the problem remains: Where does the other $3,000 come from?
Coming up with even small amounts of money for coverage is difficult for many uninsured, analysts say. Lee points out that many of them already have access to health care through their employers, but they can’t afford the co-payments. A Center for Studying Health System Change report found 20 percent of the nation’s uninsured decline employer-sponsored coverage for this reason.
“The problem is not necessarily the poor, it’s the near poor,” Lee says.
Dr. Bob Graham, former executive vice president of the American Academy of Family Physicians, says tax credits present three problems. One, he agrees with other analysts that the credits don’t go far enough. Two, he questions the intelligence of a plan that requires individuals to purchase their own insurance. “Who will sell it to you, and who will sell it to you next year?” he asks, adding that in a market-based system, insurance companies have every right to drop your coverage or hike your premiums from one year to the next if you become a liability.
Graham’s third problem with tax credits is one of timing. He says a credit comes back at the end of the tax year, while a premium most likely has to be paid in January. “Where do I get the $2,000 in January?” he asks.
Perhaps expecting such criticism, the Bush proposal does include a policy allowing credits to be advanced to the insurance company when the premiums are due. The issue here then becomes one of logistics and timing.
Still, Scandlen says it would take a credit of about 40 percent to make a difference to the uninsured—something he supports because it would relieve many people from employer-based insurance.
“I’d be interested in leveling the playing field between individual coverage and employer-based coverage,” he says. “Employers really don’t know about insurance.” However, Scandlen knows this is wishful thinking. “Forty percent is a lot. It’s a lot of money. It’s a big loss to the Treasury.”
As it is, the Bush tax credits will cost an estimated $34.7 billion over the next five years. Bush’s office refused repeated requests by The New Physician to explain where the money would come from.
Gore’s entire health policy will cost $157 billion over 10 years, and Boxer says the money will come entirely from projected budget surpluses.
CHIPPING AWAY PROBLEMS WITH CHIP
CHIP found its way into the Republican and Democratic health-care agendas as well. Both candidates plan to expand the 3-year-old program, but they do differ on how to go about it.
CHIP, which enables states to insure children from working families whose incomes are too high to qualify for Medicaid but too low to afford private health insurance, currently cuts off children whose families have incomes 50 percent above Medicaid cutoffs or 200 percent above the federal poverty line, whichever is higher. States are permitted to provide CHIP coverage through Medicaid expansions, a separate state program, or a combination of both.
Gore’s plan is twofold: He wants to insure all children by 2004 while opening CHIP to some of their parents. “We [already] insure every person over 65, but we don’t insure the children. That, to me, is screwy priorities,” Boxer says. To combat this inequality, “the vice president wants to ensure every child has access to health care,” he says. “[But] that doesn’t mean the government will provide health insurance to every child.”
Instead, it means Gore will provide states with the means to expand CHIP to all children in families with incomes up to 250 percent of the federal poverty line.
A Gore administration would also provide states with a series of incentives to get more kids on the rolls, a sort of carrot-and-stick approach he hopes will bring all qualifying children into the program. For those who don’t qualify, Gore will allow them to buy into the program, which will then qualify them for his 25 percent tax credit.
Boxer says Gore wants to change little things in CHIP as well, like creating a system in which school lunch programs can share information with the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services to help identify potential CHIP applicants. Currently lunch programs can’t share their information with other federal government programs. “They’ll make it just plain easier,” Boxer says, adding that the Texas legislature recently complained about the restrictive rules in the state’s CHIP program.
The Gore camp estimates 5 million previously uninsured children would be eligible for CHIP under his plan. About 85 percent of them are attached to 7 million uninsured parents, and the vice president says he’ll expand CHIP to them as well. “Once you insure the parents, they’ll be more likely to bring their kids in [for care],” Boxer says.
Bush’s plan differs in that the Texas governor would turn CHIP into a traditional block grant program, which he says gives states more flexibility to design a program best fitting their needs.
Hold on a minute, says Dr. Bruce Vladeck, the former head of the U.S. Health Care Financing Administration. “In most states [CHIP doesn’t] cover nearly enough people. There’s no evidence that the states are going to do anything with a block grant,” he says.
Vladeck, a universal health-care supporter who believes employers should be mandated to offer insurance, says he would rather see children given a health insurance card at birth than have them rely on a government program.
Graham agrees that by focusing on CHIP, the candidates are wasting their precious policy time. “It’s already struggling,” he says.
And it’s floundering, Scandlen says, because while CHIP enjoys popular support in Congress, it’s not lauded at the grass-roots level. “It makes you wonder,” he says, “if it’s such an unsuccessful program, why bother expanding it?” But in this case, he says, block grants make more sense, because with such a fledgling program, no one really knows what is the best approach to making it more successful.
DISPLAYING TRUE PARTY COLORS
Regardless of the approach to fixing CHIP and the similarities of their agendas, the Gore and Bush plans illustrate the two parties’ ideological differences.
Expanding CHIP “tends to be the Democratic orientation to this program…,” Lee says, “while Republicans say the federal government has not given the states the flexibility needed” to solve CHIP’s problems. It’s the classic big government vs. states’ independence argument that has dominated American two-party politics since the first publication of the Federalist Papers.
Robert Blendon, a Harvard University professor of health policy and political analysis, says the differences are simple: “Bush believes you should have a plan without a lot of government influence.” He points to Bush’s pledge to expand the pilot Medical Savings Accounts (MSA) program, which Gore opposes.
Blendon says Gore opposes MSAs and a block grant system for CHIP because the vice president believes a government-run plan is a better way to get more people insured.
Boxer agrees with Blendon’s assumption, saying that it’s true Gore would not expand MSAs because he believes they are “for the healthy and the wealthy” and not the uninsured.
Perhaps Donald Moran, a Bush consultant, sums up the Republican view best when he told an audience in June that “private market solutions are better than governmental solutions.”
STOPPING SHORT
Despite their differences, most analysts agree that neither Bush nor Gore has made an effort to make a real, definable impact with their health-care policies. “They have essentially made a decision in this campaign not to deal with real health-care issues,” Graham says. He would like to see more candidates like the Green Party’s Ralph Nader, who has put forth a pledge for single-payer, universal health care. “[We need] universal health care from the cradle through the nursing home, with a single-payer system like Canada’s,” Nader told POZ in May. “In the U.S., 24 cents of every dollar spent on health care goes to administrative costs, but the Canadians spend only 11 cents. The difference could pay for covering the 47 million Americans who now have no health insurance.”
Don’t expect Gore and Bush to take up his mantra. “I think that what they have both done is decide that universal health care is not a defining issue,” Graham says. “Each candidate has said [in effect], ‘I’m just not going to take it on.’”
But, don’t lay all the blame on the candidates, Blendon says. It’s also the fault of the American public. “It’s possible to insure every American, if you want to pay for it,” he says, and adds that voters aren’t ready to do this yet. “The mood [of the people] is sort of incremental. Voters are not looking for a big solution.” What the voters are looking for, he says, are little changes to a number of government policies—so they actually only expect minute changes on the health-care front.
They certainly aren’t looking for Nader’s solution, Lee says. “[Universal health care] sounds like socialized medicine to most people,” he says. “People in this country are very cautious when it comes to health care.”
Blendon says it will take three or four more years until voters are ready to discuss wider-reaching solutions. Even Nader himself seems to agree. He recently told the Sacramento Bee he thinks “we are in a real transition period here that gives us a great opportunity to recast our health-care system into nonprofit mode and expand universal health care.”
Many analysts agree that Nader has got the health-care reform ball rolling. “If you have a [candidate from a] third party, and he gets votes and the audience applauds, it can have an effect on future elections,” Blendon says. “Then parties start to take notice.”
But for now, it looks as if candidates who propose slow and steady change will win votes. So without attempts at big solutions like the 1993 Clinton plan, which proved unobtainable in Congress, the current menu of health-care policies are all politically obtainable, analysts say.
“I think what either one of them is proposing is completely doable,” Scandlen says, adding, “I think they can do a lot more—and they might—once they get into office.”
Editor’s note: Despite repeated requests, both Green Party candidate Ralph Nader and Republican candidate George W. Bush failed to respond to The New Physician for this article. Nader’s staff did forward some statements on health care for us to use. For more information about the candidates and their positions, see their Web sites, at www. georgewbush.com, www.algore2000.com and www.votenader. com. ~Dr. Michael Greger comes from a long line of social activists. Pictures of his mother being hauled off in handcuffs at a civil rights rally adorn his walls, and he fondly remembers licking envelopes for some social cause when he was about 8.
Armed with this background in social unrest, Greger went off to medical school at Tufts University and then on to an internship with Boston’s Lemuel Shattuck Hospital. But he couldn’t stifle a longing to get back to his activist roots. “My whole adult life has been dedicated to social justice issues,” he says.
So what’s a social activist-turned-physician to do but put his residency on hold and go work for Ralph Nader’s presidential campaign? At least that’s Greger’s thinking. “For five years I’ve been trapped in the system,” he says. “I wanted to feel human again.”
Greger is getting that refresher course in humanity by spending his days gathering signatures on a petition to get Nader on the Massachusetts ballot as the Green Party candidate. The volunteer position has him standing on street corners mostly, asking passersby for their John Hancock.
Should the petition win Nader that coveted slot at the polls, Greger says he will spend the remainder of his time before the election convincing folks Ralph Nader is the man for the White House job. “It’s all about grass-roots campaigning, going door-to-door,” he says, adding that he supports Nader personally because of his plans to institute a single-payer, universal health-care system should he become president. “He’s the only candidate to support this idea. There is no other choice.”
Oh, but there is another choice, says Raj Shah, a third-year medical student at the University of Pennsylvania. It’s Vice President Al Gore.
Shah’s job, a paid position at Gore’s campaign headquarters in Tennessee, is a little more structured than Greger’s. As a member of Gore’s research and policy team, Shah spends his days creating responses to opposition candidates’ statements on health care.
Shah says politics has always interested him. He began working for the Gore campaign in Michigan, where he met up with Dr. Richard Boxer, one of Gore’s senior health policy advisers. After spending the 1999 summer working with Boxer, Shah went back to medical school and continued to work with the campaign in Philadelphia until moving to Tennessee to join the policy team. He says he’s involved because he believes in Gore’s commitment to health care and because of his own sense of civic responsibility.
“A presidential election really is a historic part of your country’s politics,” he says. “As somebody in medicine, you are constantly exposed to how the economics of medicine has taken over politics. Physicians really need to have an impact on where health care is going in the future.”
Greger agrees on that point, saying that he thinks all physicians can benefit from some sort of political experience. “I don’t think we can remain silent,” he says, noting that 19th-century pathologist Virchow once said: “Politics is nothing more than medicine on a grand scale.”
“I really believe that,” Greger says. While leaving the educational system was a huge commitment for Greger and Shah—Greger’s supervisors told him taking a year off was equivalent to career suicide—they both say they’ve gained from the experience.
“It’s kind of a political education for me,” Greger says. “The reason I got into medicine was to use it as a tool for change.”
And Shah says he’s just really excited by his job. But that’s true of any campaign worker, he says. “You have to be dedicated and excited about what’s keeping you at your desk for 14 hours a day. You sure don’t do this for the money.” —J.Z.
----------------------
Fifteen physicians have joined the ranks of actors Warren Beatty, Paul Newman and Susan Sarandon, Ben and Jerry’s co-founders Ben Cohen and Jerry Greenfield, singer Bonnie Raitt and broadcaster Casey Kasem to contribute $6,500 to Green Party candidate Ralph Nader’s campaign. Whether these docs have latched on to Nader’s universal health-care promise or are simply longtime fans of his brand of consumer advocacy, we’ll never know. The Federal Elections Commission (FEC) tracking campaign donations doesn’t ask reasons for giving.
We do know, however, that by signing over their checks, this small group—comprising 2 percent of Nader’s contributors—has jumped into one of the most hotly debated aspects of the presidential race: campaign finance.
You see, it’s not necessarily doctrine and speeches that make a successful campaign. It’s dollars and cents. A lot of dollars and cents.
It’s pretty much been that way since Andrew Jackson introduced would-be-lobbyists to the spoils system in the 1828 election. Since then, the cost of running a presidential campaign has only continued to grow. It took $130 million to turn Gov. Bill Clinton into President Bill Clinton in 1992.
So who’s giving all this money to the candidates (besides 15 Nader-loving physicians)? Well, don’t think the medical industry is insulated from the political money-flinging.
The American Medical Association (AMA), for instance, contributed $794,750 to Democrat and Republican candidates in the 2000 election cycle, making it the biggest spender within the FEC’s “health services” designation. The AMA’s political action committee (PAC) slightly favored the GOP, as did most other top health service givers.
Taking second place, the American Society of Anesthesiologists Inc. PAC donated $651,040 to Democrat, Republican and third-party candidates. The anesthesiologists did Republicans better by almost $100,000.
The American Hospital Association PAC gave $618,599 to Democrat and Republican coffers, making it the third-highest health-related contributor, and the American Dental PAC signed over $523,491. The fifth-highest health service contributor is not an association but a deep-pocketed insurance company: The AFLAC Inc. PAC gave a total $486,500 to candidates on both sides.
Presidential candidates have done some campaigning for a share of the money on their own. At press time, Republican nominee George W. Bush’s campaign has already taken in nearly $49,000 directly from health services PACs. For Vice President Al Gore, it’s nearly $3,000. Nader has refused all PAC money, choosing instead to rely on individual contributions.
Physicians themselves follow their PACs’ leads in individual giving, earmarking significant dollar amounts for Bush while leaving Gore with an outstretched hand. About 1,700 physicians have given Bush more than $1.1 million in this election cycle. Gore can counter that with only 58 physicians who have contributed a mere $34,800 to his camp.
Physicians and their PACs are not the only contributors to the candidates. Abortion activists on both sides have been generously giving money to the campaigns as well. Six different right-to-life groups have shelled out more than $556,000 on behalf of the Bush campaign, while pro-choice groups have by-passed Gore for other democratic candidates in this election.
Participation from another closely watched industry normally notorious for contributing vast amounts of money to political campaigns has recently dried up. Only Bush has seen a contribution from the tobacco industry—a $5,000 check from the Brown and Williamson Tobacco Corp. Employee PAC. Bush returned the check two months later. This is not to say Bush will not take
any tobacco money. The Republican National Committee registered a gift of $15,000 from Brown and Williamson in May, and some of that money may be passed on to Bush or spent on his behalf. —J.Z.
~~~Jennifer Zeigler is a senior writer with The New Physician.~Health Disparities,Health Policy,Legislative Action,Universal Health Care~
282~7October~2000-49~Perspectives~Retreat and Renewal~PROMOTING MEDICAL STUDENT RETREATS.~Billy Fenster and Pali Delevitt~~On an awkward and uncertain Friday night, 41 members of the University of Florida College of Medicine’s (UFCOM) second-year class ventured to a wooded retreat center to get to know one another outside the walls of everyday medical school life. The retreat offered a chance for us to begin to share our worlds and worldviews.
We have found it beneficial for us as medical students to pull out of our everyday intensive grind. It’s important for us to put ourselves in a place where we come closer to our authentic selves and see the beauty of the individuals with whom we share the dream and path of becoming a physician. Retreats foster humanity, compassion and the beauty of the human spirit—these are all characteristics central to serving patients.
Our retreat may start with an early morning Tai Chi session, led by Dr. Wayne Jonas, a retreat co-facilitator. After Tai Chi, a group assembles in the kitchen to prepare a healthy, delicious breakfast for everyone. Some of our best times are spent in the kitchen or around the big communal dining table, sharing food and animated discussion about our lives, our hopes and our challenges.
During the day, we spend time in small and large group sessions, as well as on our own. We explore our relationship to touch and its potential for healing in a series of “hands-on” exercises. We learn how to listen and really hear one another both through experiential training and sitting in a large group sharing our feelings and stories. We discover the world of nature surrounding us by interacting with it, either through “awareness walks” or through the challenges of a rope course. We examine our limits and often move beyond them.
The evenings are often the time for the realms of imagination. Drumming and chanting guide us on a “Shamanic Journey.” We build a campfire, singing and dancing, and still more drumming as the smoke rises and we toast s’mores. We stay up late singing to guitar music or quietly sharing our stories with each other. And in the morning we share the dreams we have remembered.
Many students have expressed a deep appreciation of their retreat experience. “Retreats give us an opportunity to relax and get to know each other in a fun setting,” says Deepa Kamath, a third-year at UFCOM. “The elements of self-discovery, safety and creativity all break down barriers and allow us to build stronger friendships. Retreats foster self-development and mental, emotional and physical health in future physicians, and their popularity parallels the trend toward better, more patient-based health care. After all, unless we are happy and fulfilled, how can we make a difference in the lives of our patients?”
These bonding and sharing experiences also help to put our own struggles in perspective, as UFCOM third-year Jeremy Mirabile discovered. “One of my classmates recounted the story of his imprisonment when he tried many times to escape his native country,” Mirabile says. “His safety and survival were always uncertain. His experience made our mundane concerns about grades and tests seem trivial. I returned to the classroom humbled, with a new and balanced outlook about life.”
One year prior to our Florida retreat, 16 medical students, most of whom were from the University of Virginia School of Medicine, gathered at a retreat site in Virginia’s Blue Ridge Mountains. Many did not know each other well, and some were strangers. But all grew closer through the weekend’s “Nature, Spirit and Healing” theme. Over the course of an intensive two days, a deepening friendship developed—something that would sustain them back in the academic, day-to-day world.
While there have been several retreats held in Virginia and Florida, other medical schools have instituted similar programs. Columbia University College of Physicians and Surgeons offers a full-day team- and trust-building experience for second-year students. Half of its second-year medical student body attended Columbia’s first retreat last year. The University of Chicago Pritzker School of Medicine is also one of several schools offering such a program.
Both students and faculty have been responsible for initiating retreat programs. One such supporter is Dr. Allen H. Neims, UFCOM emeritus dean and professor of pharmacology and therapeutics. “Personal growth is the real journey of life, and one we don’t emphasize enough,” says Neims, who along with other faculty, helped sponsor our first UFCOM medical student retreat because, as he says, “People have to be growing on the inside as well as the outside—not just in information. You need that kind of growth to have meaningful relationships with patients.”
Different retreats may choose to focus on specific goals. Our Virginia retreats were centered more on personal exploration and our connection with nature and spirit, as well as one another. The Florida retreats focused on community building, leadership responsibility and interpersonal skills. However, each of the retreats managed to bring out all of these elements in different ways. Whatever our focus at retreats, we come back to ourselves, to a wholeness where spirit, mind and body move in harmony. We see ourselves in each other, appreciating both our diversities and our surprising similarities.
Interested in planning a retreat? Neims offers the following advice: “Make sure you have a core group of people who really want to do this. Decide whether the retreat will be for the whole class or just for interested members. [And remember,] timing can play a part in this decision. For example, if [the retreat] is scheduled during an orientation period, most or all of the class tend to participate, whether or not participation is required. Look for faculty members to help you find your way, to guide you during the process and support you with the school administration. Find humanistically oriented faculty members—every school has them.”
The Arnold P. Gold Foundation, a nonprofit organization dedicated to humanism in medicine and cultivating the tradition of the caring doctor, may be one place where you can seek help funding your retreat. For more information, visit www.humanism-in-medicine.org.
The American Medical Student Association’s (AMSA) “Humanistic Medicine Interest Group” will hold a retreat in Florida during the weekend of Jan. 5–7, 2001. For more information on the upcoming retreat, contact national retreat project leader Susan Milam at smilam@aecom.yu.edu. For additional support and information on creating your own retreat programs, you can contact us at our e-mail addresses below.
~~~~Billy Fenster is a third-year student at UFCOM and a national co-coordinator of AMSA’s Humanistic Medicine Interest Group; wfenster@ufl.edu. Pali Delevitt is a retreat facilitator and a Ph.D. candidate who works at Duke University’s Center for Integrative Medicine; cpali@earthlink.net.~Humanistic Medicine~
283~8November~2000-49~Feature~Med School, in Brief~NATIONWIDE PROGRAMS PROVIDE LEARNING OPPORTUNITIES FOR NON-MEDICAL STUDENTS YOUNG AND OLD.~Peggy Ann Brown ~~Challenging the old adage that medical school isn’t for everyone, colleges and universities across the country are inviting their communities to lectures on topics usually reserved for first- and second-year medical students. Middle schoolers to retired professionals are learning the basics of anatomy, molecular biology, immunology and pharmacology.
Dubbed “mini-med school” by the University of Colorado Health Sciences Center (UCHSC) in Denver, where the concept originated in 1989, the programs have spread to more than 80 schools in 34 states, plus the District of Columbia, Malta and Ireland. Dr. J. John Cohen, UCHSC professor of immunology and medicine, created the first lecture series to help the community understand what a medical school does.
“We never expected such an overwhelming response,” Cohen says. “After we sent out a press release, the newspaper ran a story saying, ‘If you’ve always wanted to know what your doctor knows, here’s your chance.’ By the end of the day, 1,200 people had called, and we were overbooked by 800.”
The “mini-med school” moniker is perfect for these programs, says Bruce A. Fuchs, Ph.D., director of the Office of Science Education at the National Institutes of Health (NIH). “Med school tells people, ‘This is serious stuff.’ And mini says, ‘But we don’t take ourselves too seriously, and you’re going to have fun learning this,’” Fuchs says.
Mini-med schools showcase the campuses’ best speakers—who are not necessarily their award-winning researchers—and provide insights into the medical sciences, as well as cutting-edge technology. They are not watered-down versions of classroom lectures but basic medical science presented in a manner accessible to the average high-school graduate. There are no prerequisites, and programs include question-and-answer periods where participants can clarify information and relate it to their own clinical concerns.
“The bottom line is that people are hungry for information presented at a level that doesn’t insult them,” Cohen says. He stresses that the lectures are not the typical “Your Prostate and You” talks offered by community hospitals. “This is med school, and that’s what people want,” he says. At the same time, lecturers strive to present materials in a lively manner, using handouts, props and videos.
UCHSC’s audiences are composed primarily of retirees, although attendees may include students interested in medical careers and others with a natural curiosity or concern about a loved one’s illness. Cohen also saves a few spaces for the spouses and parents of medical school students so they can better understand their family members’ experiences. UCHSC’s lectures, as well as those at other schools, are free, while some programs charge from $10 to $125.
Because of the number of attendees the UCHSC lectures attract—400 people on campus plus another 200 by satellite to rural communities—Cohen has eschewed the hands-on activities that some schools offer. Lecturers rely on their own charisma to bring life to their presentations.
STUDENTS TAKE THE LEAD
The mini-med school at Southern Illinois University School of Medicine (SIU) in Springfield, created in 1998 by then second-year medical student Amod Sureka, continues to be operated each year by a committee of second-year students. One advantage: The student committee relies on personal experience in selecting lecturers.
“Medical students are subjected to many different lecturers,” says Greg Schmieder, a fourth-year SIU student and former mini-med school co-chair. “We know who’s knowledgeable and entertaining vs. who does great research but may not give a good talk.”
And for those who are selected, it’s a compliment. “Faculty are honored to be picked by the students. It says you’re doing a good job presenting your materials,” says Edward Moticka, Ph.D., SIU associate dean for research and faculty affairs.
The six-week series costs $15 and features two lectures per evening session. Each series reflects the current committee’s perspectives. In 1998, for example, talks focused on pathology, aspirin, microbiology and the immune system, while last spring’s lectures covered lower back pain, emphysema and osteoporosis. The sessions often conclude with “Open Up and Say Ahhh,” an opportunity for medical students to demonstrate and explain a physical examination.
SIU’s lectures attract 70 to 80 participants, many of whom are senior citizens who want to be better health-care consumers. Schmieder advises medical students interested in initiating similar programs to study the NIH guide (see “Resources,” p. 14).
MUSEUM BEDFELLOWS
Responding to a misperception that the campus was unsafe at night, Fuchs arranged a co-sponsorship with a local museum when he began Virginia Commonwealth University Medical College of Virginia’s (MCV) mini-medical school in 1992. Fuchs, then a professor of pharmacology and toxicology, designed the program with Eugene G. Maurakis, Ph.D., of the Science Museum of Virginia. The free lectures are held at the museum’s IMAX theatre and attract more than 150 participants.
“We try to mimic the med school experience,” says Beverly A. Rzigalinski, Ph.D., MCV’s current mini-med school faculty coordinator and professor of pharmacology and toxicology. This fall’s program focuses on the brain, emergency medical care, coronary artery disease, hypertension and the gastrointestinal tract. The spring series usually covers one topic in-depth, and these have included DNA, cardiology and pharmacology.
“We don’t have a typical student,” Rzigalinski says. Some take the courses for [continuing education units], while others attend just for fun. People gain a lot of medical knowledge that is going to help them make decisions and better understand what their physicians are saying.”
COMMUNITY OUTREACH
Fuchs also has coordinated mini-med schools in the Washington, D.C., area. He established the NIH campus’ mini-med school, which regularly draws more than 500 people to lectures on basic biomedical topics. A Capitol Hill series, sponsored by the NIH and the Association of American Medical Colleges (AAMC), duplicated the NIH lectures for hill staffers. Few participants had any science background, but Fuchs says they were fascinated by the topics and their policy implications.
The NIH and AAMC have also coordinated mini-med schools at a high school and settlement house in inner-city, predominantly African-American neighborhoods. Frustrated that the NIH school attracted a primarily Caucasian audience, Fuchs set out to prove that the program could be successful with any group. He says the settlement house event, targeted at elderly residents, was especially well-received and has been taken over by a community church.
MINI-MEDICAL HIGH
Training doctors to practice in Missouri has long been a goal of the University of Missouri–Columbia School of Medicine (MU). To help attract underrepresented minorities and students from rural communities, MU initiated “High School Mini-Medical School” in 1999. The week-long, summer residence program hires second-year medical students as counselors/ tutors. Funded by MU and state health education centers, the program is free for the high school students, who are selected for their interest and academic abilities.
During this past summer, more than 60 high schoolers participated in two mini-med schools. Medical students developed the problem-based curriculum, using the same case-study approach employed at MU. This year’s case focused on a newborn who had shown complications at birth. The high-school students attended presentations from specialists, studied lab reports, researched concerns and presented their findings to the group. The program also featured tours of the anatomy lab and the neonatal intensive care unit at the health center’s hospital.
“This interactive approach shows students what our medical school is like,” says Jean Hall, coordinator of academic programs and records. “Our counselors communicate just how focused and hard the work is and help students understand the variety of directions available to them.”
High-school students are also the targets of the summer mini-med school begun in 1996 at the Medical College of Wisconsin in Milwaukee. An average of 30 students participate in the four-week session, which includes a weekly lecture and separate lab. Topics draw from the medical school curriculum as well as current medical advances. Participants, who must have completed a year of biology and a year of chemistry, have studied clinical medicine, pharmacology and sickle cell anemia. “Students get a taste of science as it is taught on the college level in a medically oriented institution,” says Pam Fitzer, director of science education.
Fitzer also coordinates a mini-med school for adults, which attracts “people from [ages] 16 to over 90.” For $85, participants can choose from “Mini-Medical School I,” which focuses on the basic sciences taught in the first two years of medical school; “Mini-Medical School II,” which covers the clinical aspects of medicine familiar to third- and fourth-year students; or theme programs featuring such areas as cardiovascular health and genetics. The fee covers expenses and helps raise money for the college’s Center for Science Education children’s program.
“Probably the No. 1 reason people are here is to get up-to-date health information from a reliable source,” Fitzer says. “They enjoy keeping up with the latest developments, and that fits in with our goals of increasing science literacy and making participants more informed health-care consumers.” And lecturers enjoy the direct contact with the public, she says. “This is an opportunity for them to showcase their research and gain some visibility from a community that isn’t reading the professional journals,” Fitzer says.
RESEARCH-SPEAK
Researchers get the chance to highlight their ongoing studies in the University of Florida College of Medicine’s (UF) mini-med school. “We focus on our four areas of national and international strength,” says Arlene Phillips-Han, director of public information for the Health Science Center in Gainesville. The four areas—brain science, aging, cancer and diabetes—are explored through lectures, tours and hands-on activities.
UF’s “Brain Institute” mini-med school covers brain research, pain imaging, mental illness and Alzheimer’s disease. Participants tour laboratories to learn about brain anatomy, magnetic resonance imaging and patient simulation. “In the brain surgical training lab, neurosurgeons allowed participants to probe cadaver brains under microscopes,” Phillips-Han says.
This year’s mini-med school on aging was held at a handicap-accessible church and covered UF research, memory and aging, and the value of exercise. “Our primary mission is to provide the community with free education they can use,” Phillips-Han says. “We introduce our current research but make sure our speakers are primed to bring it back to what is applicable now.”
REAPING REWARDS
“I’m touched when people with serious illnesses come to learn everything they can,” Phillips-Han says. “They want to know how to care for themselves and ask better questions of their physicians and nurses.”
MCV’s Rzigalinski concurs: “You can see on people’s faces that they’re learning things. I enjoy having science trickle down to the general public because, after all, they’ve funded it, and they need to know more—particularly when there is so much [to learn that] you can almost be overwhelmed.”
Then there’s the benefit of watching a mini-med school participant pursue a medical career. Fuchs recalls two women who had foregone medical school only to enroll 15 years later after a mini-med school rekindled their interest. And last year Cohen learned that a 12-year-old boy who had attended the UCHSC 1989 program had just entered medical school. He remembers the boy calling him personally when he learned the lecture series was filled. “He sounded heartbroken when he said, ‘All my life I’ve wanted to be a doctor,’” says Cohen, who found a place for him and his mother. “He sat in the front seat and took 10 million pages of notes.”
Whether students attend mini-med school out of natural curiosity, to explore career interests, or to obtain medical information, directors find their own involvement rewarding.
“In today’s medical environment, doctors have to be more efficient. You might only have five minutes per patient, and that’s not enough time to explain a disease process. Mini-med school has showed me that people really want to understand what disease is, how we treat it, and the results—that’s something I’ll take with me when I go into practice,” says SIU student Greg Schmieder.
~RESOURCES
Mini-med schools share three basic traits, according to The NIH Mini-Med School Manual: A Planning Guide and Directory:
- “The curriculum includes basic science and/or broad biomedical subject areas;
- Each lecture builds on the ones before; and
- People are expected to attend each week.”
The NIH’s comprehensive directory details more than 80 programs around the country. It also provides step-by-step advice for initiating a mini-med school, examples of program materials and a student guide written by Amod Sureka, founder of SIU’s student-run school. The directory is available for free; e-mail Bruce Fuchs at BruceFuchs@NIH.gov. Another free guide, providing information on current schools, is available online at science-education. nih.gov/minimed. —P.B.
~~~Peggy Ann Brown is a freelance writer/researcher based in Alexandria, Virginia.~Community and Public Health,Medical Education~
284~8November~2000-49~Feature~Patients and Doctors~PHYSICIANS TELL OF THEIR MOST MEMORABLE PATIENT ENCOUNTERS.~Edited by Rebecca Sernett~~What makes a physician remember a particular patient? Was a life saved? Lost? Or was the physician-patient visit less dramatic? Perhaps it’s not really the patient at all. Perhaps it’s the physician.
She’s new to medicine, or she may be an experienced doctor learning something new with her patient.
Or it could be that the patient’s visit was just too beautiful to forget.
The following three short stories authored by physicians highlight the range of reasons for what makes a patient so memorable. The tales have been excerpted
from Patients and Doctors: Life-Changing Stories from Primary Care.
THE NEXT GENERATION
by Dr. Stanley G. Smith - Saskatoon, Saskatchewan
The phone rang intrusively as I sat at my desk writing notes on the patient I had just seen. I picked it up.
“Dr. Smith?” A female voice.
“Yes,” I said.
“Could you come out to the house and check the baby?” The voice had a dullness, an indifference, that a more experienced physician might have recognized as a warning sign. It was 10 in the morning, I was running late, and four patients sat in my waiting room. It was my first week in practice, and it was a new experience to be solely responsible for the patient’s care. I found it frightening to know, or at least to think, that my every decision might be a life and death issue. Making quick decisions was difficult; medical school and internship had not taught me how to handle simple nonmedical issues.
“What seems to be wrong?” I asked.
“The baby has diarrhea,” Mrs. Y answered tersely.
“How bad is it? How many times a day?”
“Oh, I don’t know; he just seems sick. Are you coming out?” she asked.
“Yes,” I said, “I’ll be out as soon as I’ve finished seeing my patients in an hour or so.”
“OK,” she said, gave me the address, and hung up.
It was one of those bright, hot prairie days, under a radiant blue sky. It was about two hours after the phone call as I drove northward through the city, into progressively seedier neighborhoods. I finally identified the house. It was a small, wood frame house that had once been green. That much could be deduced from the occasional green chip of paint that still adhered to the wood. The small front yard was overgrown with weeds and strewn with garbage. The front door was slightly open, and when I tried to ring the doorbell there was no sound. I could hear a baby crying inside the house. I tried rapping on the door with my knuckles, but still no response. I pushed the door open and walked inside.
The stench was unbelievable. The house was strewn with every type of litter imaginable: crusts of bread, paper, dirty clothes, unwashed dishes, toys and garbage, in addition to dirt in every corner. I assumed the crying baby was my patient. I worked my way toward the kitchen and opened the door. Inside, a 4- or 5-year-old boy had opened the refrigerator and seemed to be eating at random. He looked grubby, his face smeared with food, and a purulent discharge was running from his nose. A dirty little girl was trying to drag him over to the table to no avail.
A door opened and a fat, unkempt young woman with greasy-looking hair slouched into the room. “He’s in there,” Mrs. Y said, pointing to another room.
I felt anxious for a moment. I had expected to be directed toward the room where I had heard the crying. Even though I had visited slums before, and as a student completed many home deliveries in the slums of Dublin, I felt peculiarly uncomfortable. I walked into the room she pointed to, which was as grubby as the rest of the house. She pointed to a crib in the middle of the room. Under a pile of dirty covers lay a small body, white, with a sort of yellowish tinge to its waxy skin. The child was motionless, its limp form not much bigger than a ragged doll at the bottom of the crib. I pulled back the covers, horrified. Could the baby really be dead? Surely not in this day and age. How could this have happened? Was it my fault? Maybe if I had dropped everything and come to the house as soon as she phoned, I could have saved this little life.
Although the baby was obviously dead, I senselessly went through the ritual of performing a physical examination on the little body. Perhaps it was not senseless, for ritual does provide an opportunity to reflect on the present situation and give one an opportunity to collect one’s thoughts.
“I’m very sorry to have to tell you the baby is dead,” I said.
“Oh,” she said, as though all this had nothing to do with her. “What do I do now?”
This was my first week in practice. Nobody in medical school had taught me what to do about anything like this. After all, medicine is all about saving lives and relieving pain and suffering, not disposing of dead babies. I knew enough to know that unexplained deaths had to be reported to the coroner. From the next room I heard the sister call to the small boy, “Get away from the fridge, Gary, you can’t just keep taking food any time you want.”
“I have to call the coroner,” I said, embarrassed to have to mention such a thing. “I think there will have to be an autopsy, so you will have to bring him down to the hospital.”
She didn’t seem unduly perturbed, as though nothing had registered at all.
As I walked out of the house, I glanced back. My last glimpse was of little Gary, being pulled away from the fridge by his sister, twin tracks of yellow-green snot running down his upper lip, delicately poised at the slightly upward incline, where the white skin met the pink.
Doctors have been trained to take a lot of responsibility, even for things they are not responsible for. As I drove back to the office that afternoon I felt, quite unrealistically, that perhaps, if I had only dropped everything and run straight out there, maybe I could have saved that baby. As I walked up to my office I stopped at the office of one of my senior colleagues, whom I had adopted as a mentor.
“What are you looking so grim about?” he asked me.
Jamie was a wiry, lean guy. He was kind, but with a short temper that went well with his clipped Canadian accent. He had been a fighter pilot in World War II, and somehow he looked it. He usually had a carton of cigarettes on his desk and a lit cigarette in his hand. When he had his heart attack a few years later, he got into his car, drove down to the emergency room and walked in saying, “I’m having a heart attack, someone better do an EKG.” He was right, he was having a heart attack.
“I just made a house call on a dead baby,” I said. “If I had just run straight out when I got the call, maybe I could have got the kid into the hospital and we could have gotten some fluids into him and saved his life, but the mother didn’t sound that concerned over the phone.”
“How long was it between the phone call and the time you got out there?” he asked.
“A couple of hours,” I said.
“Perfectly reasonable,” he stated. “You know perfectly well there was nothing you could have done. You responded perfectly reasonably. Why don’t I give the coroner a call on your behalf. I know the routine.”
Although I never had a chance to repay Jamie for his kindness and support, I hope I have passed on the kindness and support he showed me to some of the young physicians I have worked with over the years. He called the coroner and put me in touch with the appropriate social services, who went out and visited the home. Not surprisingly, they decided the parents did not have the skills necessary to look after children. They were not deliberately cruel to the children; they merely lacked the capability to raise a child properly. The children were placed in a foster home, I was informed later. From time to time I thought of little Gary, who had no regular eating hours and would just forage through the fridge whenever he felt hungry. My thoughts turn to that last glimpse I had of him, with the snot running down his nose, and to his sister, not much older, looking after him.
Many years later, one of my duties was as medical officer for a high-security psychiatric prison. One morning, I was seeing patients regarding their general medical condition, when a polite young man came in to see me. He looked vaguely familiar. I picked up his chart and read his name. It was Gary Y. The same Gary Y I had last seen in that squalid house when I had attended his long-dead brother.
SHE LAUGHED
by Dr. Perle Feldman - Montreal, Quebec
Sue Jong was a young Chinese commercial artist born in Hong Kong. She had been living in Canada for quite some time. Her English was good but her husband’s was less so. When she was in her 36th week of pregnancy she told me that her mother was coming from Hong Kong to be with her at the time of birth and to help her with the baby.
“She wants to bring me all kinds of Chinese medicines, but I know I can’t take those,” Sue said sadly.
“Do you want to take them?” I asked. Shyly, she nodded. “Then why not?”
Sue then explained to me that she thought I would disapprove of her using Chinese traditional medicines, and she did not want me to be angry. I explained to her that I had a lot of respect for the thousands of years of tradition behind Chinese herbal medicine; as long as it did not interfere with the stuff I was doing, I did not mind at all.
When the time of the birth came, Sue had a long, slow labor. Steven Tsui, the resident, spoke Cantonese well enough to communicate with the husband and the patient’s mother. We called for an epidural and William Khazzar, one of my first clinical teachers, came to administer it. I was pleased and surprised to see him, since he had just moved to this hospital. Dr. Khazzar always combined a real concern for both students and patients with a low-key, incisive humor. The epidural he inserted was a dream. It relieved the pain while still allowing the patient to move around and push effectively.
She was fully dilated an hour later. When her pain was relieved, Steve asked her about the medicines her mother had brought from Hong Kong. Sue told us that her mother had brought a special Korean ginseng wine, which was supposed to be taken just as the head was crowning. Steven was impressed: “Wow—real Korean ginseng.” We assured Sue that we would try and help her take it at just the right time. She soon began to push, as her husband supported her. The chemistry in the room was happy and positive, not too much noise. She pushed the head down to the perineum and soon it began to crown. I waited. The head crowned a bit more, but still I waited.
“Aren’t you going to cut an episiotomy?” Marie-Elana, the nurse, asked me.
“Nope,” I said. Even though the head, which was still crowning, had been stretching Sue’s perineum for more than 10 minutes, the patient had experienced no pain. Her perineum was long and tough, and the baby’s heartbeat was fine. I wanted to wait.
“Tch! You’ll never get it out without a tear,” Marie-Elana stated emphatically, making a sound West Indians use to express disbelief.
“Is that a bet?” I asked.
“You’re on,” said Marie-Elana.
“Move over,” I said to Steven, “I’m afraid I have to do this one.” At the same time I sent up a little silent prayer, “Please, please don’t let me get into trouble for showing off.” My patient thought this whole interchange was funny; she started to giggle. Her husband whispered something into her ear. She started to laugh out loud. Somehow that laughter produced the right combination of pressure and relaxation. The baby’s brow began to slip over the edge of the perineum.
“Quick, take your ginseng,” I said, “and keep laughing.” This must have sounded really silly; both the patient and her husband burst into laughter. It was infectious. Soon we were all laughing and giggling helplessly, while the baby’s head slipped gently over the perineum as I guided and slowed it. This child was born as every person in the room was laughing. He cried briefly and reassuringly, turning pink and rosy.
“So?” Marie-Elana said to me. I inspected the patient’s perineum as Sue inspected her baby’s fingers and toes. I grinned in triumph.
“Not a scratch.”
Afterwards, as we were doing the paperwork, Marie-Elana approached me. “You know, that was a beautiful delivery.”
“Yes,” said Steven. “I’m going to remember this one.”
“So will I,” I said.
EPILOGUE
For me, the best deliveries are those where “nothing happens.” Unlike many of my obstetrical colleagues, I am not thrilled by difficult and complicated cases. What interests me are people’s lives and how they deal with what is happening to them. The most uneventful births can sometimes be the most satisfying. I remember this birth because I had such a good time doing it.
CYBER-FAMILY PRACTICE: A STORY IN THREE PARTS
by Dr. Robert C. Like - New Brunswick, New Jersey
“Clinical Encounter” on the Internet
It is approximately five o’clock on a hot July afternoon. I have just returned to my medical school office after a busy and tiring day seeing patients at our Family Practice Center. I check my phone messages, mail and calendar. A list of academic tasks await me—committee meetings, student advising, lectures to the residents and medical students, a letter of recommendation that needs to be written, a journal manuscript to review. Multiple competing obligations comprise the life of an academic family physician. Fortunately there are no emergencies, and it looks as if I will be able to go home a little earlier tonight.
It occurs to me that I last checked my e-mail about a week ago. I am still fairly new to the Internet and do not yet make routine use of the information highway for communication purposes. Eventually I may become more comfortable with cyberspace. “How wonderful it is to be connected to people throughout the world,” I muse to myself. I turn on my computer, get into my electronic mailbox, and discover the following three-day-old e-mail message:
Hello! Was just snooping around the hostname files on my server and came across “rwja.umdnj.edu” and “njmsa. umdnj.edu” so I thought I would see if I could find your user id. Now you have my address, as well as my Web page address.
Actually, while I’m here I hate to bother you with a professional question, but at least this way you can answer when you have the chance. I’ve been on and off depressed (more on than off for several years now). I first saw a psychotherapist several years ago during my freshman year of college, after finding myself spellchecking a suicide note at three am [sic] one Saturday night. I felt better after several sessions with her, but my troubles were not over. As soon as something would go wrong, as soon as the stress would go up, the depression would return, along with thoughts of suicide. My mother knows about that first suicidal time, but not any of the others, and my dad doesn’t know any more than [sic] I am periodically depressed. Psychotherapy seems to work only temporarily, which is why a friend of mine, who is on Prozac herself, suggested that maybe I needed something like Prozac or other antidepressant drugs to cure me of this before I do go too far one night. I was just curious as to how expensive such drugs are, what is involved in determining if I do indeed need anything like that and what is involved in obtaining whatever is necessary. I assume that since I first sought help three years ago, under a different insurance company/plan, that it would be labeled as “preexisting condition” and therefore not be covered. But if it’s at all possible for me to do it, I think it’s worth it. Not sure how to tell my parents, or even if I should, but I guess that’s something to consider later on. Thank you for any help/information/advice you can give me.
Sam (pseudonym)
I sit back in my chair and sigh deeply. I know this person. His family comes to our Family Practice Center. What a dilemma. What do I do now?
Personal Introspection and the Auto-BATHE
It has been said that before acting, one should always “take one’s own pulse” first. I take a deep breath and fortunately remember a helpful interviewing technique known as the BATHE, which we teach our residents and medical students to use in caring for patients. Well, it’s time to BATHE myself (i.e., perform an “Auto-BATHE”). I ask myself the following series of questions:
B. Background: What’s going on? Sam has reached out to me for help via e-mail. He is depressed and has gone for individual counseling in the past. He is concerned that he may have a more serious depression requiring medication. He has contemplated suicide in the past. He is also not sure whether or what to tell his family about his condition. He is looking for information, support and professional guidance.
A. Affect: How do I feel about it? I experience a mixture of emotions including surprise, shock and dismay. My day was exhausting enough and the last thing I needed was a new and complex situation such as this to deal with. However, a person is in distress and a life is potentially at risk. This must take precedence.
T. Trouble: What troubles me the most? I am worried, of course, about Sam’s depression. How serious is the suicide threat? How can I best assess the situation in order to provide assistance? I also am concerned about the best way to interact with Sam and his family since we all live in the same community. What is the right thing to do clinically, ethically and legally?
H. Handle: How should I handle the situation? A variety of practical questions go through my mind. Do I need to deal with this situation now or can it wait till tomorrow? Should I send an e-mail response? Should I send a certified letter? Should I try to telephone Sam (presuming I can locate his phone number)? Should I speak with Sam’s parents? Should I contact one of my psychiatric colleagues for advice? Does Sam have his own personal physician and if so, should I contact him or her? Does this e-mail communication constitute a “clinical encounter?” Does this encounter need to be documented in the medical record, and if so, how? The questions go on and on.
E. Empathy: A little bit of self-empathy. I force myself to stop thinking and try to give myself a “mental pat on the back.” I will try the best I can and hope everything will work out. So much for a quiet night at home.
Patient- and Family-Centered Clinical Praxis
I decide that I will try first to locate Sam’s phone number as his e-mail appears to have been sent from his college. I make a long-distance call to the campus operator only to learn that Sam is not registered there for this summer. No luck. I drive home and tell my wife that I have a “clinical emergency” that needs to be dealt with. She is a nurse and is understanding as always.
Sam’s family lives in the community and perhaps I can find out where he is. I go over to his house and ring the bell. Much to my surprise and relief, Sam answers the door himself. He is at home with the rest of his family. As he is an adult and has sent me a confidential and personal communication, I invite him over to my home saying, “I received your e-mail. Would you like to come speak with me about the information you requested?” He agrees and his family does not seem to suspect that anything is wrong.
My wife needs to run some errands; she leaves me with our 2-year-old son, who is happily playing with his trains. Sam and I sit in the living room. I thank him for his e-mail message and over the next 15 minutes learn more about what has been going on in his life. We discuss the duration, frequency and severity of his depressive symptoms, what he has told his family so far, and what types of help he has sought. Clinically, I conclude that he is not actively suicidal but does indeed have a major depressive disorder which will require antidepressant medications. I discuss this with Sam and ask him if he would like to have a family meeting where we can share his e-mail communication and discuss potential treatment options with his parents. He agrees to this and internally I heave an inaudible sigh of relief. Sam goes home, and both he and his parents return 15 minutes later. Over the next half hour, we discuss my clinical findings and treatment recommendations. I commend Sam for his courage and willingness to obtain help. His parents fortunately are very supportive and understanding, and a referral to a psychiatrist is accepted. Everyone smiles and shakes hands. The genie is out of the bottle.
After Sam and his family leave, I reflect further on what has transpired this evening. A powerful personal learning experience. A gratifying clinical encounter. A ratification of the family systems paradigm of health care. I believe that all will work out for the best. I return to playing with my son and his trains. My wife comes home and asks how my day has been....
Yes, the Internet is indeed a wondrous creation of technology and is enabling us to become an interconnected global community. As we increasingly travel on the many byways of the electronic information highway, I wonder what new challenges await us and what the impact will be on the doctor–patient relationship and the practice of medicine.
~~~~Short stories included in this feature have been excerpted from Patients and Doctors: Life-Changing Stories from Primary Care, edited by Drs. Jeffrey M. Borkan, Shmuel Reis, Jack H. Medalie and Dov Steinmetz ©1999. Reprinted with permission from the University of Wisconsin Press, www. wisc.edu/wisconsinpress.~Creative Expressions,Humanistic Medicine~
285~8November~2000-49~Feature~It’s Raining Gifts~~Jennifer Zeigler~~If you think drug marketing is all about newspaper ads and 30-second spots, think pens and dinners instead.
David Boyd, a premed senior at Florida International University, says the events he attends with a nurse-practitioner mentor are all the same: It’s a quiet Tuesday night in the restaurant—one of the nicest in town. The maitre d’ is busy though, seating folks like you—premeds, medical students, residents and physicians—in a private dining room. You say hello to a few colleagues from the area. Talk turns to golf games, good movies and medical practices. Your dinner date wanders off to chat with a friend she spies in the corner.
A bow-tied waiter arrives with bottles of wine: “Red or white, sir?” he asks, and that is the last time you will see the bottom of your glass, “perhaps in an attempt to flutter your consciences,” Boyd says. Just as you are starting to feel heady from the merlot in your glass, here comes the fast-talking drug rep, and after handshakes all around, she launches into her spiel—something about an impending antibiotic launch from her company. You can’t help thinking she sounds like the woman on the home shopping network.
Thank God, there’s the waiter again, this time bearing hearts-of-palm salads for all—thus ending the brown-nosing portion of this evening. As left-behind lettuce leaves melt into vinaigrette on mostly empty glass plates, the program begins. A physician you’re not acquainted with has been paid handsomely to talk about cutaneous fungal infections and the best treatment for them. The drug rep happens to sell one of the discussed products. And yes, while slides of toe fungus are not the best dinner viewing, what the heck? It’s a free meal.
As the presentation wraps up, Mr. Bow-tie is back with prime rib, followed by crème brulée and coffee. Despite the caffeine boost, only a few people ask questions of the presenter. You pick up some free samples of the toe-fungus treatment on the way out and call it an evening.
And what an evening it was. Bought and paid for by your friendly neighborhood pharmaceutical rep. Friendly? You bet. There’s money to be made out there, and she’s just the gal to do it. But she’s not the only rep doing this. A central Florida physician received seven invitations to drug rep-sponsored events during a six-week period this summer. And an evening like the toe-fungus dinner is only one way pharmaceutical companies market their wares—six hours at a Saturday morning discussion on the treatment evolution of atrial fibrillation would have netted the Florida physician $500 for attending plus a $50 stipend for travel, courtesy of 3M Pharmaceuticals.
TO MARKET, TO MARKET
Pharmaceutical companies spend more than $11 billion annually on drug promotion and marketing, according to Dr. Sidney Wolfe, Public Citizen’s Health Research Group director. Marketing and administrative functions cost drug companies about 33.5 percent of their total sales, according to the Henry J. Kaiser Family Foundation. (Most pharmaceutical companies lump both marketing and administrative expenditures together, making actual promotion figures difficult to calculate.)
About $5 billion of that goes directly to drug reps who dole out an estimated $8,000 to $13,000 per physician in gifts, drug samples and meals. Another $1.9 billion is spent on direct-to-consumer advertising.
These figures have been steadily rising in recent years. Promotional spending by pharmaceutical manufacturers consumed $5.4 billion in 1995, doubling to its current $11 billion mark in just four years.
The pharmaceutical dollars have infiltrated every stage of medical training: premed, medical student and residency. They have impacted many of the continuing medical education (CME) courses physicians in 34 states need to complete to keep their licenses. And some people are crying foul. Dr. Gordon Schiff, director of clinical quality research at Cook County Hospital in Chicago, calls the money drug companies spend on physicians a bribe to get them to alter their prescribing practices. “If you accept a bribe, you go to jail for that, right? So what’s the difference?”
A GIFT BY ANY OTHER NAME
The most effective approach to pharmaceutical marketing is a combination of good public relations, journal advertisements and physician visits and gifts by company representatives, says Dr. Peter Mansfield, a general practitioner in Australia and director of the Medical Lobby for Appropriate Marketing (MaLAM), an international organization dedicated to promoting more responsible drug marketing practices.
And while Mansfield doesn’t condone the practice, right now “the most effective individual component of promotion is one-to-one meetings of doctors and drug company representatives,” he says. The types of meetings are varied: lavish dinners like the one in the toe-fungus scenario, weekly lunches for all the staff in a clinic or hospital department, chance calls on an individual practitioner complete with token gifts like pens, clocks and tote bags—the list goes on. But the procedure is often the same: In the name of educating the physician to a new treatment, the company representative’s mission is to influence prescribing practices.
But that doesn’t really happen, says Dr. David Kaplan, an anesthesiologist at New England Medical Center in Boston, who admits he’s been to “numerous” lunches and dinners, as well as accepted gifts such as pens, notepads and books from drug reps. “My practice of…anesthesiology has not been swayed by these gifts,” he says. “In fact, I can’t even remember which drug rep has represented which product! My decisions remain based on the clinical scenarios with which I am faced daily.”
Kaplan is like a lot of physicians who say that while they interact with the reps on a regular basis, their practice is no worse off for it. In fact, some say it’s better, pointing to fully stocked drug closets—courtesy of visiting reps—that often provide their indigent patients drugs they would otherwise go without.
That’s hogwash, Schiff says. “Medical students and doctors have all kinds of ways of deluding themselves,” he says. “To counter that, I think people should be a little more honest about what’s going on.” He points to regulations from the Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations that discourage individual doctors in hospitals from dispensing drug samples.
Problems arise when drug reps, pushing newer and more expensive drugs, influence doctors to prescribe medications they are not as familiar with, Schiff says. “People are getting side effects from being prescribed drugs we don’t know much about.” As an example, he points to the thalidomide crisis of the late 1950s: In an attempt to relieve morning sickness, physicians in 40 countries outside the United States prescribed this drug to pregnant women. The drug was later found to have caused their babies to be born with missing arms, legs and external ears and was pulled from the market worldwide. Schiff says many of the victims turned out to be doctors’ wives who got the drug from representatives visiting their husbands’ practices.
Dr. Robert Goodman of New York Presbyterian Hospital doesn’t buy the sample argument either. His organization, No Free Lunch, works toward getting physicians to stop accepting what he calls bribes from the pharmaceutical industry. “The sample by far is the most important thing they do,” he says. “The samples are purely marketing.” New York Presbyterian recently banned drug samples altogether, citing tracking difficulties in the event of a recall.
The sample issue is a tough one for practicing physicians faced with patients who lack prescription drug insurance coverage. “It seems to be a catch-22,” says Dr. Deborah Huang, a George Washington University (GW) medical school graduate applying for the 2001 Match. “There are times you want to send the patient out the door with the drug, because then they are going to take it.”
And while physicians can say drug rep interaction doesn’t influence them until they are blue in the face—and many do—a study published in the Journal of the American Medical Association (JAMA) in January found otherwise. The study uncovered numerous negative outcomes, including the inability to identify misleading claims about new medications; rapid preference and prescribing of new drugs; physician requests to alter formulary lists, despite facts indicating that the new drugs had few or no advantages over existing ones; and increased prescription rates and fewer generic prescriptions in favor of newer, more expensive drugs.
Still, the industry defends its actions. “Most companies are going to want you to know about their product,” says Jeff Trewhitt, a Pharmaceutical Research and Manufacturers of America (PhRMA) spokesperson. He says the marketing makes physicians aware of the options they have and advises them to treat the visits as a source of needed information.
In fact, the JAMA study did find that physicians who interacted with drug representatives also had an improved ability to identify the treatment for complicated illnesses.
But education-by-drug-rep is exactly the problem, say critics, contending that the salespeople—who are biased to their own products—can’t provide a balanced picture of competing medications. Schiff suggests the Medical Letter and guides offered by the U.S. Pharmacopeial Convention as sources of unbiased drug information.
But not every physician sees a problem with learning about a drug from a rep or at a sponsored dinner. “Of course they are trying to promote one or more drugs that their company sells, but I have also learned some useful information as a result,” Kaplan says. “Some of the speakers that they have sponsored have been quite good, and some of the books I have received have been very helpful.”
Dr. Margaret Planta, a family physician in a large clinic in Silicon Valley, says she actually uses the drug reps’ bias to play them off of one another. She will question each one about why his drug is better than a competing company’s, and when the competing company’s rep shows up, she questions him about what the other one had to say.
GET 'EM WHILE THEY'RE YOUNG
Practicing physicians aren’t the only ones wrangling over interaction with pharmaceutical representatives. Residents, medical students, even premeds feel the pinch. The JAMA study reported that 80 percent of medical students have at least been given a book from a drug company, while the same percent of residents had a meal courtesy of the industry. Premeds are generally exposed to the reps through volunteer work at clinics and hospitals.
“Drug companies have a long-term interest in influencing medical students to accept promotional activities such as free lunches so that they can be influenced more easily in the future,” says MaLAM’s Mansfield. “Also, promotion is more influential if it is the first or last word that you hear on the subject. Consequently, some companies will be keen to get to medical students first.”
This rush to get to him was sharply felt by Dr. David Grande when he began his internship in internal medicine at the University of Pennsylvania this summer. His orientation schedule included a lunch sponsored by a Pfizer representative who presented his spiel and then handed out gifts to the attendees: a canvas bag, a new white coat, pens and other trinkets.
“One thing that struck me in medical school—and it is more magnified now that I have started my residency—is that there is a tremendous amount of gift giving, freebies and lunches purchased on my behalf by the pharmaceutical industry,” he says. “It goes far beyond a drug rep buying lunch for a noon residency program. It’s bar nights, baseball games, trips and really extravagant stuff.”
Extravagance ran rampant at a party a local drug rep threw for Penn’s new residents. The event, hosted at Dave and Buster’s (think Chuck E. Cheese’s for adults), included dinner and a $50 game card for each attendee.
Dave and Buster’s has been getting a lot of business from the drug industry lately. Across the state in Pittsburgh, Pfizer hosted a similar party for the neurology residents at the University of Pittsburgh. “This one nauseated me,” says Jon Rittenberger, a third-year Pitt medical student who learned of the evening from his resident in his neurology rotation. The event was like the one in Philadelphia: drinks, dinner and a game card. The event, organized through the teaching hospital, struck an ethical cord with Rittenberger. “I have trouble believing that this has no effect on scripting,” he says.
The influence the pharmaceutical industry has over med students and residents—those still in the learning process—is becoming more clear to Rittenberger as he begins working his way through his clinical years.
“I’m seeing the brand name of drugs for the first time,” he says. So when a Janssen Pharmaceutica rep targeted Rittenberger during a call to the neurology department, he looked at it as an educational experience, a chance to find out a little more about an antipsychotic drug he knew in the generic form of haldol. The rep left him with a pen advertising the brand name medication Risperdal. “It’s a memory aid, but it’s a biased one,” he says of the pen, adding that it is just this type of scenario that the pharmaceutical industry can use to justify “their gajillion dollars they spend” on this type of marketing. Doctors are “supposed to be looking at all their options,” he says. “What if another drug rep didn’t get to talk to me, and I don’t know about their drug?”
And a pen is a minor tool. “Drug companies invest huge amounts of money on free lunches and gifts because they know that reciprocal obligation is an effective method for influencing attitudes and behaviors,” says Mansfield. But he also believes that while more experienced physicians may be better able to sort the wheat from the chaff in making prescribing decisions than students and residents, even he gets misled at times. Therefore, it would be nearly impossible to immunize students from the “adverse influence of drug promotion,” he says.
Trewhitt doesn’t really see the influence. “I would hope that buying lunch does not buy their soul,” he says. “Even though someone is a new, young doctor, [he] did not get there by being dumb.”
Pitt requires its medical students to take ethics classes to discuss just this sort of thing, and Rittenberger says he has learned from them. “There seems to be a line,” he says. “A lot of people just seem to find a place where they are comfortable.”
Rittenberger says he can already see how residents find that comfort zone. “I can see where they’re coming from,” he says. “They need the money. These are the people making $30,000 [a year] with $100,000 to $200,000 debts.” So he says he understood when one of his residents told him about a $100 payoff he got from an industry rep for listening in on an hour-long conference call about a product. “To the [residents’] credit, they’ll take a pen and they’ll eat the doughnut, but they won’t carry a Prozac pen when they go see a patient,” Rittenberger says. “By and large we do a decent job. If the drug sucks, we just won’t prescribe it.”
Still, it can be pretty hard for physicians-in-training to avoid the reps altogether if they want to. Huang says GW required attendance at a noon conference where a drug company provided lunch—but not the speaker—and set up a table to market its products outside the conference room.
At the University of Connecticut School of Medicine and others around the country, Glaxo Wellcome offers its Pathways Evaluation Program, a three-and-a-half-hour workshop available to third-year students to help them choose their areas of specialization. The course, which is not mandatory at Connecticut but is at other schools, is taught by two faculty members, and while funding for the course comes from Glaxo, there are no company representatives there.
Other companies give large gifts to medical schools for research and building projects. Eli Lilly—which refused repeated requests to comment on this subject except to say that it doesn’t market its company to medical students—gave a $2 million gift to the Indiana University School of Medicine.
Many critics say this type of gift-giving isn’t all bad. For example, Grande says he thinks it is good for drug companies to support educational programs. “If their gifts are truly altruistic, companies should be willing to support educational programs without influencing the content and without promoting their drug products,” he says.
‘JUST SAY NO’
So what’s a young, impressionable physician-in-training to do? First, you may want to read up on the guidelines on physician gifts from the drug industry. Oh? You didn’t know they exist? Well, you aren’t alone. The JAMA study found that only 23 percent of residents and 62 percent of physicians know about them, and those who are aware of them don’t use them as a reason not to accept gifts.
In case you’ve missed the advice, here’s a synopsis: The guidelines, adopted by the American Medical Association in December 1990—only to be picked up by PhRMA two days later—state that gifts should be of a benefit to patients and not of significant value. Texts, modest meals and other gifts are OK; cash is not. Gifts from drug reps should be related to the physician’s work, and money should only exchange hands to cover participation at CME events, and then not if it goes toward travel expenses to get to the event. (The money should go first to the conference organizer and then to the attendee, because a direct link from drug rep to physician “could influence the use of the company’s products.”) Scholarships are OK only if the medical school decides who should get them, and finally, if strings are attached, the gift is a no-go.
Rep. Pete Stark (D-Calif.) isn’t waiting for more widespread voluntary adherence to these guidelines. In an effort to curb the amount of money spent on pharmaceutical marketing, the congressman has introduced legislation to eliminate a little-known pharmaceutical-company tax break regarding physician gifts and benefits. While drug sample giveaways would continue to offer a company a tax incentive, Stark estimates the legislation would reverse the 40 percent reduction in taxes the pharmaceutical companies currently enjoy.
“The pharmaceutical industry reaps billions in profits every year and certainly does not need excessive tax breaks,” Stark said in introducing his legislation. He says the money spent on marketing would be better spent on research and development, which is also subject to a tax credit.
Erin Dunnigan disagrees marketing dollars are better spent elsewhere. In finishing up a joint M.B.A. and premed program at Notre Dame, she has taken a hard look at pharmaceutical marketing. And while she finds the strategy objectionable from an ethical standpoint, business is business, she says, calling the tactics nothing more than “smart marketing.”
“Should pharmaceutical companies abandon these efforts to let the market know about the latest developments? Of course not,” she says. “Why should they develop drugs that will only go unnoticed?”
Trewhitt might think the industry has found a friend in Dunnigan. He says marketing increases sales, which fund research and development of new drugs. If only these claims that cuts in marketing dollars would allow for more and cheaper drugs were true, he says. The industry spent more than $24 billion on research and development (R&D) in 1999, which he says is much more than promotional spending.
But it can’t be much more, according to figures from the Kaiser Family Foundation. R&D actually accounts for 17 percent of drug companies’ total sales; administration and marketing accounts for 33.5 percent.
Like Stark, Mansfield would like to see these imbalances addressed through policy. He suggests developing methods for measuring the appropriate use of drug therapies and rewarding drug companies according to their contributions. “MaLAM would like to see drug companies receiving less money per tablet sold and more money for their contribution to achieving health targets,” he says.
Both he and Stark may be underestimating the pharmaceutical industry lobby’s impact on legislation, however, and it is not likely to support either of these plans. In the meantime, Schiff recommends a simpler approach. “Just say no,” he says. “In 25 years [of practice] I’ve had no conversation with a drug rep.” This self-discipline is even more impressive when you consider that as a member of Cook County Hospital’s formulary committee, he is the physician every rep in the area would be beating a path to.
Schiff certainly recognizes the mental anguish the “to take or not to take” question can cause in medical students and residents. But it shouldn’t be a difficult dilemma. “Rather than tormenting themselves with whether they should feel guilty, just don’t get involved in all that,” he says. “There’s an easy answer.”
~JUST JUNK? HARDLY.
No matter how you feel about drug marketing, the giveaways the industry creates to sell its wares have spawned a hobby: collecting drug advertising.
You see, there’s all these knickknacks and trinkets. Biaxin
coffee mugs. Axid rulers, Ansaid water bottles and Maxalt Post-it notes. Claritin clocks and Zoloft magnets. Zythromax stuffed animals and Prozac Nerf footballs. A Buspar mousepad. And pens. Propecia pens and Flomax pens. Lamisil pens, Lotrel pens, Diflucan pens and Zyrtec pens. And Viagara pens—they’re a popular item. They’re tchotchkes, really. You’d probably throw them out if you got them.
But somebody does want them, because there are dozens of listings for these items on the Internet auction site eBay. What makes them so special? It’s the prescription drug advertising they bear. That’s right, these seemingly unimportant items that pharmaceutical reps leave behind on sales calls are a hot market.
A dozen pens hawking different drugs were going for more than $35 on eBay at press time. Someone bid $7 for a head-shaped clock advertising Paxil. There were pens, tissue boxes, clocks and even a puppet for sale. And, yes, people were buying them. The question, “Why?” comes to mind.
Sarah Korim, a premed at Brandeis University, says that as the daughter of a pharmacist, she has been exposed to more than her fair share of pharmaceutical giveaways. And for some reason her friends want them too. “Drug-named items are so popular in today’s culture,” she says. “This all has become an obsession.”
Korim’s dorm room is filled with the stuff: mugs, clocks, stuffed
animals, puppets, lamps and pens—lots of pens. Hey, every student needs them. She even sold a metal Prozac pen on eBay and netted $16.
Profits are high for some drug knickknack sellers. One student tells of an interesting set-up: Her relative gets the trinkets from a drug rep specifically for online sale. Once the items are sold, the relative kicks back part of the profits to the drug rep, who then pockets the kitty
for himself.
Kathy Burns, one of the eBay pen bidders, says she’s not “obsessed” with the drug trifles, but she does find them interesting. She says she has a “rope pen” fashioned out of an ampule bottle affixed to a length of rope that “everyone goes crazy” for when they see it. Now, that must be some pen.
“Some you like for the novelty of them,” Burns says. But really, she just holds onto the ones that strike her fancy. She doesn’t keep all her pens though; sometimes she sells a few.
“Rick,” another eBay bidder, probably sums up the drug trinket craze the best: “There’s a collector for everything.” —J.Z.
~~~Jennifer Zeigler is a senior writer with The New Physician. Editor’s note: Look for a story on direct-to-consumer drug marketing in an upcoming issue of The New Physician.~Ethics,Pharmaceutical Industry~
286~8November~2000-49~Feature~The Eleventh Hour~~Elizabeth A. McNichol~~Academic medicine’s financial climate has been diagnosed, and the news isn’t good for teaching hospitals. About half will be operating in the red within two years.
You may remember the exact moment when you decided to enter medical school. Perhaps your mother or father took up the noble profession and taught you of its worthiness. Maybe you admired the bespectacled pediatrician who handed you a cherry swirl lollipop when you were sick and then sent you on your way, feeling a little better, feeling like you might like to give people a boost one day, too.
You might remember that happy flash in your life. But Sen. Daniel Patrick Moynihan (D-N.Y.) remembers a different moment: the exact hour when he realized your teaching hospital may one day be in grave danger.
It was Jan. 19, 1994, and, as chairman of the Senate Finance Committee, he was charged with leading the discussions surrounding President Clinton’s Health Security Act. He asked Paul Marks, then president of Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center, to arrange a “seminar” for him on health-care issues. Moynihan unassumingly entered the Laurance S. Rockefeller Boardroom at Sloan-Kettering at 10 a.m.
“At about a quarter past the hour, I was told that the University of Minnesota might have to close its medical school,” Moynihan’s oft-told story goes. “Whereupon my education in this began. Minnesota is where the Scandinavians settled. They don’t close medical schools; they open medical schools. What was going on? It was simple enough: Managed care had reached the high plains. The good folk of Lake Wobegon had dutifully signed on [to managed care], only to learn that market-based health plans do not send patients to teaching hospitals, because they cost too much. No teaching hospital; ergo no medical school.”
It’s a refrain that Moynihan has sung repeatedly since that day in 1994, and increasingly, thanks to a number of new factors putting teaching hospitals in a bind, people in the health-care business have begun to join him in song. But not enough people herald this cry, say those who have made it their business to worry about the teaching hospital crisis.
And so maybe you don’t know this. Maybe you’re like most medical students—too busy to eat or sleep, much less keep up with the news. Or maybe you’re of the rare number of students who are tuned in. Either way, experts say, there’s probably much more for you to learn about this issue than you know already.
It is not an easily diagnosed illness, this teaching hospital crisis. Perhaps most startling of all is how varied and far-reaching the predicaments are that teaching hospitals have faced or continue to struggle with. The very best you can do is listen to the experiences of others, and then keep a watchful eye on your own surroundings. So when did this all begin, and where will it lead the future of medicine during your career? Read on and find out.
ACT ONE: THE ORIGIN OF A PROBLEM
It doesn’t take a scientist to know the growth of managed care has been among the wearisome propellers of health care’s gradual downward trajectory in many regions over the course of the past several years. Indeed, this growth is what sparked alarm in Moynihan, who’s been a leader in the Senate on the issue of medical education throughout his career. Yes, teaching hospitals are more expensive because they train medical students to become residents and employ residents to see patients. As Dr. Paul Jung, a Robert Wood Johnson Clinical Scholar at Johns Hopkins University, explains, wherever there are residents, there are bigger bills “because they are inexpensive labor, and we order extra tests that are sometimes unnecessary, make decisions that are not always cost-efficient to the hospital. That’s the argument, anyway.”
It’s an argument that has gradually taken procedures like appendectomies and the like out of the hands of teaching hospitals and into cheaper hospitals where students don’t train and life-saving research isn’t conducted. Or, in the case of common illnesses, medical care for these has moved to community clinics, because managed care’s entire foundation is built upon balancing sound medical decisions in the most thrifty method possible. And when more of those procedures and more of those patients are sent out of the teaching hospital system, the loss of revenue affects every aspect of its functioning—including your ability and opportunity for deepening your skill level as a medical student.
What follows in this opening act you may find to be about as delectable a read as cough syrup is to swallow. But stick with us.
Because they are often located in large metropolitan areas or areas of significant population, teaching hospitals also are more likely to see a greater number of the nation’s poorest patients—those who are among the nation’s 43 million uninsured. Academic medical centers and teaching hospitals provide nearly half of all indigent health care. The Medicaid program, which is funded at the discretion of state governments, provides some of the reimbursement for these services, but what it doesn’t cover gets eaten by the hospital’s budget. Teaching hospitals also treat a great number of the nation’s elderly, who rely on the federal government’s Medicare program to help pay for medical bills.
All of which leads us to what has become academic medicine’s Public Enemy No. 1: a little document called the Balanced Budget Act (BBA) of 1997. If you remember nothing else from this article, remember this figure: $43 million. That’s the amount of money the average teaching hospital will lose by 2002, thanks to the BBA’s prescription of a 29 percent cut to Medicare’s Indirect Medical Education (IME) payments to hospitals over a five-year period.
You see, in addition to covering health-care costs for the elderly, Medicare, since its inception, has also been the source of medical residents’ salaries and benefits through what is called Direct Medical Education funding. IME funding, which is extra money that was built into Medicare’s financing of medical education to reimburse a litany of other costs related to running an academic medical center, includes treatment for those who can’t pay and such hard-to-track expenses as up-to-date equipment. IME expenses, to use an analogy, are a lot like all those strange little extra charges that show up on your phone bill every month that no one but the phone company can account for.
One reason why the BBA targeted Medicare spending has to do with IME funding: Hospitals had long been receiving more than enough through this source to cover their basic costs, and the rest, legislators deemed, was fat worth trimming. Few observers—even those employed by teaching institutions—disagreed with that fact. Hospitals, it was roundly stated, need to become more efficient after the go-go ’80s, and for some that’s still a problem. But most everyone feeling the pain of the cuts agrees that Congress went too far in its pseudopunishment.
Thanks to a couple of legislative Band-Aids passed by Congress in recent sessions, the immediate impaling of teaching hospitals has been staved—for now. Still, about half of the nation’s major teaching hospitals are projected to post red ink in two years.
Money may be the root of all evil, but it is also the purveyor for advancement. And the more the green fades, the more the red ink stains the United States’ reputation for the finest medical education and the best medical treatment. Moynihan has recognized this for some time. Each year for the past three years, the retiring statesman has introduced legislation called the Medical Education Trust Fund Act, which would have required that both the public sector and managed-care organizations provide financing for graduate medical education. This would then lower medical education’s dependency on Medicare and would make HMOs more responsible for the future of the doctors without whom they would have no purpose. But each year, his act has languished in Capitol Hill committees. He leaves office this fall, taking his vivid memory of that first meeting at Sloan-Kettering with him.
“These institutions save far more lives than, for example, the Coast Guard,” said Moynihan in an opinion column, “and indeed, in many ways, they are transforming life itself.”
ACT TWO: LOWS IN OHIO; CRITICAL IN MASS
“I knew residents at Mt. Sinai [Cleveland] who were there when they shut down,” Johns Hopkins’ Jung says. “They showed up for Grand Rounds one day, and after they were finished, they were told, ‘Oh, and…by the way, your program is cancelled and you’ll have to find a new residency.’ They found positions in the hospital where I worked nearby. But they’re not willing to talk about it publicly—for fear of what—I don’t know. They lost their residency already. I encouraged them to [talk about their experiences]. Perhaps it was fear of retribution, because they are foreign medical students.”
And so, welcome to Cleveland, friends, where baseball may be back in business, but the city’s renowned reputation for first-rate health-care access was whiffing air last year. When the for-profit Primary Health Systems took over Mt. Sinai, all of its eyes were on expansion, and expansion is code for spend, spend, spend—putting the center’s long-term financial health at risk. In the new world of managed care and cutbacks, it’s become vogue for large hospitals to fan out and gobble up as many physicians as possible to expand its managed-care network. But that often leads to trouble. Following what one player called “a lot of lack of honesty in the way issues were presented” to residents and faculty, Mt. Sinai suddenly found itself a nonteaching hospital for the first time since 1970, forcing 60 to 70 Case Western Reserve medical students to kiss their clinical rotations goodbye—including the residents Jung knew. Eventually, the hospital was forced to shut its doors altogether.
“Mt. Sinai blamed the shutdown on not being able to fund residents,” Jung says, “which is proof enough to me that that [IME] money was used for general operations and not for its residencies. I mean, you could shut down your residency program and leave the hospital open, if that’s the case.”
Jung is skeptical of hospitals’ scapegoating residency programs and IME cutbacks as the main problem in struggling academic medical centers. He says some hospitals are endangering residency programs and patients by not wisely spending the extra dollars Medicare builds into IME.
“That money could be used for wallpaper, for extra X-ray machines, you name it,” he says. “It’s taken from general operations.” Hence, this indirect medical education funding is often used for things that are heavily indirectly related to medical education. And since the money is taken out of a hospital’s general operations budget—a large and nebulous part of a budget—the spending gets lost.
“They’ve got no requirements that hospitals keep track of extra money. So we don’t know where it goes. That’s why it’s so hard to track down hospitals that are in crisis,” Jung says. “That’s why the AAMC [Association of American Medical Colleges] and others are scrambling to use the argument that it’s vital to residency programs.”
In the long run, Jung says, IME money does help residency programs, because some of those extras are used to enhance a resident’s growth and experience, and when a hospital builds a reputation on those extras, and suddenly finds the money that paid for it cut by Congress…well, trouble lies ahead.
“Not all hospitals are created equal, and some are managed better than others,” Jung says.
Boston University economics professor Alan Sager, who has spent a great deal of time studying the issue of health-care costs, thinks Jung’s theory may have some merit.
“You hide [the money] where you can, you know?” Sager says. “That very well may be the case. We need to look very carefully at hospitals state by state to see what is happening. Part of the problem is that hospitals are very hard places to run efficiently, because doctors have no way to accurately diagnose every patient.
“Hospitals have been closing forever. But the pace of closings has accelerated in the last 20 years, partly because people think we have built too many hospitals with too many beds and won’t ever need them again. Others think it’s because hospitals have forced competitors out of business. And the BBA has hurt some hospitals substantially. But it’s hard to know how great an effect it’s had on all hospitals.
“Hospitals will tell you they don’t have enough revenue, but it’s hard to know if the real culprit is just excessive costs. Everybody has a way of trying to rationalize excessive costs.”
Rationalizing or not, at least one of Case Western Reserve’s medical faculty members says the financial problems of hospitals today are very real and very serious. Ohio ranks fourth in dollars received from Medicare’s IME. Dr. Jay Wish, a cardiologist and professor at Case, had the unenviable task of sorting out the aftermath of Mt. Sinai’s closing.
“It’s pretty ugly,” Wish says. “I’m a doctor. That’s my day job. But I’m also a clinical faculty member, and teaching is why I’m here. The things that are going on with academic medicine are fairly drastic. You can see that with what happened at Mt. Sinai. First it disbanded all of its residency and student teaching programs. Then it just went under, period. That’s bad for the medical school, and that’s bad for the patients.
“We begged and pleaded with other sites to take in the students who were originally assigned to Mt. Sinai,” Wish says. “The situation was less than ideal, but the other hospitals and clinics really didn’t have a choice but to accommodate the students as best as they could. We, as teachers and professionals, couldn’t just leave the students hanging.”
Wish says the changes didn’t have a great impact on incoming residents—it was the physicians who had already started their residencies who suffered the biggest strain in being uprooted.
In his 21 years in academic medicine, Wish says, he’s never seen the academic medicine climate in such tatters. “At Case Western, all the academic departments are under tremendous strain to make ends meet,” he says. “The result is that you’re torn between continuing to teach, which is what attracted us to enter academic medicine in the first place, and the demands of generating clinical revenues for our departments. If all I had wanted to do was practice medicine, I’d have gone into private practice.”
And he says medical students can sense medicine’s unstable current climate, especially how it affects their educational resources. “It doesn’t take much time to take a student on a ward team, but, on the other hand, if you ask me to teach a physiology class, and I have to leave the hospital and travel to another site, that’s going to be a bigger burden. It’s harder to have that kind of freedom or time, and that’s where it’s going to show the most to medical students.”
This is a fact that probably saddens him the most. “Our reputation for teaching at Case Western has been very strong, in part because we’ve always given the clinical faculty much of the responsibility for teaching in the first two years,” he says. “That’s what the students like. The clinical faculty give the students a perspective that can relate an abstract subject to real-life experiences, which makes students more excited and eager to advance into the clinical aspects of their curriculum. But you wonder how much longer the clinical faculty will be able to contribute at that level in the current climate.”
When you note that about three-quarters of the nation’s allopathic physicians are trained in the 125 university medical centers and 400 teaching hospitals in the United States, Wish’s heightened concern becomes all too palpable.
“It used to be that reimbursements for clinical services were sufficient enough to give you some freedom as a doctor to pursue interests outside the provision of direct patient care, whether that was teaching medical students and residents or the scholarly pursuit of an area of personal interest. That flexibility isn’t there anymore. That time you take away from the generation of clinical revenues to teach or to do research has to be made up somewhere, since each faculty member is responsible for generating sufficient revenue to cover his own salary and benefits. When I started here, I received toward my salary 55 cents on every clinical dollar that was collected after taxes imposed by my department. Now, it’s down to 25 cents. The taxes go to overhead and other expenses to keep the department afloat. I have to work twice as hard just to stay even as an academic faculty member.
“[So] where does that leave academic medicine?”
Where it leaves academic medicine is without the services of a large—and increasing—number of the profession’s best teachers and practitioners. Although most academic faculty are committed to both efforts, others are giving up on the ideal they fashioned years earlier.
“There’s no question about it,” Wish says. “I know of three members of cardiology who left this year to go into private practice.”
And academics like Wish worry that the students they teach aren’t worried enough. “They don’t understand the true implications,” Wish says. “They don’t have anything to compare it to. They didn’t see the good old days that we remember, so they’re used to what’s around them, the conditions. To some extent, you’re attracting a more dedicated medical student today as a result. In the ’60s, you went into medicine for three reasons: because of your genuine interest in medicine, because you wanted to make money and because you wanted to avoid the draft. Now, it’s just because you want to go into medicine. There is no draft, and I think the word is out that you’re not going to make a lot of money anymore. There are no ulterior motives or false illusions.
“What students need to be aware of, [however], is that most academic faculty go into it because they want to teach. If it looks [to students] like the faculty don’t seem to be as committed, it’s not necessarily a lack of interest that’s holding [the teachers] back. It is often a matter of making choices.”
In Massachusetts, they know all about making choices. Boston has become ground zero in many ways for the current teaching hospital debate. That’s partly because 88 percent of its population depends on teaching hospitals for care, according to numbers from PriceWaterhouseCoopers. That means, says Richard Averbuch, a senior director at the Massachusetts Hospital Association, that the city is a “bellwether for the rest of the country…. It’s happening here a little faster and maybe with a little more intensity, but it’s an indication of what’s going to happen elsewhere. People need to pay attention.”
And what they can expect is “a crisis of significant proportion,” Averbuch says. “I talk to a lot of people in health care in this state, from the top levels to the bottom, and nobody has seen anything like it. It’s unprecedented. We are the only state in the U.S. where all three major players in reimbursement—Medicare, Medicaid and the private sector—are paying less than the cost of medical care. Anybody will tell you that’s a major problem. Two-thirds of hospitals in Massachusetts are losing money. By 2002, when the full impact of the cuts is to be felt, a little more than 40 percent of all cuts are going to fall on IME payments.
“Everyone is hurt by cuts, but teaching hospitals in particular are hurt by them.”
In a town that used to be famous for the line, “Where everybody knows your name,” the more appropriate television theme song might be “Who’s the boss?” The shifts and mergers and maneuverings to patch the holes in the Boston-area hospitals run by Harvard, Tufts and Boston universities are nearly impossible to keep track of. But if you’re a medical student, it would behoove you to do so. This is where the most heated health-care debates seem to be happening—where the governor has formed a task force to analyze why the state’s largest insurer, Harvard Pilgrim Health Care, was forced into state receivership. While Averbuch says the problem is low Medicaid reimbursements, others, like Boston University economist Sager, say it has more to do with Massachusetts’ hospitals being among the most expensive for services in the nation.
“Winston Churchill always said you could count on the Americans to do the right thing when everything else has failed,” Sager says. “If we wait for a [national] crisis, we’re going to get swamped. We need to be doing contingency planning. And we need to look at several different models of dealing with this on a state-by-state basis and see what works. We need to think like the military, anticipate all the things that could happen, instead of believing there is only one way to do things. It’s stupid to entertain only one theory. We need to design and test and plan new ways of dealing with health care.”
But there is good evidence to suggest that the crisis is already here. While no Boston teaching hospitals have closed as they have in Cleveland, several residency programs have announced cutbacks in positions and as recently as late September, Beth-Israel Deaconess Medical Center eliminated residency programs in three specialties: psychiatry, dermatology and orthopedics.
“Everybody is talking about education, the environment, social security,” Averbuch says. “We have to make sure the same sense of urgency is brought to health care. We’ve shielded patients and politicians long enough from the realities. We can’t do that anymore.”
ACT THREE: HOW CAN YOU PROTECT YOURSELF?
So what does all this mean for you? Plenty. It’s your future, and you can be proactive in protecting it.
“The fact is that most students don’t consider something like a hospital’s money situation; they’re only interested in its prestige,” Jung says. “But Mt. Sinai was part of Case Western, and I don’t think anyone would tell you that’s not a school of some prestige.
“Medical students should absolutely be concerned about these cuts as they evaluate residency programs. They can easily get financial information from their hospital—or they should be able to. If a hospital doesn’t provide papers with its financial health details on it to you, it sends a message that [it doesn’t] care about you as an employee. I mean, if Microsoft were to try to hire you and refused to give you an annual report or detailed information about where [it stands,] what would that say to you?
“When I signed on to my residency program four years ago, I got a memo from the CEO detailing our financial health,” Jung says. “At the time, I thought it was strange—this was back when all these cuts were starting—and I thought, ‘Why would a hospital want to tell me that it’s financially stable?’ Now, I think it’s critical that a hospital give residents that information.”
Jung says that hospitals should give you this financial information each year you’re a part of the staff, and that you should ask about methods of recourse, should something happen to affect your program during your residency. Make sure your contract has an explicit clause that spells this out, as well as your maximum working hours—which could become an issue if staff physicians are cut and you must pick up the slack. It’s not a common practice to ask for such specifics, he says, but it should be.
“This is three years of your life. You want to be sure,” Jung says.
Karen Fisher, associate vice president for the division of health affairs at the AAMC, recommends students keep their sensitivity antennae up and running during an interview. “Do you notice low morale? If you ask yourself, ‘Why is everyone here so down?’ the answer is usually because of financial reasons,” she says.
John Po, a fifth-year M.D.–Ph.D. Drexel University student currently working in research, survived with relative ease a shakeup in his own medical studies when MCP Hahnemann reached the brink of bankruptcy before being pulled back by Drexel. Even though he has weathered the storm, Po says students should be wary of joining programs with affiliations that seem to be overextending themselves, “where you see hospitals are gobbling other systems up. It’s hard to prepare for those things that people hide, but be [aware] of what’s going on in the background, not just in your immediate area, but within the entire institution. And always be on the ball with regard to the quality of your education. If you see something that seems substandard, make it known to superiors and instructors.”
Across the nation, there are numerous ways medical students can get involved from an advocacy standpoint, as well; the AAMC and other organizations have legislative task forces working to make Congress aware of academic medicine’s plight.
“Everyone, whether practicing medicine or studying medicine, should be cognizant of what’s going on with all health-care providers in this country,” Averbuch says. “They have a stake in the debate. The level of concern about delivering care to patients is extraordinary. ‘Crisis’ is definitely the right word here.”
~~~~New Physician contributing editor Elizabeth A. McNichol is a freelance writer who lives in North Carolina.~Advocacy,Health Policy,Residency~
287~9December~2000-49~Letter from Afield~Call of the Arctic~PSYCHIATRIC EXPLORATIONS OF KODIAK ISLAND.~Brian J. Caveney~~At the beginning of my fourth year of medical school at West Virginia University, I was eager to spend a rotation doing something different—to get away and learn another style of medicine in a part of the world few people get to visit.
I found that opportunity with Dr. Donald Fidler, a professor of psychiatry at West Virginia, who has been conducting research and providing therapy to the villagers on Kodiak Island in Alaska for 11 years through the Kodiak Area Native Association. I accompanied him on one of his summer trips to complete my psychiatry rotation.
Usually, when tourists make it to the island’s “big city” of Kodiak, they think they’ve gone to the end of the earth. The city’s remote population of 10,000 and the looming mountains paint a desolate picture. But there are six little villages on the other side of those mountains that most Kodiak natives have never even seen, and that’s where we were headed.
We took a little puddle-jumper—an original Widgin, the last of which was made in 1944, flown by an Alaskan bush pilot—from Kodiak to Akhiok village. The flight under the clouds, over the mountains and through valleys caused our hearts to race, but we finally touched down on a short, dirt runway and were quickly greeted by smiling faces chasing us on all-terrain vehicles. There are no cars or trucks in the village, except a 25-year-old Jeep to help haul the big stuff around.
Akhiok is a beautiful village of 87 people, tucked far in the southwestern corner of Kodiak Island, right out on the Pacific Ocean. Most of the villagers are Alaskan natives of either Aleut or Alutiiq Indian descent, with a mixture of Russian ancestry left over from the island’s former Soviet occupation. Many have some types of Asian ancestry as well.
Given the vast cultural differences and geographic location, health-care delivery is entirely different in an Alaskan village. For example, pregnant women are flown to Kodiak one month before their due date because there are no facilities or providers in the villages to handle complications. We spent the first half of the rotation in the village itself, individually working with people in the all-purpose health clinic staffed by two wonderful health aides. However, because of psychiatry’s stigma in Alaska, the most therapeutic sessions are masked as fun events. People are far more likely to open up their hearts and let healing begin under more comfortable circumstances, such as a kayak ride, a fishing expedition or a seal hunt.
Quite a few villagers suffer from adjustment disorders, major depression and alcoholism. It’s this high prevalence of alcoholism that brought Fidler to the village in the first place. As a result of 11 years of hard work, the village was able to bring down its 85 percent rate of alcoholism to 15 percent and has formally declared itself a dry village.
Fidler focuses on other psychiatric health issues as well. The small number of people and the added lack of immigration or emigration has led to a considerable amount of incest and teenage pregnancy in the village. To combat this problem, we conducted several discussion groups with children about health, sexuality, self-esteem, mental health, parenting and general well-being.
One of our most powerful sessions was a group hike to the top of the ridge outside the village. This barrier isolates the children from the world, as they cannot wander from the village without a gun-toting adult to protect them from meeting the world’s largest bear, the Kodiak. At the summit, proud of climbing all the way up the ridge, the children made a pact that they would be proud of their heritage, support the village and remain drug and alcohol free.
With only 87 people in the village, there aren’t many general medical problems to worry about, but I did have the satisfaction of making calls on a couple of patients. One cute little 2-year-old girl had a nasty ascending cellulitis on her foot. I wanted to show off my new knowledge from my pediatrics rotation and suggested one of the trendy new bugfighters. One of the health aides just started laughing at me. They hadn’t had any supplies flown in on the mail plane lately, so the only antibiotic they had left on the shelves was amoxicillin. Of course, it worked just fine, and I learned a valuable lesson about medical decision-making.
I had a few nature lessons as well. We saw just about every form of wildlife that I’ve ever watched on the Discovery Channel: 12-foot-tall Kodiak bears, a pod of swimming orcas, seals and sea lions, gracefully soaring bald eagles, sea otters, grazing mountain goats and more salmon than you can imagine. We were even coaxed into eating the sexual organs of sea urchins. The kids took us octopus hunting a couple of times, and once we came back with an eight-foot-long specimen big enough to snack on and use the rest for halibut bait. That led to a fishing trip to bring back fresh halibut for dinner.
During the second half of the rotation, we served as counselors for the third annual Kodiak Island Spirit Camp, attended by 50 children from the island and surrounding areas. What at first seemed like a fun vacation turned into the hardest thing I have ever done in my life. A number of the kids there displayed all the criteria for a spot diagnosis of attention deficit disorder or attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. Though unconfirmed, a great number of the campers had the characteristic faces of fetal alcohol syndrome, which correlates with the island’s long history of alcohol abuse. In fact, several mothers confessed to continuous intoxication during their pregnancies.
But looking back, I find it amazing how resilient the human mind and body can be. I was lucky enough to visit during July, which at times was cool enough for coats, and it is unfathomable how the people of Akhiok can withstand the brutal climate, the isolation and the lifestyle year-round. Several dichotomous circumstances struck me. Because no fruits or vegetables, except some berries, can grow in the harsh climate, the typical diet consists of healthy seafood and junk food flown in from Kodiak. The people are completely isolated from all human contact outside the village, yet many of the cottages have access to the world through the Internet and television.
And although the village is so isolated, the villagers enjoy very little privacy. Volumes could be written on the villagers’ survival methods and coping mechanisms. I would love to study the epidemiology of the village life and how it affects the psychopathology of some of its inhabitants.
My adventure in Akhiok was one of continuous awe, and I know I learned as much practical psychiatry, sociology, anthropology and geopolitics as I ever could have in a traditional rotation at a university hospital. It turned out “something different” was the most beneficial to me.
~~~~Brian J. Caveney is in his sixth year of a combined M.D.–J.D. program at West Virginia University.~Community and Public Health~
288~9December~2000-49~Feature~Make It Big, Start Early~GENERAL FINANCIAL PLANNING TIPS FOR NEW PHYSICIANS.~Christopher Mueller, D.P.M.~~So, you’ve recently finished your medical training and are now starting your career. Maybe you’ve taken an associate position, or even borrowed more money and have started your own practice. Things may be moving slowly at first and money is tight, but now is actually the time to start saving for your future, for your retirement.
This is an important time for you. You’ve just completed your medical training and have yet to establish yourself as a physician. It’s a period of instability and debt. Student loans have suddenly become real. You need a place to live and perhaps a new car, and you may want to start a family. Retirement is probably your last concern, but this is the time to start saving if you want to secure a comfortable living after age 65.
Start Early. The trick to becoming wealthy in the new millennium is the same as it was in the old one: Save money, invest savings and begin early. Starting early is by far the most important factor in this equation. For example, let’s look at two physicians (see chart). At 30 years old, physician A starts saving $3,000 a year. Physician B also saves $3,000 a year, but doesn’t begin to do so until she’s 37. If both physicians invested in the same mutual funds and earned an average annual 10 percent return on their investments, physician A would have $897,380 at age 65, and physician B would have only $445,893 at the same age. As you can see, there is only a seven-year difference in investing time, but a significant contrast in total savings.
Simply said, the primary reason for this considerable growth is “interest earning interest.” This example shows that the longer the investment compounds, the steeper the curve. For compounding growth to work best for you, start early, always reinvest your dividends and make regular investments.
Regular Investing. A sensible way to invest savings for the long term is to invest a set amount of money on a regular basis. A young physician may want to establish an account with a mutual fund where a fixed amount of savings is added to the account each month.
When the stock market is up and the price of the fund is high, that set investment may be limited to the amount of shares it can purchase, but when the market is low, the same amount can purchase more shares. This is known as “dollar cost averaging.” Over a long period of time, the investment grows along with the market. This type of investing is encouraged by financial planners, it can be made simple with electronic debiting from a checking account, and the initial minimum purchase is often less.
Roth IRA. Many young physicians qualify for a Roth IRA (individual retirement account). This plan allows you to invest money for retirement tax-free based on your household income. The major benefit of a Roth IRA is that while the invested money is already taxed, retirement withdrawals are tax-free. This is an excellent plan and should be part of every young qualifying physician’s portfolio. Always invest tax-free when you can.
Online Trading. Trading stocks online is similar to making a gambling trip to Las Vegas—it’s fine only if you have extra money that you can afford to lose. The stock market is unpredictable and perilous. As a young investor, you should avoid online trading until you’ve watched the market closely for a long period of time.
One excellent way to learn the stock market and to actually enjoy online trading at no risk is to enter online investment contests. There are a number of these that start you off with a sum of “e-money” or “fantasy money.” You buy and sell, take chances and try to hit it big. These contests run monthly and some offer cash prizes. Visit the “Virtual Stock Exchange” at www.virtual stockexchange.com and “The Investment Challenge” on Yahoo at finance.yahoo.com. This is a fun way to learn the market and not lose your shirt in the process.
Checking Accounts. Checking accounts are convenient for check writing, but they are no place to keep any significant amount of savings. One reason people want money in their checking account is to have access to it; they want to keep it “liquid” for future purchases. But these checking accounts pay very low, if any, interest, from 0 percent to 2 percent on average. This is less than the cost of inflation, so you’re actually losing money annually with checking accounts. One way to keep your checking account and earn better interest is to open a second account, a money market account.
Money market accounts keep your money “liquid.” They allow you to write a limited number of checks per month and offer higher average interest rates ranging from 4 percent to 5 percent. The rate of interest is based on the stock market, but the risk is relatively low.
Live Humble and Save. One of the worst things you can do when you come out of residency and enter the “real world” is to overextend yourself with extra debt. It’s very difficult not to compare yourself to other, perhaps better established, physicians. Your friends set high expectations of your income, and patients always think you’re rich. When you see someone in a new car or a nice house, you can’t help but think that you’re doing something wrong. But you need to remind yourself that you’re an average person who must start out with modest beginnings. It’s important to develop a plan for repaying your student loans, saving for the future and living within your means.
So what should you do first? You should learn about the money market accounts available at your local bank or with your stockbroker. Next, you should use the professional guidance of an experienced and certified financial planner. He can help you establish electronic investments, start your Roth IRA and advise you on how to invest more aggressively when you become more established. When should you get started? Start early and make it big. The time is now.
~~~~Christopher Mueller is a podiatrist, lecturer and author. He practices in Nassawadox, Virginia. ~Medical Student Debt~
289~9December~2000-49~Feature~Substantial Frustrations~FOR MANY LEARNING-DISABLED MEDICAL STUDENTS, THE ROAD TO OBTAINING A DEGREE IS UPHILL ALL OF THE WAY.~Peggy Ann Brown, Ph.D.~~Zoe Gerard has known since the eighth grade that she wanted to be a physician. “From my preteens I’ve loved science and especially biology,” says Gerard, a third-year student at Mount Sinai School of Medicine in New York. “I thought about going into research, but it didn’t give me the immediate satisfaction or interaction with people that I love.”
While Gerard’s enthusiasm matches that of many of her medical school peers, one aspect of her self-definition sets her apart from the average student: “I was diagnosed in third grade with dyslexia,” she says. “I have made this part of my identity because I didn’t have any choice but to acknowledge it.”
By talking openly about her learning disability (LD), Gerard joins other medical students who admit that they process information differently from their peers and may need extra help with studying, test taking, and even, in some cases, clinical responsibilities. Others—who may or may not have been formally diagnosed with an LD—may recognize similar obstacles but fear disapproval from people who may not understand LDs (see “Defining LDs,” p. 14). “Disclosure was one of the toughest decisions I made,” Gerard says.
Because some LD students choose not to disclose and others remain undiagnosed, it is difficult to estimate how many medical students have learning disabilities. Dr. Larry Silver, president of the Learning Disabilities Association of America, estimates that between 10 percent and 15 percent of medical students are learning disabled. A U.S. Department of Education study identified 4.6 percent of medical students as having a disability of some kind.
So how does a learning-disabled medical student fare in today’s medical education system? It depends. For while medical schools are expanding efforts to help LD students achieve their potential, the National Board of Medical Examiners (NBME) applies strict criterion in determining which students qualify for medical licensing test accommodations under the Americans With Disabilities Act (ADA).
According to NBME rules, an applicant’s disability must satisfy the ADA definition of “substantially limiting” a major life activity. NBME applicants requesting accommodations are required to submit current and comprehensive documentation of their LD by qualified professionals.
These rules were recently affirmed when Michael Gonzales, a University of Michigan (UM) medical student, took the NBME to court. Gonzales, who had been diagnosed with a reading and writing impairment in 1994, requested the NBME allow him extra time to take the U.S. Medical Licensing Exam (USMLE). At UM, Gonzales had been allowed extra test-taking time, as he had at his undergraduate university. The NBME, however, denied Gonzales’ requests three times between 1998 and 1999, stating his learning disability did not “substantially” limit a major life activity.
After failing the USMLE twice, Gonzales, with UM’s encouragement, had a pro bono lawyer pursue his case. In August, a federal appeals court upheld a lower court’s ruling in favor of the NBME. The majority opinion stated, “Gonzales is not a member of the severely disadvantaged group Congress envisioned when it enacted the ADA.” Gonzales’ lawyer has requested a rehearing, and at press time the court had yet to make its decision.
Accommodations in Higher Education Under the Americans With Disabilities Act, which was published this year and co-edited by Shelby Keiser, manager of NBME’s Office of Test Accommodations, offers insight to the NBME’s decisions: “The ADA is a civil rights act, not an entitlement program….[and]…to be protected by the ADA, an individual must be disabled relative to the general population…. The intent of the law was to level the playing field, not to tilt it.”
So the message of the Gonzales v. NBME decision for LD medical students can be read as such: The players on this field are not one’s medical school peers but the general public. Thus what may be a substantial limitation for a medical student (i.e., a low score in reading comprehension when compared to other medical students) is not a substantial limitation when compared to the average person, whose abilities fall below those of most medical students.
Gonzales says he agrees with part of this interpretation. “My verbal IQ is higher than the average person’s,” he says. “But if the definition of a learning disability is the difference between your verbal and performance IQ, then I have a disability because my discrepancy is greater than the average American’s.”
Many view the NBME as effectively eliminating people with LDs from the medical profession. “The board thinks they’re a police organization that must crack down on people trying to cheat the system,” says Louis*, a first-year emergency medicine resident.
“People need to realize we don’t disclose just for fun,” says Gwen, a second-year student at a large Midwest medical school. “Nobody would hurt their chances of getting a residency just to get a little extra time if they didn’t really need it.”
Some schools seem to have awakened to students’ concerns. Brown University has “taken actions to free our students from being held hostage to the NBME,” says Dr. Stephen R. Smith, associate dean for medical education. When the board refused to grant accommodations to professionally diagnosed LD students, Brown decided its students no longer had to pass Step 2 of the USMLE in order to receive their medical degree. “The USLME…is designed as a ‘power’ exam in which the student can answer correctly only if he or she has the knowledge, regardless of the amount of time given,” Smith says.
By eliminating the USMLE Step 2 as a graduation requirement, Brown joins 29 other medical schools that require students to simply record a score on the exam. Another 22 schools do not require their students to take the USMLE.
Monitoring the situation is Medical College Admission Test (MCAT) director Ellen R. Julian, Ph.D. Admitting that the MCAT has a reputation of being less rigid than the NBME, she says accommodation requirements have been tightened. “Whenever you draw a hard line through a gray area, one side is heartbreak and the other is a ‘yes,’” she says. “It’s less of a judgment call now and more of a documentation trail.” One percent of MCAT applicants requests accommodations, she says. Around 34,000 prospective medical students took the exam in August.
“What [the NBME doesn’t] make clear,” Gerard says, “is that this is a difficult process with different criteria from the MCAT.” She received extra time for her MCAT but was denied accommodations on her USMLE Step 1. “[The] NBME called me a ‘compensating dyslexic,’” she says. Although Gerard did well on the exam, she found the experience emotionally and financially draining as she had to learn test-taking strategies to accommodate for her dyslexia while reviewing her first two years’ course work and spending $2,000 to recertify her LD evaluations.
NBME General Counsel Janet Carson is troubled by perceptions that the board is closing the gate on students with learning disabilities. “We have provided hundreds of accommodations to students with documented learning disabilities in recent years,” Carson says. “However, just because an individual is diagnosed with a condition does not mean his or her impairment rises to the level of ‘substantial limitation.’ Schools may use different criteria which says a diagnosis is adequate but Congress did not intend to cover everyone under the ADA.” The NBME says it doesn’t release exact figures on the number or percentage of applicants requesting or granted accommodations, because these figures are too easily misinterpreted.
But not all LD experts agree with the NBME’s interpretation of the ADA. “If medical students were functioning on that low [of] a level, it would be almost impossible to be a successful doctor,” says Barbara Guyer, Ph.D., director of Marshall University’s Medical H.E.L.P., a five-week program that aids LD students in overcoming their processing difficulties. “They are not competing with the average person in the street.”
‘GIFTS OF GREATNESS’
LDs occur in individuals with IQs across the spectrum. The most severe are identified in elementary school. Others may not be diagnosed until course work overwhelms their coping skills.
“Each year we identified students who had not been previously diagnosed with learning disabilities,” says Dr. Harris Faigel, who has been director of student health services at Brandeis University for 22 years. “If you have an IQ above 130, it’s possible to develop compensatory strategies on your own. It may not be until medical school that you run up against your learning disability.”
An unexpectedly poor showing on the MCAT is often the first sign of a medical student’s LD. Many individuals are able to disguise their learning disabilities behind strong verbal and people skills.
“The typical person with a learning disability has what some call ‘gifts of greatness’ to help them compensate,” Guyer says. “They are usually more verbal, more creative and better able to relate to people—traits that can help them become outstanding physicians.”
Louis didn’t learn he had an LD until he applied to medical school. After an “abysmal experience” with the MCAT, Louis discovered he had an auditory and visual information-processing deficit. “Besides requiring that I take more time to learn, my learning disability affects testing situations,” he says. With extended time, he dramatically improved his score. “Admissions people thought the change was incredible, but the reason was simple. When people with learning disabilities receive accommodations, their scores improve.”
STUDENT SUPPORT
But it’s not so easy for medical schools to know where to draw the line in offering assistance to learning-disabled students.
“Because the NBME has taken a hard line, we have to be better informed [about learning disabilities],” says Dianne Cornelius, chair of the Association of American Medical Colleges’ committee that’s developing LD guidelines for student affairs professionals. “Schools must understand learning disabilities from philosophical, legal and practical standpoints,” she says. This means institutions must be aware of the various LD definitions and issues involved, the multiple guidelines for evaluating and documenting them, the financial considerations in providing accommodations, legal challenges and confidentiality concerns.
Cornelius, who’s also director of student and academic affairs at Michigan State University, says that schools also have to decide whether or not it’s worth allowing LD students extra time in medical school if it can lead to disappointment when accommodations are denied by the NBME.
Given these complications, many medical schools are reaching out in other ways to students with learning disabilities. A 1997 survey of 105 U.S. and Canadian medical schools revealed that 79 institutions were “strongly proactive in publicizing services or offering help to students with learning disabilities,” compared with 10 out of 103 institutions in a similar 1991 study, before the ADA went into effect. The most common accommodations were untimed tests and tutoring.
Medical schools often use the disability services available to all students. George Washington University School of Medicine’s (GW) procedure is typical. “When a student has—or is suspected of having—a learning disability, I send them to disability support,” says Rhonda Goldberg, GW’s assistant dean for student affairs and administration. At GW’s disability support, students receive a thorough screening and are sent for outside testing if a need for accommodations is suspected. GW, like many schools, then adapts the documentation guidelines prepared by the Association on Higher Education and Disability to its particular situation.
Determining who should receive accommodations is challenging. “Students must meet our criteria,” says Cyndi Jordan, Ed.D., disability coordinator for the University of Tennessee at Memphis. She sometimes grants accommodations based on previous documentation but advises students to obtain current evaluations, warning them that the older studies will not be accepted by the NBME. Jordan says she makes students “jump that hoop” so they aren’t surprised at the NBME’s strict criteria and fooled into thinking that it will automatically accept their request for accommodations.
In addition to offering accommodations, many schools teach study strategies that especially benefit those with LDs. Faculty members acknowledge varied learning styles by distributing lecture outlines and study sheets. Most medical schools provide notes, at least for first-year courses, and the State University of New York at Buffalo has gone one step further by videotaping lectures and demonstrations.
Researchers at Oregon Health Sciences University (OHSU) Center on Self-Determination are helping medical school faculty better assist their disabled students. With U.S. Department of Education funding, they have interviewed disabled students across the country, including those with LDs.
“Medical schools sometimes try to offer disability services with very little training on what is appropriate,” says Jared Schultz, project coordinator. The center offers workshops on disabilities and how to teach and accommodate disabled students to representatives of OHSU’s schools of medicine, nursing, dentistry and allied health, as well as medical programs at Portland Community College. The representatives then share this information with their colleagues.
A different approach is taken at the University of Minnesota, where medical programs had been referring students to disability services only when there were accommodation problems. “[But] we needed to be more proactive,” says Barb Bablock, an education specialist. To combat the perception that disability services did not understand medical curricula, Bablock met with curriculum committees to learn each program’s unique requirements.
“The campus climate is changing,” Bablock says. Medical students’ printed course schedules now include a statement at the top defining disabilities and inviting students to call Bablock. Disabled students have organized seminars to help their peers learn how to interact with disabled patients.
Despite such services, however, some students hesitate to reveal LDs. (Those taking their MCATs and boards with accommodations have no choice as a notation is made on their scores.) “I worry what might happen if I get that label,” says Ethan, a fourth-year student at an East Coast medical school. “With more physician information available to the public, could this end up on the Web? Would patients choose a physician with a learning disability?”
STUDENT ADVICE
To thrive in medical school, students with LDs agree you must become your own advocate. Network with other students, and check out schools before applying to learn about their available services and their prevailing attitudes. Then use those services.
LD students also ask their peers to be proactive in their pursuit of medicine and learn about LDs before they go into medical practice, especially those pursuing pediatrics, neurology or psychiatry. “In my case,” says Max, a fourth-year student at an East Coast medical school, “red flags were ignored” by professionals who should know how to recognize them. He would like his peers to be better prepared.
“A learning disability is not a lack of intelligence,” Gerard says. “In fact, it shows a superior intelligence because you have been able to work with it. My recommendation is to learn about it, understand it and accept it as part of you.”
~DEFINING LDS
Learning disabilities (LDs) are generally defined as processing disorders that affect a person’s ability to read, write, speak or compute math and are believed to be caused by a central nervous system dysfunction. The Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders links their diagnosis to a severe discrepancy between a person’s achievement (as measured by standardized tests) and potential (as expected by age, schooling and IQ).
Prior to the 1970s, clinical labels—dyslexia for reading problems, for example, or dyscalcula for math difficulties—were used to describe LDs, according to Dr.
Larry Silver, president of Learning Disabilities Association of America. “Now we use the broader term ‘learning disabilities’ and spell out each individual’s concerns,” he says.
Pediatrician Harris Faigel uses a road map analogy to help families understand learning disabilities: “Most of us can drive the interstate when we want to get from Boston to San Francisco in a hurry. But for people with learning disabilities, the interstates are closed, and they must use the back roads. They’re going to get there; it will just take a little longer.” —P.B.
----------------------
RESOURCES
Learning Disabilities Association
of America—www.LDAnatl.org or
(888) 300-6710.
Medical H.E.L.P.—www.marshall.edu/
medicalhelp
Oregon Health Sciences University
Health Science Students with Disabilities: Faculty Education Project—
www.ohsu.edu/selfdetermination/ medstext.html. Project coordinator Jared Schultz is interested in interviewing medical students with disabilities. Contact him at schuljar@ohsu.edu or
(503) 232-9154, ext. 128.
~~~Peggy Ann Brown is a freelance writer/researcher based in Alexandria, Virginia.~Disabilities in Medicine~